Kannada Abhivruddhi Pradhikara

PÀ£ÀßqÀ KANNADA A SELF INSTRUCTIONAL COURSE

LINGADEVARU HALEMANE

KARNATAKA GOVERNMENT

KANNADA DEVELOPMENT AUTHORITY BENGALURU

KANNADA : A Self Instructional Course by Lingadevaru Halemane Published by Kannada Development Authority Govt. of Karnataka Pages : 259 + 16

First Edition : 1989 Second Edition : 2003 Third Edition : 2012

¥ÀæxÀªÀÄ ªÀÄÄzÀæt : 1989 ¢éwÃAiÀÄ ªÀÄÄzÀæt : 2003 vÀÈwÃAiÀÄ ªÀÄÄzÀæt : 2012

¨É¯É

: 35-00 gÀÆ¥Á¬ÄUÀ¼ÀÄ

Price

: Rs. 35/-

¥ÀæPÁ±ÀPÀgÀÄ

:

PÀ£ÀßqÀ C©üªÀÈ¢Þ ¥Áæ¢üPÁgÀ «zsÁ£À ¸ËzsÀ, PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ¸ÀPÁðgÀ ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ

Printer :

Karnataka Offset Printers 30/2, 4th Main, 3rd Cross, Chamarajpet, Bangalore-18. ( : 26678525

CzsÀåPÀëgÀ ªÀiÁvÀÄ `PÀ£ÀßqÀ dUÀvÀÛ'£ÀÄß PÀ£ÀßqÀ £Ár£À°è PÁt¨ÉÃPÁzÀ vÀÄvÀÄð EA¢£ÀzÁVzÉ. F £Ár£À°è ««zsÀ ªÀiÁvÀȨsÁµÉUÀ¼À£ÁßqÀĪÀ d£ÀgÀÄ zÉÆqÀØ ¥ÀæªÀiÁtzÀ°èzÁÝgÉ. CªÀgÉ®ègÀÆ PÀ£ÀßrUÀgÉà DVzÁÝgÉA§ÄzÀÄ £ÀªÀÄä £ÀA©PÉ. CªÀgÀ ªÀiÁvÀȨsÁµÉUÀ¼À£ÀÄß £ÁªÀÅ zÉéö¸ÀĪÀÅ¢®è; DzÀgÉ F £É®zÀ°è C£Àß-D±ÀæAiÀÄ ¥ÀqÉzÀ ªÉÄïÉ, E°èAiÀÄ ¤ÃgÀÄ-£É®zÀ IÄtªÀÅAqÀ ªÉÄÃ¯É PÀ£ÀßrUÀ£ÉÆA¢UÉ ºÁ¢ðPÀªÁV ¨ÉgÉAiÀĨÉÃPÀÄ, E°èAiÀÄ ¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß ZÉ£ÁßV PÀ°vÀÄ PÀ£ÀßrUÀgÀ ¦æÃw-«±Áé¸ÀPÉÌ ¨sÁd£ÀgÁUÀ¨ÉÃPÀÄ JA§ÄzÀÄ PÀ£ÀßqÀ C©üªÀÈ¢Þ ¥Áæ¢üPÁgÀzÀ D±ÀAiÀĪÁVzÉ. F »£É߯ÉAiÀÄ°è ºÉÆgÀvÀgÀÄwÛgÀĪÀ UÀæAxÀ«zÀÄ. ¥ÉÆæ|| °AUÀzÉêÀgÀÄ ºÀ¼ÉªÀÄ£ÉAiÀĪÀgÀ£ÀÄß F ¸ÀAzÀ¨sÀðzÀ°è UËgÀªÀ¢AzÀ ªÉÆzÀ°UÉ £É£ÉAiÀÄÄvÉÛãÉ. CªÀgÀ EAVèµï ¥ÀĸÀÛPÀªÀ£ÀÄß CªÀ±Àå EgÀĪÀ°è ¥ÀjµÀÌj¹, vÉ®ÄUÀÄ, vÀ«Ä¼ÀÄ, ªÀįÉAiÀiÁ¼ÀA ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ªÀiÁgÁp ¨sÁµÉUÀ½UÉ C£ÀĪÁ¢¹zÉÝêÉ. F C£ÀĪÁzÀ ¥ÀæQæAiÉÄAiÀÄ°è PÀæªÀĪÁV qÁ|| ªÉÆúÀ£ï, ¥ÉÆæ|| £ÀAdÄAqÀ£ï, ¥ÉÆæ|| ªÉÆúÀ£ï PÀÄAmÁgï ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¥ÉÆæ|| r.J¸ï.ZËUÀ¯É CªÀgÀÄ D¸ÀQÛ¬ÄAzÀ vÉÆqÀV¹PÉÆAqÀÄ ¸ÀºÀPÀj¹zÀÄÝ ¥Áæ¢üPÁgÀPÉÌ ¸ÀºÁAiÀĪÁVzÉ. ¥ÉÆæ|| °AUÀzÉêÀgÀÄ ºÀ¼ÉªÀÄ£É ªÀÄvÀÄÛ C£ÀĪÁ¢¹PÉÆlÖ ªÉÄÃ¯É ºÉ¸Àj¹zÀ J®è «zÁéA¸ÀjUÉ ¥Áæ¢üPÁgÀªÀÅ IÄtÂAiÀiÁVzÉ. PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ°è £ÉÀ¯É¹ §zÀÄPÀ£ÀÄß PÀAqÀÄPÉÆAqÀ ºÉÆgÀ£ÁqÀÄUÀ¼À ¨sÁ¶PÀgÀÄ PÀ£ÀßqÀªÀ£ÀÄß ZÉ£ÁßV PÀ°vÀÄ, PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¸ÀA¸ÀÌøwAiÀÄ£ÀÄß CxÀðªÀiÁrPÉÆAqÀÄ PÀ£ÀßrUÀgÀ°è ¨ÉgÉAiÀÄĪÀÅzÀPÉÌ F UÀæAxÀ £ÉgÀªÁUÀ°zÉ JA§ «±Áé¸À ¥Áæ¢üPÁgÀzÁÝVzÉ. F UÀæAxÀ ¥ÀæPÀluÉAiÀÄ ªÀÄÆ® ¥ÉæÃgÀuÉ PÀ£ÀßqÀ C©üªÀÈ¢Þ ¥Áæ¢üPÁgÀzÀ CzsÀåPÀëgÁzÀ ¥ÉÆæ|| §gÀUÀÆgÀÄ gÁªÀÄZÀAzÀæ¥Àà£ÀªÀgÀzÀÄ. CªÀgÀ CªÀ¢üAiÀÄ°è DgÀA¨sÀªÁzÀ ªÀÄÄzÀæt ¥ÀæQæAiÉÄ ªÀiÁ£Àå ©.JA.E¢£À§â CªÀgÀ C¢üPÁgÁªÀ¢üAiÀÄ°è NzÀÄUÀgÀ PÉÊUÉ ®¨sÀåªÁV FUÀ ªÀÄÆgÀ£ÉAiÀÄ ªÀÄÄzÀæt ¸ÁzsÀåªÁUÀÄwÛzÉ. ¥ÉÆæ|| §gÀUÀÆgÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ªÀiÁ£Àå E¢£À§â CªÀgÀ£ÀÄß F ¸ÀAzÀ¨sÀðzÀ°è PÀÈvÀdÕvÉUÀ¼ÉÆA¢UÉ £É£ÉAiÀÄÄvÉÛãÉ. F ¥ÀĸÀÛPÀzÀ vÀÈwÃAiÀÄ ªÀÄÄzÀætzÀ ¸ÀAzÀ¨sÀðzÀ°è D¸ÀQÛ¬ÄAzÀ vÉÆqÀV¹PÉÆAqÀ ¥Áæ¢üPÁgÀzÀ PÁAiÀÄðzÀ²ðUÀ¼ÁzÀ qÁ|| ªÀÄÄgÀ½zsÀgÀ PÉ. ºÁUÀÆ J®è ¹§âA¢ªÀUÀðPÉÌ PÀÈvÀdÕvÉUÀ¼ÀÄ. ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ ¢£ÁAPÀ : 1-12-2012

qÁ. ªÀÄÄRåªÀÄAwæ ZÀAzÀÄæ CzsÀåPÀëgÀÄ

PÀ£ÀßqÀ C©üªÀÈ¢Þ ¥Áæ¢üPÁgÀ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ INTRODUCTION

CzsÀåPÀëgÀÄ qÁ. ªÀÄÄRåªÀÄAwæ ZÀAzÀÄæ PÁAiÀÄðzÀ²ð qÁ. PÉ. ªÀÄÄgÀ½zsÀgÀ

This is a self-instructional material prepared to develop speaking, reading and writing skills. This is intended for adult English Learners from different mother-tongue backgrounds, who wants to learn Kannada for various reasons. It is hoped that this self instructional material would enable the learner to construct orally the basic sentences with the help of given patterns and lexical items. This would also enable the learner to converse with the native speakers in given situation with the help of conversations framed. The book also takes care of the skills of reading and writing. An attempt has been made here to present the material as systematically as possible. The language and the situations used to follow the principle of selection and gradation which is the modern practice the world over. The lessons show development from the simple to the complex and from the known to the unknown. Provision has been made for reinforcement of the language habits through conversation and narration. The language structures introduced here are found in informal spoken contexts and their description in the text are pedagogically oriented. The book contains two parts. Part I deals with graded language structuring and Part II deals with the script. Part I contains 25 lessons. These lessons are structurally graded. The language used in these lessons is standard spoken Kannada. The Bangalore - Mysore dialect of Kannada is generally

VI/Introduction

accepted as the standard spoken Kannada. However one can see certain changes at phonological level, like dropping of the vowel in the second syllable in the spoken form. One can find occassional overlapping of formal and informal usage in this book. Each basic lesson contains five components, namely, conversation/narration, pattern drill, key to learners, exercise and vocabulary. Each lesson is a running conversation/narration written on a specific situation with appropriate structure and vocabulary. The purpose of having a majority of the lesson in the form of conversation is that it forms the 'stimulus-reponse pattern' in the learners. The dialogue form of the book facilitates participation by the learners with interchanging roles. However the last four lessons are narrations; they can be used as reading texts. The content of the lessons include day to day social contexts and cultural information about Karnataka. The first ten lessons are given in Roman transliteration. A key to sound transcription is given in the begining of the book. The tenth lesson onwords, lessons are given in Kannada Script. It is assumed by the time the learner completes the structure of first ten lessons that he would also have learnt the recognition of letters in isolation and in combination. the translation of text and pattern drill is given in English. (while the translations are largely idiomatically acceptable, the exigencies of instructions may have here and there resulted in slightly deviant English constructions). Pattern drills and exercises are meant for reinforcement of the structures introduced in the lesson. Generally a distinction is made between drills and exercises on the lines of their nature. The drills aim at establishing the structure as habit. In other words they

Introduction / VII

establish automatic response through intensive practice. Besides this they are also helpful in knowing the syntactic relationship among the related structures. In a true sense exercises are an application activity, No new structure is given under exercise. The learner is expected to apply the structure learnt in the lesson to test his competence. The vocabulary contains the newly introduced in the text as well as in the drill part under two headings, namely, vocabulary and supplementary vocabulary. Vocabulary is listed in an alphabetical order. The key to the learner gives a brief explanation of the structure or pattern introduced in the lesson. To a great extent extensive use of linguistic terminology is avoided. Necessary examples and sandhi rules are also given. Part II contains the introduction of the Kannada alphabet. The letters have been introduced on their shape similarity and contrastive perception. This would enable the learner to recognise the letters in isolation and in combination as quickly as possible. The combination of consonants and vowels are also introduced on their shape similarity. The sound value in Roman script is also given along with the primary letters in order to enable the learner to identify the target language sounds. It is expected that the learner should start learning speaking, reading and writing side by side. The explanation given above is only a guide line. The actual learning lies with the learner's motivation and requirement. Language learning should'nt be taken as a sole activity, but rather as an enjoyable game. Each structure and each vocabulary item is to be treated as an interesting toy in the hands of the learner. The learner

VIII/Introduction

should always approach them with an open mind. Aslo one should be very conscious and alert about his/her surroundings and the people. One can learn the language while talking in it without inhibitions. Talk to the people. If they laugh at your pronunciation, wrong construction of sentences join them and laugh with them. But don't be disheartened. While laughing with them try to know the correct form with the help of the book and with the help of the native speakers. I acknowledge my grateful thanks to Prof. Baragur Ramachandrappa, and Sri Idinabba former Chairmans, Kannada Development Authority Govt. of Karnataka, who are chiefly responsible for re-printing this book. They have also got it translated into other languages knowing its importance in the development of Kannada language. I am equally grateful to the translators of this book into different languages. My sincere thanks to Secretary, Kannada Development Authority for his keen interest in executing this work. I hope that this self instructional material will be helpful in your endeavour.

Lingadevaru Halemane

ABBREVATIONS Prox.

Proximate

rem.

remote

hon.

honorific

pl.

Plural

sg.

singular

non hon.

non honorific

V.P.

Verbal participle

V.

Verb

N.

Noun

R.P.

Relative Participle

Aux.

Auxiliary Verb

Key to Transcriptions/XI

KEY TO TRANSCRIPTION 1.

Vowels

Symbol

enqivalent in English

D

donkey, made

d

this, other

n

number, many

p

people, camp

b

but, rubber

m

mail, small

y

young, beyond

a

up, cut

aa

aunt, laugh

i

it, kit

ii

each, keep

u

book, put

r

room, bring

uu

ooze, moon

l

live, small

e

egg, leg

v/w

wine, shave

ee

ape, make

s

small, face

o

one, no

S

shave, fish

oo

own, coat

ai/ay

island, five

h

hall, behave

au/av

owl, south

2. Consonants Symbol k g c J ñ

The following sounds do not have acceptable equivalents in English. Hence their articulation rather than examples are given. t

Kannada sound is a variety of t produced by the tip of the tongue touching the back of the upper teeth.

T

Kannada sound is produced by curling the tip of the tongue backwords.

Judge, agent

N

Produced in the above fashion, but nasal in its quality.

The sound does't exist in English, but is heard in French and spanish words like Senor, Signe

sh

Variety of 's' also produced in the above fashion.

L

Produced in the above fashion, but lateral in its quality.

equivalent in English king, make get, beg church, much

XII/Key to Transcriptions

f

fan refer. This sound is found only in loan words from English and urdu. It is represented by the symbol ph.

z

zoo, lazy. This sound is found only in loan words from English and urdu. It is represented by the symbol for J or Jh. k c T t p and g J D d b, when followed by 'h' are produced with greater breath force. Note the sound qualities indicated above are not the exact ones, but the nearest approximations.

CONTENTS Introduction Abbrevations Key to transcription

V-VIII IX X-XII

Part I Lesson I Personal pronouns with their possessive forms

1-6

Lesson 2 Personal pronouns with their possessive forms Yes/No type of interrogation.

7-15

Lesson 3 Possessive forms of the nouns

16-22

Lesson 4 Qualitative and Quantitative adjectives

23-28

Lesson 5 Predicative forms of the pronouns, nouns, adjectives. Adjectival nouns, alli, Locative case. Post positions.

29-39

XIV / Contents

Contents / XV

Lesson 6 Dative case, Numerals

40-51

Lesson 14 Past tense d and t and negation

119-130

52-62

Lesson 15 Past tense k, T, D, id and their negation. Indirect speech, reportive forms.

131-142

Lesson 16 Past participle forms and their negation

143-153

Lesson 17 Continuous forms and their negation

154-162

Lesson 18 Perfect forms and their negation

163-171

Lesson 19 Relative participle, participle nouns and their negations

172-191

Lesson 20 Simple conditional and its negation

192-199

Lesson 21 Unfulfilled past conditional and its negation, Concessive form

200-209

Lesson 22 PÀ£ÁðlPÀ (Reading Practice)

210-219

Lesson 7 Numeral adjectives, Human plurals, Human numerals Lesson 8 Colour adjectives, Model verbs and negation

63-70

Lesson 9 Verb iru ; non-post tense paradigm and negation.

71-78

Lesson 10 Imperative, premissive, hortative forms of the verbs. Non-post tense forms of the main verbs, annu accusative case.

79-89

Lesson 11 inta comparative marker. Definitive permissive and prohibitive forms

90-97

Lesson 12 Gerundials, Potential forms, inda instrumental and ablative case

98-108

Lesson 13 isu as verbaliser and causative, Reflexive pronouns 109-118

XVI / Contents

LESSON - 1

Lesson 23 PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨sÁµÉ (Reading Practice)

220-224

Lesson 24 ªÀiÁ£À vÀgÀĪÀ ¸ÀAUÀw C®è (Reading Practice)

225-228

Lesson 25 ¨ÉÃPÀÄ ¨ÉÃqÀUÀ¼ÀÄ (Reading Practice)

229-233

1. Dialogue : Manohar : namaskaara saar.

Good morning sir

Mahadeva : namaskaara niivu yaaru ?

Good morning, who are you (polite) ?

Manohar : naanu KannaDa vidyaarthi

I am a student of Kannada

Mahadeva : nimma hesaru eenu ?

What is your name (polite) ?

Manohar : nanna hesaru manohar, niivu yaaru saar ?

My name is Manohar Who are you, sir ?

Mahadeva : naanu kannaDa adhyaapaka

I am a Kannada teacher

Manohar : nimma hesaru eenu saar ?

What is your name, sir ?

Mahadeva : naana hesaru mahaadeva. nimma raajya yaavudu ?

My name is Mahadeva Which is your state ?

Manohar : nanna raajya tamiLnaaDu

My state is Tamilnadu

Mahadeva : nimma maatru bhaashe yaavdu ?

Which is your Mother tongue ?

Manohar : naana maatru bhaashe tamiLu. ivaru yaaru saar ?

My mother tongue is Tamil. Who is she Sir ?

Part II Kannada Script

234-259

2/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

Lesson 1/3

Mahadeva : ivaru kannaDa adhyaapaki

She (prox.) is Kannada teacher

Manohar : ivara hesaru eenu saar ?

What is her name sir ?

Mahadeva : ivara hesaru Siila avaru yaaru manoohar ?

Her name is Sheela Who is he, Manohar ?

Manohar : avaru raabar T, nanna sneehita

He is Robert, my friend

2.5

avara uuru yaavudu ? ivaru raajya yaavudu ? nimma jille yaavudu ?

Which is his/her native Place ? Whis is / her state ? Which is your district ?

2.6

nanna deeSa bhaarata nanna raajya KarnaaTaka avaru uuru mayasuuru ivara jille tumakuuru

My country is India My state is Karnataka His/her native place is Mysore His/her district is Tumkur

2.7

avaru nanna sneehita avaru nanna sneehite

He is my friend She is my friend

2. Pattern drill : 2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

niivu yaaru ? avaru yaaru ? ivaru yaaru ?

Who are you (hon) ? Who is he/she (hon.rem.) ? Who is he/she (hon.prox.) ?

naanu adhyaapaka. avaru vaidya ivaru gumaasta avaru leekhaki avaru injiniyar naanu vyaapaari

I am a teacher He is a doctor He is a clerk She is a writer He is an engineer I am a businessman

nimma hesaru eenu ? avaru hesaru eenu ? ivara hesaru eenu ?

What is your (hon.) name ? What is his/her name ? What is his/her name ?

nanna hesaru moohan avara hesaru kamala ivara hesaru raaju

My name is Mohan Her name is Kamala His name is Raju

3. Key to Learners : 3.1

'namaskaara' is a greeting term used whenever persons meet.

3.2

This lesson introduces simple sentences containing nouns. Note that there is no copula in Kannada as in English. niivu yaaru ? naanu vidyaarthi avaru vidyaarthini

'Who are you ?' 'I am a student' 'She is a student'

In the above English sentences 'are', 'am', 'is' are functioning as copula conjoining Noun+Noun. This is not so in Kannada. 3.3

yaaru 'who is a human interrogative marker, whereas ennu 'what' is a non-human interrogative marker. niivu yaaru ? nimma hesaru eenu ?

'Who are you ?' 'What is your name ?'

4/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

3.4

naanu 'I' niivu 'you' avaru 'he/she' ivaru 'he/she'

First person (sg.) Second person (sg. hon+pl.) Third person (sg. hon+pl. rem.) Third person (sg. hon+pl. prox.)

Lesson 1/5

4.2.3 niivu _____________ ? 4.2.4 ivaru kannaDa ______________ 4.3

If 'naanu' becomes 'nanna' what would be the following 4.3.1 niivu ____________ 4.3.2 avaru ____________ 4.3.3 ivaru ____________

4.4

Use the following words in your own sentences :

are personal pronouns. Note that there is no gender distinction in third person honorafic plural forms. 3.5

3.6

The pronouns are further extended by adding possessive marker - a naanu + a = nanna 'my' niivu + a = nimma 'your' avaru + a = avara 'his/her' ivaru + a = ivara 'his/her' yaavudu 'which one' is a non-human interrogative pronoun.

4.4.1 4.4.2 4.4.3 4.4.4 4.5

Translate the following sentences into Kannada 4.5.1 I am a student of Kannada 4.5.2 Gopal is my friend 4.5.3 My state is Kerala 4.5.4 Her name is Jaya

4.6

Answer the following questions 4.6.1 niivvu yaaru ? 4.6.2 nimma hesaru eenu ? 4.6.3 nimma deeSa yaavudu ? 4.6.4 nimma raajya yaavudu ? 4.6.5 nimma jille yaavudu ? 4.6.6 nimma uuru yaavudu ? 4.6.7 nimma maatrubhaashe yaavudu ?

4. Exercise : 4.1

fill in the blanks using the Kannada equivalents of the English ones : 4.1.1 raaja nanna ___________ (friend) 4.1.2 avara _____________ tamiLu. (mother tongue) 4.1.3 ____________ hesaru Kamala. (my) 4.1.4 avara raajya ______________ ? (which)

4.2

Fill in the blanks 4.2.1 nimma hesaru _______________ ? 4.2.2 avara hesaru _______________

adhyaapaki raajya hesaru naanu

6/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

5.

adhyaapaka adhyaapaki avara avaru ivara eenu nanna namaskaara

naanu nimma niivu maatrubhaashe yaaru yaavudu raajya vidyaarthi sneehita hesaru 5.2

LESSON - 2

Vocavbulary 'teacher (mas.)' 'teacher (fem.)' 'his/her (rem.)' 'he/she(hon.rem)' 'his/her (prox.)' 'what' 'my' 'greeting term, equivalent to English good morning/ good afternoon/good evening' 'I' 'your' 'you (hon.sg.)' 'mother tongue' 'who' 'which one' 'state' 'student (mas.)' 'friend (mas.)' 'name'

Supplementary vocabulary : gumaasta 'clerk; jille 'district' deeSa 'country' leekhaki 'writter(fem.)' vaidya 'doctor' vyaapaari 'businessman' sneehite 'friend(fem.)'

1. Dialogue : Manohar : idu yaava pustaka ?

Which book is this (prox.) ?

Gopal

This is a novel

: idu kaadambari

Manohar : idara hesaru eenu ?

What is its name ?

Gopal

Its name is Chirasmarane

: idara hesaru cirasmaraNe

Manohar : idu yaara kaadambari ?

Whose novel is this ?

Gopal

This is Niranjana's novel

: idu niranjana avara kaadambari

Manohar : idu ninna pustakaanaa ? Gopal

Is this your book ?

: alla. idu nanna No. It is not my book. It is pustaka alla. idu my friend Ashok's book nanna sneehita aSoka avara pustaka

Manohar : adu yaara pennu ? ninna pennaa ?

Whose pen is that (rem.) ? Is it yours ?

Gopal

Yes. It is my pen

: havdu. adu nanna pennu

Manohar : adara hesaru eenu ?

What is its name ?

Gopal

Its name is Hero

: adara hesaru hiiro

8/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

Lesson 2/9

1.1 Dialogue : Manohar : niinu yaarappa ?

who are you (endearing) ?

Mohan

I am Anand's son

: naanu aanand avara maga

Manohar : ninna hesaru eenu ?

What is your name ?

Mohan

My name is Mohan

: nanna hesaru moohan

Manohar : ivanu yaaru ? ninna tammanna ?

Who is he ? (Sg. non-hon. prox.) Is he your younger brother ?

Mohan

Manohar : ii huDugi yaaru ? ninna tangiinnaa ?

Who is this girl ? Is she your younger sister ?

Mohan

No. She is not my younger sister. She is my elder sister

: alla. ivaLu nanna tangi alla. ivaLu nanna akka.

Manohar : ivaLa hesaru eenu ?

what is her name ?

Mohan

Her name is Lalitha

: ivaLa hesaru lalita

2. Pattern drill : 2.1

idu yaava pustaka ? adu yaava kaaleeju ?

Which is this book ? Which is that college ?

No. He is not my younger brother. He is my elder brother

2.2

idu kavana adu kathe

This is a poem That is a story

Manohar : ivana hesaru eenu ?

What is his name ?

2.3

Mohan

His name is suresh.

idara hesaru eenu ? adara hesaru eenu ?

What is its (prox.) name ? What is its (rem.) name ?

2.4

idu caduranga avara kathe adu bhyrappa avara mane

This is chaduranga's story

: alla. ivanu nanna tamma alla. ivanu nanna aNNa : ivana hesaru sureeS.

Manohar : avanu yaaru ?

Who is he (sg. non-hon. rem.) ?

Mohan

He is my friend

: avanu nanna sneehita

Manohar : avana hesaru eenu ?

What is his name ?

Mohan

: avana hesaru raaju

His name is Raju

Manohar : aa huDugi yaaru ?

Who is that girl ?

Mohan

She (sg. non-hon. rem.) is my younger sister

: avaLu nanna tangi

Manohar : avaLa hesaru eenu ?

What is her name ?

Mohan

Her name is Kamala

: avaLa hesaru kamala

That is Bhyrappa's house

2.5

idu ninna angiinaa ? adu avara maneenaa ?

Is it your shirt ? It it his (rem.) house ?

2.6

havdu. idu nanna pustaka havdu. adu avara mane

Yes. this is my book Yes. that is their house

2.7

alla. idu avara pennu alla alla. adu nanna kaaru alla.

No. This is not his/her pen No. That is not my car

10/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

Lesson 2/11

2.8

niinu yaaru ? ninna hesaru eenu ?

Who are you (non-hon.) ? What is your name ?

2.9

ivanu yaaru ? ivanu javaana ivana hesaru eenu ? ivana hesaru nanjappa

Who is he ? (non.hon.prox.) He is servant What is his name ? His name is Nanjappa

2.10 avaru yaaru ? avanu kaavalugaara avana hesaru raamayya

Who is he (non-hon. rem) ? He is a watchman His name is Ramaiah

2.11 avaLu yaaru ? avaLu javaani avaLa hesaru lakshmi

Who is she (non-hon.rem) ? She is servant ? Her name is Lakshmi

2.12 IvaLu yaaru ? ivaLu nanna tangi

Who is she (non-hon.rem.)? She is my younger sister

2.13 ivanu ninna tammaanaa ? Is he your younger brother ? alla. ivanu nanna tamma No. He is not my younger alla. ivanu nanna aNNa brother. He is my elder brother 2.14 avaLu ninna akkaanaa ? Is she your elder sister ? havdu. avaLu nanna akka Yes. she is my elder sister

3. Key to learners : 3.1

idu kurchi adu mara 3.2

The neuter pronouns are extended by adding possessive marker - a adu + a = adara 'its' (rem.) idu + a = idara 'its' (prox.) Note that the additional of - ar - when the above neuter pronouns are used as possessive forms.

3.3

yes / no type of interrogation is obtained by adding - aa to the nouns. Note the combination

3.3.1 kaadambari + aa = kaadambariinaa (kaadambariyaa) mane + aa = maaneenaa (maneyaa) site + aa = siiteenaa (siiteyaa) 3.3.2 3.3.3

pennu + aa = pennaa (pennaa) avaru + aa = avaraa (avaraa) maga + aa = magaanaa (maganaa) raama + aa = raamaanaa (raamanaa) Kamala + aa = kamalaanaa (kamalaLaa)

Whenever = aa is added, the last vowel of the noun becomes long and it takes - n - as an addition in spoken form. The forms in the paranthesis represent the standard written form. 3.4

havdu 'yes' is an affirmitive answer to question. alla 'no' is negation. Note that we can also make questions using havdu and alla as havdaa ? and alvaa ?

3.5

niinu ivanu

idu 'this' third person (neut. sg. prox.) adu 'that' third person (neut. sg. rem.) are introduced. These pronouns are used to denote all non-human nouns.

This is a Chair That is a tree

'you' : second person (sg.) 'he' : third person (mas. sg. prox.)

12/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

avanu ivaLu avaLu

Lesson 2/13

'he' : third person (mas. sg. rem.) 'She' : third person (fem. sg. prox.) 'She' : third person (fem. sg. rem.)

are introduced. aata, iita, aake, iike are also used as substitutes for avanu, ivanu, avaLu, ivaLu 3.6

3.7

3.8

The above pronouns are further extended by adding a Possessive marker. niinu + a = ninna 'your' ivanu + a = ivana 'his' avanu + a = avana 'his' ivaLu + a = ivaLa 'her' avaLu + a = avaLa 'her' - appa is an addressive term used to address men who are strangers, intimates and subordinates. Femi - nine counterpart of this term is - amma aa 'that' and ii 'this' are demonstrative adjectives. Note the difference between these adjectives and neut. pronouns. adu mane aa mane

'that is house' 'that house'

4. Exercises : 4.1 Fill in the blanks using th appropriate word 4.1.1 idu niranjana avara ___________ 4.1.2 indiraa gaandhi avara ________ raajiiva gaandhi 4.1.3 _______ hesaru cirasmaraNe 4.1.4 _______ adu nanna pustaka alla

4.2 Fill in the blanks using the correct form of the words given in the bracket. 4.2.1 adu _________ kaaru (avanu) 4.2.2 idu _________ aafiisu ? (yaaru) 4.2.3 avaLu ninna ________ ? (tangi) 4.2.4 _______ hesaru kaamaakshi (ivaLu) 4.3 Fill in the blanks using the Kannad equivalent of the English ones : 4.3.1 avaLu ___________ (girl) 4.3.2 savita nanna ________ (elder sister) 4.3.3 nimma ________ yaaru ? (elder brother) 4.3.4 nanna __________ kannaDa adhyaapaka (younger brother) 4.4 interrogate : 4.4.1 avanu vidyaarthi 4.4.2 adu pustaka 4.4.3 nanna raajya keeraLa 4.4.4 havdu. avanu nanna tamma 4.5 Translate into Kannada 4.5.1 Who are you ? 4.5.2 Is she your younger sister ? 4.5.3 Who is that girl ? 4.5.4 This boy is Satish's Son 4.5.5 Is it your booK ? 4.5.6 No. It is not my pen? 4.5.7 Which is your native place ?

14/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

Lesson 2/15

4.6 Answer the following questions. 4.6.1 nimma uuru madaraasaa ?

tangi

'younger sister'

tamma

'younger brother'

4.6.2 aa huDuga nimma magaanaa ?

ninna

'your'

4.6.3 niranjana avara kaadambari yaavudu ?

maga

'son'

4.6.4 nimma maatrubhaashe kannaDaanaa ?

pustaka

'book'

yaava

'which'

havdu

'yes'

huDugi

'girl'

5. Vocabulary : akka

'elder sister'

adu

'that' (rem.)

adara

'its'

aNNa

'elder brother'

alla

'no' (negates the noun)

avaLu

'she' (non. hon. sg. rem.)

avaLa

'her'

avanu

'he' (non. hon. sg. rem.)

avana

'his'

aa

'that'

idu

'this' (prox.)

idara

'its'

ivana

'his'

ivaLu

'she' (non. hon. sg. prox.)

ivaLa

'her'

ii

'this'

kaadambari

'novel'

Lesson 3/17

LESSON - 3 1. Dialogue : Raja : raamaayaNada naayaka yaaru ?

Who is the hero of Ramayana ?

Rani : raamaayaNada naayaka Sriiraama

The hero of Ramayana is Sri Rama

Raja : raama yaara maga ?

Whose son is Sri Rama ?

Rani : avanu daSarathana maga

He is the son of Dasharatha

Raja : raamana taayiya hesaru eenu ?

What is the name of Rama's mother ?

Rani : raamana taayiya hesaru kavsalye

Rama's mother name is Kausalye

Raja : raamana tammana hesaru eenu ?

What is the name of Rama's younger brother ?

Rani : raamana tammana hesaru lakshmaNa

Rama's younger brother's name is Lakshmana

Raja : raamana henDatiya hesaru eenu ?

What is the Rama's wife's name ?

Rani : raamana heNDatiya hesaru siite

Rama's wife's name is Sita

Raja : avaLu yaara magaLu ?

Whose daughter is she ?

Rani : avaLu Janaka raajana magaLu

She is the daughter of King Janaka

Raja : raamana makkaLa hesaru eenu ?

What are the names of Rama's children ?

Rani : lava, kuSa

Lava & Kusha

Raja : Lava hiri magaanoo ? kusha hiri magaanoo ?

Who is the eldest son ? It is Lava or Kusha ?

Rani : kusha hiri maga. lava kiri maga

Kusha is the eldest son. Lava is the youngest

2. Pattern drill : 2.1 karnaaTakada mukhya mantri yaaru ?

Who is Chief Minister of Karnataka ?

bhaaratada raajadhaani yaavudu ? 2.2 sumati raajuvina magaLu avanu ii guruvina Sishya 2.3 raamana tandeya hesaru daSaratha nanna taayiya hesaru kamalamma 2.4 siiteya gaNDana hesaru raama

Which is the Capital of India ? Sumati is Raju's daughter He is the student of this teacher Rama's father's name is Dasharatha My mother's name is Kamalamma Sita's husband's name is Rama

avara magana hesaru raajiiva

His son's name is RaJiv

2.5 raamana makkaLa hesaru lava, kuSa

Rama's children's names are Lava and Kusha

18/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

2.6 namma kaalejina hesaru Mahaarajaa kaaleeju

Lesson 3/19

The name of our college is Maharaja's College

nimma uurina hesaru eenu ? What is the name of your native place ? 2.7 avaLu raamaraayara hiri magaLoo kiri magaLoo ?

3.

Is she Ramarao's elder daughter or younger daughter ?

Key to learners :

3.1 The possessive marker - a is added to nouns 3.1.1 bhaarata + a = bhaarataDa 'of India' karnaaTaka + a = karnaa Takada 'of Karnataka' Whenever possessive marker - a is added to neut nouns ending with - a, it takes - d - as an addition Now add the - a to the following nouns : mara 'tree' giDa 'plant' dina 'day

pustaka sinima raajya

3.1.2 gaandhi + a = gaandhiya site = a = siiteya

'book' 'cinema' 'state' 'of Gandhi' 'of Site'

whenever - a is added to nouns ending with - i or - e, whether human or non-human, it takes - y - as an addition Now added - a to the following nouns.

sose kathe henDati

'daughter in law' 'story' 'wife'

huli kiTaki kurci

'tiger' 'window' 'chair'

3.1.3 when - a is added to - u ending neuter, nouns, final - u drops and - in - is inserted. kaaleeju + a = kaaleejina kaaDu + a = kaaDina add, - a to following nouns uuru 'native place' bassu 'bus' baagilu 'door'

'of college' 'of forest'

haavu pennu hengasu

'snake' 'pen' 'women'

There are some nouns which are exceptions to the above rule hasu 'cow bandhu 'relative' guru 'teacher' magu 'child' karu 'calf' Satru 'enemy' These nouns and the proper nouns ending in - u take - vin - as an addition. Observe the following examples. hasu guru karu raaju siitu

+ + + + +

a a a a a

= = = = =

hasuvina guruvina karuvina raajuvina siituvina

3.1.4 The numerals ending with - u take - ar - as an increment ondu + a = ondara 'of one' hattu + a = hattara 'of ten'

20/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

Lesson 3/21

Note that when magaLu and maakaLu added to - a possessive from, final - u drops magaLu makkLu

+ a = magaLa + a + makkaLa

'of daughter' 'of children'

4.2 Fill in the blanks using Kannada equivalents of the English words given in the bracket 4.2.1 Saaliniya ___________ rajani (daughter) 4.2.2 nanna ____________ raajeSa (elder son) 4.2.3 raviya ____________ savita (wife)

3.15 Human nouns ending with - a, when added to posses sive marker take -n - as an addition. maga + a = magana 'of son' raama + a = raamana 'of Rama' kamala + a = kamalana 'of Kamala' akka + a = akkana 'of elder sister' 3.2 Dubitive marker is - oo. this is used to express doubt. sanjay gaandhi indiraa gaandhiya hiri maganoo kiri maganoo ? avanu ninna aNNanoo tammanoo ? adu avara manenoo ninna manenoo ? 3.3 Note that the kinship terms are used in this lesson

4.

Exercises

4.1 fill in the blanks using the appropriate words

4.2.4 sumana ___________ rama (mother) 4.3 Fill in the blanks using the correct form of the word given in the bracket 4.3.1 nimma __________ hesaru eenu ? (maga) 4.3.2 Saaliniya __________ mane yaavudu ? (sneehite) 4.3.3 _______ aNNa raajiiva (sanjaya) 4.3.3 _________ raajadhaani dehali (bhaarata) 4.4 Translate into Kannada : 4.4.1 My mother's name is Sharada 4.4.2 Who is her husband ? 4.4.3 Arpita is my youngest daughter 4.4.4 Rama Rao is my father's father 4.5 Trans form as per the model : 4.5.1 indiraa gaandhi ____ indiraa gaandhiya rajani _________

4.1.1 bhaaratada ___________ dehali

ravi _________

4.1.2 raamana ___________ siita

naayi _________

4.1.3 lava kuSa raamana __________

kurci _________

4.1.4 raajiiva gaandhiya ____________ firooj gaandhi

tande _________ kathe _________

22/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

4.5.2 bhaarata ____ bhaaratada deeSa __________ pustaka __________ mara __________ 4.5.3 maga ___ magana sanjaya __________ rameeSa __________ kamala __________ lalita __________ 4.5.4 neharu ___ neharuvina raamu __________ niilu __________ magu __________ hasu __________ guru __________ 4.6 Give a brief introduction about your family 4.7 Answer the following questions 4.7.1 nimma makkaLa hesaru eenu ? 4.7.2 nimma heDatiya hesaru eenu ? 4.7.3 nimma tande / taayiya hesaru eenu ?

5.

Vocabulary makkaLu magaLu hiri maga heNDati

'children' 'daughter' 'eldest son' 'wife'

LESSON - 4 1. Dialogue : Ramu : Sriiraamapura oLLeya baDaavaNeenaa ?

Is Shreeramapura a good extension ?

Suresh : alla. adu oLLeya baDaavaNe alla. keTTa baDaavaNe

No, It is not a good extension. It is a bad one

Ramu : oLLeya baDaavNe yaavudu ?

Which is the good extension ?

Suresh : banaSankari oLLeya baDaavaNe

Banashankari is a good extension

Ramu : adu hosa Is it a new extension or an baDaavaNeenoo old one ? haLeya baDaavaNeenoo ? Suresh : adu haLeya baDaavaNe alla. hosa baDaavaNe

It is not an old one. It is a new one

Ramu : adeenu doDDa baDaavaNeenoo, cikka baDaavaNeenoo ?

Is it a big extension or small one ?

Suresh : adu doDDa baDaavaNe

It is a big extension

Ramu : adu entha baDaavaNe ? Sriimantara baDaavaNeenoo, baDavara baDaavaNeenoo ?

What type of exttension is that ? Is it a rich people's extension or poor people's extension ?

24/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

Lesson 4/25

Suresh ; adu tumbaa Sriimantara It is neither very rich baDaavaNeenu alla people's extension nor tumbaa baDavara the extension of poor baDaavaNeenuu alla Suresh : adu tumbaa duuraanoo hattiraanoo ?

It is too far or nearby ?

Ramu : adu tumbaa duuraanuu It is neither too far, nor alla, tumbaa hattiraanuu too nearby alla

2.

Pattern drill :

2.1

maysuuru oLLeya nagara rameeSa oLLeya huDuga moohan oLLeya adhikaari

2.4

That is a small shop This is a short story She is a small/mean woman

2.6

maysuuru aramane tumbaa doDDa aramane avaru bahaLa oLLeya adhyaapaki adu tiiraa keTTa naayi

The Mysore palace is a very big palace She is a very good teacher

2.7

adu keTTa pustaka avanu keTTa huDuga adu keTTa uuru

That is a bad book He is a bad boy That is a bad place

2.3

adu entha pennu ? adu oLLeya pennu idu entha kadambari ? idu keTTa kadambari avaLu entha naTi ? avaLu keTTa naTi avanu oLLeya NaTa

What kind of pen is that ? That is a good pen What kind of novel is this ? This is a bad novel What kind of actress is she ? She is a bad actress He is a good actor

He is a big/nobel man

adu cikka angaDi idu saNNa kathe avaLu saNNa hengasu

Ramesha is a good boy

2.2

That is a big house Bangalore is a big city

2.5

Mysore is a good city

Mohan is a good officer

adu doDDa mane bengaLuuru doDDa paTTaNa avaru doDDa manushyaru

raama sumitreya magaanoo ? kaikeyiya magaanoo ? raama sumitreya magaanuu alla Kaikeeyiya magaanuu alla. avanu kausalyeya maga adu ninna pennoo ninna tammana pennoo / adu nanna pennuu alla nanna tammana pennu alla. nanna tangiya pennu

That is a very bad dog Is Rama the son of Sumitra or Kaikeyi ? Rama is the son of neither Sumitra nor Kaikeyi He is the son of Kausalya

Is it your pen or your younger brother's ? It is neither my pen nor my younger brother's It is my younger sister's pen

26/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

3.

4.2.2 adu ____________ gaDiyaara (big) 4.2.3 adu tumbaa doDDa ____________ (extension)

Key to learners :

3.1 OLLeya 'good', keTTa 'bad', hosa 'new', haleya 'old' are qualitative adjectives. doDDa 'big' cikka, saNNa 'small' are quantitative adjectives. These adjectives always precede nouns. doDDa and saNNa may refer to either the size of an object or the quality of a person. adu doDDa mane avanu doDDa manushya 3.2 Note that tumbaa, bahaLa and tiira, are the intensifiers. They always precede the adjectives avanu tumbaa oLLeya manushya 3.3 - uu is a conjuctive marker which is used to co-ordinate two or more terms. If it is used with the subject along with 'alla', it gives the meaning 'neither,--nor ! avanu raviya aNNanuu alla, tammanuu alla 3.4 entha 'what type of' is a qualitative interorragative adjective.

4.

Lesson 4/27

Exercise :

4.1 Fill in the blanks using the appropriate word 4.1.1 adu ____________ sinimaa 4.1.2 bengaLuuru ____________paTTaNa 4.1.3 avanu nanna ____________ aNNa 4.1.4 avaLu nanna tammana ____________ magaLu 4.2 Fill in the blanks using the kannada equivalents of the English words in the bracket 4.2.1 reekhaa ____________ oLLeya naTi (very)

4.3 Use the following words in your own sentences 4.3.1 mane 4.3.2 hosa 4.3.3 doDDa 4.3.4 entha 4.3.5 saNNa 4.4 Translate into kannada 4.4.1 It is a very good novel' 4.4.2 Whose story is this ? 4.4.4 Jayanagara is a good extension 4.4.5 It is a big city 4.4.6 It is a good old house 4.5 Answer the following questions 4.5.1 karnaaTakada raajadhaani yaavudu ? 4.5.2 nimma doDDa magana hesaru eenu ? 4.5.3 adu nimma haLeya manenooo hosa maneenoo ? 4.5.4 nimma baDaavaNeya hesaru eenu ? 4.5.5 nimma baDaavaNe do DDadaa ?

5.

Vocabulary : entha oLLeya keTTa

'what type of' 'good' 'bad'

28/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

cikka doDDa baDaavaNe saNNa hattira haLeya hosa

Lesson 5/29

'small' 'big' 'extension' 'small' 'near by' 'old' 'new'

5.1 Supplementary Vocabulary : aramane 'palace'

LESSON - 5 1. Dialogue : Swamy : nimmadu baaDige maneenaa ?

Is yours a rented house ?

Ranga : alla. nannadu baaDige mane alla. svanta mane

No. Mine is not a rented house. It is my own

Swamy : mane hosadaa ?

Is it a new house ?

Ranga : havdu. hosadu

Yes. a new one

gaDiyaara

'watch / clock'

Swamy : doDDadaa ?

Is it big ?

naTa

'Actor'

Ranga : swalpa doDDadu

Some what big

naTi

'Actress'

Swamy : mane elli ide ?

Where is the house ?

nagara

'city'

Ranga : Jayanagaradalli ide

It is in Jayanagara

naayi

'dog'

paTTana

'city'

Swamy : alli yaavudaadaruu baaDige mane ideyaa ?

Is there any house for rent?

manushya

'man'

hengasu

'woman'

Ranga : illa. yaavuduu illa

no. There is none

Swamy : beere elliyaadaru ideyaa ?

Is there one, elsewhere ?

Ranga : raajaaji nagaradalli ide

There is one in Raajajinagar

Swamy : rajaaji nagara duura banaSankari hattira alli yaavuduu liva ?

Raajaji nagar is far off Banashankari is near Is there not one ?

Ranga : illa

No

30/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

Lesson 5/31

Swamy : raajaaji nagarada mane Whose house is the one in yaaradu ? Raajajinagar ?

2.2 aa huDugi nannavaLu ii huDuga nannavanu

That girl is mine This boy is mine

Ranga : nanna sneehitanadu

It is my friend's

Swamy : elli ide ?

Where is it ?

Ranga : navarang thiyeeTar hattira ide

It is near Navarang theatre

2.3 nanna SarTu hodadu avaLa siire haLeyadu avara kaaleeju doDDadu avana rummu cikkadu

My shirt is new Her saree is old Their college is big His room is small

Swamy : gurutu eenaadaruu ideyaa ?

Is there any landmark ?

2.4 nimma cappali hosadaa ? aa sinimaa haLeyadaa ? ii saykallu oLLeyadaa ?

Are your Chappals new ? Is that film old ? Is this Cycle good ?

Ranga : mane munde navarang thiyeTar ide. hinde ondu angaDi ide maneya eDa pakkadalli bala pakkadalli tengina mara ide

Navarang theatre is in front of the house. Behind, there is a shop. There are coconut trees on the left and right sides of the house

2.5 mane jayanagaradalli ide naayi maneyalli ide aane kaaDinalli ide

Swamy : aa mane doDDadaa ?

Is that a big house ?

The house is in Jayanagar The dog is in the house The elephant is in the forest There is space in the bus There is gold mine in Karnataka

Ranga : havdu. sumaaru doDDadu

Yes. fairly big

Swamy : nimma sneehita enthavaru ?

What kind of a man is your friend ?

Ranga : avanu tumbaa oLLeyavanu

He is a very nice man

2. Pattern drill : 2.1 aa mane nannadu ii pustaka avanadu hosa kaaru ivaradu

That house is mine This book is his The new car is his / her's

bassinalli jaaga ide, karnaaTakadalli cinnada gaNi ide 2.6 nimma kaaleju elli ide ? avara haasTelu elli ide ? gaNeeSana angaDi elli ide ?

Where is your college ? Where is his/her hostel ? Where is Ganesh's shop ?

2.7 pustaka alli ide sigareeT illi ide

The book is there The cigarette is here

2.8 avara hattira benki paTTaNa ide avara mane munde aaspatre ide

There is a box of matches with him There is a hospital in front of his/her house

32/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

2.9

meejina meela pustaka ide mancada keLage peTTige ide

2.10 aa pustaka nanna sneehitanadu ii siire siiteyadu ii hosa SarTu raamanadu 2.11

alli yaavudaadaruu baaDige mane ideyaa ? nimma hattira yaavudaadaruu kathe pustaka ideyaa ? illi elliyaadaruu angaDi ideyaa ?

Lesson 5/33

There is book on the table.

That book is my friend's This saree is Site's This new shirt is Rama's Is there any house for rent ? is there any story book with you ? Is there any shop near by ?

2.12

kannaDa adhyaapaki enthavaru ? aa huDuga enthavanu ? ninna sneehite kamala enthavaLu ?

What kind of a lady is the Kannada teacher ? What kind of a boy is he ? What kind of a person is your friend Kamala ?

2.13

kannaDa adhyaapaki oLLeyavaru aa huDaga keTTavanu nanna sneehite Kamala oLLeyavaLu

The Kannada teacher (fem.) is good That boy is bad My friend Kamala is a good person

3.

Key to learners :

3.1 Note the predicative forms in Kannada 3.1.1 Noun predicatives : They are formed by adding the third

person neut. pronouns - adu, - avu to the possessive nouns raamana + adu = raamanadu raamana + avu = raamanavu note the deletion of - a 3.1.2 Pronoun predicatives : They are obtained by the addition of third person pronouns (either human or non-human) to the possessive pronouns. nanna + avanu = nannavanu nanna + avaLu = nannavaLu nanna + avu = nannavu adara + adu = adaradu idara + adu = idaradu 3.1.3 Adjectival predicatives : They are obtained by adding third person pronouns (either human or non-human) to the adjectives. doDDa + avanu = doDDavanu chikka + avaLu = cikkavaLu oLLeya + avaru = oLLeyavaru keTTa + adu = keTTadu keTTA + avu = keTTavu observe that these predicative forms can never be used before nouns. (However they, can also be used as subjects of sentences like nannadu haLeya mane) The possessive forms of the human nouns are used in the rare context. Whereas the neuter nouns are used frequently to express the possession. Whenever the predicative form is used the denotative adjective is used. Observe the following sentences.

34/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

IvaLu nanna magaLu ii magu nannadu idu nanna mane ii mane nannadu 3.2

Lesson 5/35

'She is my daughter' 'She is my child' 'This is my house' 'This house is mine'

When the interrogative marker - aa is added to predicative form, final - u drops hosadu + aa = hosadaa

3.3

-alli is the locative case marker, which denotes the location mane + alli = maneyalli 'in the house' bengaLuuru + alli = bengaLuurinalli 'in Bangalore The changes are the same as in possessive form, when added to different types of nouns (ref. L. No. 3) 3.4

Post position like munde 'in front of' hinde 'behind' bala pakka 'right side' eDa pakka 'left side' meele 'above' keLage 'below'

are also location denoters. Observe that these post positions always follow nouns. maneya munde meejina meele

'in front of the house' 'on the table'

Where as in English they always precede.

3.5

Note that by adding - aadaruu to elli 'where' yaaru 'who' eenu 'what' yaake 'why' heege 'how

the following forms are obtained. elliyaadaruu 'somewhere/any where' yaaraadaruu 'some one' eenaadaruu 'something' yaakaadaruu 'for some reason' heegaadaruu 'somehow' 3.6

ide means 'to be' used to denote to the existence of neuter noun. The corresponding negation for ide is illa

4.

Exercise :

4.1 4.1.1 4.1.2 4.1.3 4.1.4

Fill in the blanks using the appropriate words : aa kiTaki _____________ nimma mane _____________ ide ? nimma Saleya _____________ eenu ? nanna _____________ kannaDi ide

4.2

Fill in the blanks using the kannada equivalents of the English words given in the bracket

4.2.1 4.2.2 4.2.3 4.2.4

avara maneya ____________ citra mandira ide. (behind) idu _____________ mane (rented) ivaLu nanna _____________ magaLu (own) mane _____________ ide (a little far)

36/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

4.3

Fill in the blanks using the correct form of the words given in the bracket

Lesson 5/37

4.4.4 Model :

Transform : taayi __________ mane __________ naayi __________ rajani __________

4.3.1 avara mane __________ ide (saraswatipura) 4.3.2 nimma uuru __________ ? (doDDa) 4.3.3 ii SarTu nanna _________ (sneehita) 4.3.4 namma mane __________ angaDi ide (pakka) 4.4 Transform the following as per the model 4.4.1 Model : cikka - cikkadu Transorm : oLLeya __________ keTTa ___________ hosa ____________ haLeya __________ yaava ___________ 4.4.2 Model :

4.4.5 Model : Jayanagara -- jayanagaradalli Transform : pustaka __________ mane ____________ jaalahaLLi _______ uuru ____________ 4.4.6 Model : Transfer

niivu - nimmadu

Transform :

4.4.3 Model : Transform :

naanu __________ avanu __________ avaLu __________ avaru __________ adu ____________ sneehita -- sneehitanadu Kamala __________ raama ___________ aNNa ___________ akka ____________

ravi -- raviyadu

4.5

raamu -- raamuvindau : veeNu __________ hasu ____________ magu ___________ guru ____________

Transform according to the model Model : T : adu doDDa mane S : aa mane doDDadu

Transform 4.5.1 adu cikka pustaka 4.5.2 idu hosa sthaLa 4.5.3 adu haLeya uuru 4.5.4 adu nanna tangiya mane 4.5.5 adu aa hasuvina karu 4.5.6 adu entha mane ?

38/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

4.6 4.6.1 4.6.2 4.6.3 4.6.4 4.6.5 4.7 4.7.1 4.7.2 4.7.3

Translate into kannada Mysore is a big city There is a shop behind my house That book is kamala's My book is in my house Where is your dog ? Answer the following questions nimma mane elli ide ? nimmadu swanta maneenoo baaDige maneenoo ? nimma mane gurutu eenu ?

5. Vocabulary

Lesson 5/39

5.1

Supplementary vocabuary aane

'elephant'

kannaDi

'mirror'

kaaDu

'forest'

kaaleeju

'college'

kiTaki

'window'

gaNi

'mines'

cappali

'chappals'

cinna

'gold'

jaaga

'place'

peTTige

'box'

eDa pakka

'left side'

benki paTTaNa

'match box'

elli

'where'

ruumu

'room'

gurutu

'identification / land mark'

saykallu

'cycle'

tengina mara

'coconut tree'

siire

'saree'

duura

'far off'

SarTu

'shirt'

bala pakka

'right side'

baaDige

'rent'

mane

'house'

munde

'in front of'

swanta

'own'

swalpa

'a little'

hattira

'near'

hinde

'behind'

Lesson 6/41

LESSON - 6

shiva

: doDDadakke eshTu cikkadakke eshTu ?

How much is the big one ? How much is the small one ?

t.v.

: doDDakke eeLu ruupaayi. cikkadakke naalku ruupaayi

Seven rupees for the big one. four rupees for the small one

Shiva

: doDDadu kaDme ilvaa ? Nothing less for the big one ?

t.v.

: illa saar. ellaa taaja maalu. ondee bele

Shiva

: kooLi moTTege eshTu ? How much are eggs ?

t.v.

: kooLi moTTege ondu ruupaayi eppattu paise

one rupee seventy paise each

Shiva

: kottumbari soppu ?

coriander (leaves) ?

t.v.

: ondu kantege ayvattu paise

It is fifty paise a bunch

1. Dialogue : Shiva

: ondu kg. badanekaayige What is the price of a kilo eashTu bele ? of brinjals ? tarakaari vyaapaari : ondu kg. badanee kaayige enTuvare ruupaayi

It is eight and a half rupees for one kilo of brinjals

No sir. It is all fresh stuff Fixed prices

Shiva

: nimma angaDiyalli bele Rates are high in your jaasti shop

t.v.

: illa saar. iiga habbada siisannu. ella tarakaari beleenuu jaasti

No Sir. This is festival season. The prices of all vegetables are high

: ardha kg. TomyaaToo haNNige eshTu ?

How much for a half kilos of tomatoes ?

t.v.

: hattu kaalu ruupayi

Ten and quarter rupees

Shiva

: TomyaaToo bele ashTu Is the rate of tomatoes so jaastiinaa ? high ?

1.1 Dialogue

t.v.

: havdu saar, Yes sir, There are no maarkeTTinalli tomatoes in the market TomyaaToo haNNe illa

Shankara

Shiva

: aa kumbaLakaayige eshTu ?

How much is that pumpkin ?

: nange aydu inlyaanD I want five inland letters leTer beeku. ondu How much is an inland inlyaanD leTerge letter ? eshTu ?

P.M. t.v.

: doDDadakkoo cikkadakkoo ?

The big one or small one ?

: ondakke eraDu ruupaayi. aameele eenu beeku saar ?

Shiva

Postmaster : nimage eenu beeku ?

What do you want ?

It is two rupees each. What else do you want sir ?

42/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

Lesson 6/43

Shankara : envelap ideyaa ?

Do you have envelopes ?

P.M.

No sir. There is no stock of envelopes. Stamps are available

: illa saar. envelap sTaak illa. sTyamp ide

Shankara : muuru ruupaayiyadu I want six stamps of three aaru sTyamp beeku rupees. Seven stamps of hattu paiseedu eeLu ten paise sTyamp beeku P.M.

: inneenu beeku saar ? What else do yout want sir ?

Shankara : hanneraDu kaarD

I want twelve cards

P.M.

Don't you want anything ?

: inneenuu beeDvaa ?

Shankara : beeDa

No. I don'g want

P.M.

To whom are all these cards sir ?

: yaarige saar ishTondu kaarDu ?

Shankara : naalku nanna sneehitanige, aydu nanna tangi kamalnige, muutu nanage

Four for my friend, five for my younger sister Kamala and three for me

2. Pattern drill ; 2.1 nimma manege baaDige eshTu ? bengaLuurige bas caarju eshTu ?

How much is the rent for your house ? How much is the bus fare to Bangalore

2.2 ondu kilo huruLikaayige enTu ruupaayi

It is eight rupees for a kilo of beans

aa pustakakke muuru ruupaayi

It is three rupees for that Book

tenginakaayi eraDakke hanneraDu ruupaayi

It is twelve rupees for two coconuts

2.3 avanige eenu beeku ? nanage ondu capaati beeku

What does he want ? I want a chapati

ninage eshTu doose beeku ?

How many dosas do you want ?

avarige hannondu ruupaayi beeku

He wants eleven rupees.

avaLige eenuu beeDa

She does'nt want anything

2.4 siitege aa siire beeDvaa ?

Does'nt Sita wants that saree ?

rajanige hattu ruupaayi beekaa ?

Does Rajani want ten rupees ?

raamanige ippattu ruupaayi beeku

Rama wants twenty rupees

aa kaaleejige oLLeya hesaru ide

That college has a good name

nimma uurige eshTu kilomiiTar ?

How many Kilometers to your home town ?

3. Key to learners : 3.1 The use of dative marker is as follows - (i) ge, - age and - akke are the dative case markers. the function of the dative is to denote the direction.

44/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

Lesson 6/45

beneficiary, recipient or even sometimes possessor of objects or qualities. The use of dative marker is as follows 3.1.1 -- (i) ge 3.1.1.1 --u ending neuter nouns, - a ending human nouns and third person human Pronouns take - ige as dative kaaleeju uuru bassu raama tamma sarasa avanu avaLu avaru

+ + + + + + + + +

ige ige ige ige ige ige ige ige ige

= = = = = = = = =

kaaleejige uurige bassige raamanige tammanige sarasanige avanige avaLige avarige

'to the college' 'to the native place' 'to the bus' 'to Rama' 'to younger brother' 'to Sarasa' 'to him' 'to her' 'to them'

3.1.1.2 All categories of nouns ending in - i and - e take -ge as dative sumati + ge = Sumatige 'to Sumati' raadhe + ge = raadhege

'to Radha'

mane

+ ge = manege

'to house'

naayi

+ ge = naayige

'to dog'

tarkaari + ge = tarkaarige

'to vegetable'

3.1.2 First and second person pronouns take - age as dative nannu + age = nanage 'to me' naavu + age = namage 'to us' niinu + age = ninage 'to you' (sg) niivu + age = nimage 'to you' (pl. + hon.) 3.1.3 Neuter nouns ending in - a, third person neuter pronouns and numerals take - akke as dative mara + akke = marakke 'to tree' kaagadda + akke = kaagadakke 'to the paper' adu + akke = adakke 'to that' ondu + akke = ondakke 'to one' nuuru + akke = nuurakke 'to one hundred' 3.2

Numerals are introduced ondu 'one' aaru eraDu 'two' eeLu muuru 'three' enTu naalku 'four' ombattu aydu 'five' hattu are basic numerals.

These numerals multiplication. hattu + hattu + hattu + hattu +

'six' 'seven' 'eight' 'nine' 'ten'

can be further developed by addition and ondu eraDu mooru naalku

= = = =

hannondu hanneraDu hadimuuru hadinaalku

'eleven' 'twelve' 'thirteen' 'fourteen'

46/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

hattu hattu hattu hattu hattu hattu

+ + + + + +

aydu aaru eeLu enTu ombattu hattu

= = = = = =

hadinaydu hadinaaru hadineeLu hadineNtu hattombattu ippattu

Lesson 6/45

'fifteen' 'sixteen' 'seventeen' 'eighteen' 'ninteen' 'twenty'

Note that the numerals from eleven to nineteen (as in english !) have slightly irregular forms and as in English again numerals from twenty onwards are expressed as multiples of ten plus basic numerals. ippattu + ondu

= ippattondu

'twenty one'

ippattu + eraDu

= ippatteraDu

'twenty two'

The possessive marker - a is added to the first numeral. Observe the following examples. aydu nuura hattu ondu saavirada eraDu 3.3

beeku 'want' and its corresponding negation beeda 'do not want' are also introduced. Note that beeku and beeda are always obligatorily used with dative subject. nanage kaafi beeku raajanige niiru beeDa

3.4

'five hundred and ten' 'one thousand two'

'I want coffee' 'Raju doesn't want water'

eshTu 'how much' is a quantitative interrogative word (either adjective or pronoun). It covers both 'how many' and 'how much'

4. Exercise

every multiple of ten is expressed by adding the word for ten to a basic number. muuru x hattu = muuvattu 'thirty' naalku x hattu = nalvattu 'forty' aydu x hattu = ayvattu 'fifty' aaru x hattu = aravattu 'sixty' eeLu x hattu = eppattu 'seventy' enTu x hattu = embattu 'eighty' ombattu x hattu = tombattu 'ninety' hattu x hattu = nuuru 'hundred'

4.2.1 nanage ondu kilo ____________ beku. (brinjal)

number above hundred can be similarly derived.

4.2.2 ella saamaaniguu ____________ jaasti (price)

nuura ondu 'hundred and one' nuura hattu 'hundred and ten'

4.1

Fill in the blanks using the suitable words

4.1.2 nimma angaDiyalli savtekaayi ________ ? 4.4.2 avaLige inneenu ____________ 4.1.3 saroojana vayassu ____________? 4.1.4 ____________ ondu kantege hattu paise. 4.2

Fill in the blanks using the kannada equivalents of the English words given in the bracket

4.2.3 __________ ondakke ondu ruupaayi ayvattu paise (egg) 4.2.4 avarige iDLi saambaar ____________ (not wanted)

48/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

4.3

Fill in the blanks using the correct form of the word given in the bracket

4.3.1 4.3.2 4.3.3 4.3.4

_________ eenu beeku ? (niivu) doDDa _________ eshTu ? (kumbaLakaayi) _________ aaru sTyaamp. (hannerDu ruupaayi) savteekaayi _________ ? (illa)

4.4.

Transform the following according to the model

4.4.

Model : beenDeekaayi __________benDeekaayige maalini__________ ravi__________ naadini __________ Siite __________ mane __________ atte __________ savteekaayi __________

4.4.2 Model : baaLee haNNu ______ baaLee haNNige kottambari soppu __________ kaalu __________ magaLu __________ avanu __________ avaLu __________ avaru __________ 4.4.3 Model : cikkadu _________ cikkadakke doDDadu ___________ ondu __________ eraDu __________

Lesson 6/49

aaru _________ adu __________ 4.4.4 Model :

naanu _______ nanage niinu ________ niivu ________

4.4.5 Model : raaju ________ raajuvige raaamu ________ hasu ________ guru ________ sarayu ________ karu ________ 4.4.6 Model :

kamala ________ kamalanige aSooka ________ vinuta ________ maga ________ bhaava ________

4.5 Translate the following into kanndad : I want a cup of coffee What is the rent for your house ? Anitha does not want brinjal What else do you want ? How much is the big pumpkin ? 4.6 Use the following in sentences of your own : aydu jaasti kaDime aameele

50/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

Lesson 6/51

4.7 Answer the following questions : nimage eenu beeku ? savitana siirege eshTu rupaayi ? nimma magaLige habbakke hosa langa beeDvaa ? nimage sambaLa eshTu ? 5. Vocabulary : aameele inneenu eshTu kaDime kante kottumbari soppu kooLimoTTe jaasti ToomyaaTo tarkaari taaja maalu badanekaayi bele habba

'after wards' 'what else' 'how much' 'less' 'bundle / bunch' 'coriander leaves' 'greens' (vegetables) 'egg' more / too much' 'tomato' 'vegetable' 'fresh stuff' 'brinjal' 'cost / price' 'festival'

5.1 Supplementary vocabulary : kaalu 'leg' baaLe haNNu 'plantain' benDekaayi 'lady's finger'

vayassu saamaanu savtekaayi huraLikaayi

'age' 'things / articles' 'cucumber' 'beans'

Lesson 7/53

LESSON - 7 1. Dialogue : Kamala : ivattu eshTanee taariiku ? What is the date today ?

Kamala : vidyaarthigaLu enTu nuuru. vidyaarthiniyaru naanuuru

Men are eight hundred Women are four hundred.

Sheela : adhyaapakaru eshTu jana ?

What is the strength of teachers ?

Kamala : naavu adhyaapakaru aravattu jana

We are sixty teachers

Sheela : adhyaapakiyaru ?

Lady teachers ?

Kamala : avaru hattu jana

They are ten

Sheela : nimma kaaleejinalli eshTu ruumugaLu ive ?

How many rooms are there in your college ? There are twenty five rooms

Sheela : ivattu hannondanee taariiku

Today is the eleventh

Kamala : naaLe hanneraDanee taariiku, mangaLavaara namage raja

Tomorrow is twelth Tuesday. It is a holiday for us

Sheela : yaake ?

Why ?

Kamala : naaLe namma kaaleejina vaarshikootsava

Tomorrow is the annual day of our college

Sheela : mukhya atithi yaaru ?

Who is the chief guest ?

Kamala : ippattaydu ruumugalu ive

Kamala : mukhya atithi Dr. sarvajna

The chief guest is Dr. sarvajna

1.1 Dialogue

Sheela : nimma kaaleeju doDDa kaalejaa ?

Is your college a big one?

Kamala : havdu. tumbaa doDDa kaaleeju

Yes. It is a very big college

Sheela : vidyaarthigaLa sankhye eshTu ?

What is the number of students ?

Kamala : vidyaarthigaLa sankhye ondu saavirada innuuru

The number of students is one thousand two hundred

Ranga : gaNDu makkaLu Three sons and one muuvaru. heNNu magaLu daughter obbaLu

Sheela : vidyaarthigaLu eshTu jana ? vidyaarthiniyaru eshTu jana ?

How many men students ? How many women students ?

Ravi

Ravi

: nimage eshTu jana makkalu ?

How many children have you ?

Ranga : naalku jana

Four children

Ravi

How many daughters ? How many sons ?

: heNNu makkaLu eshTu jana ? gaNDu makkaLu eshTu jana ?

: gaNdu makkaLu eshTanee klaasu

In which class are the sons ?

54/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

Ranga : modalaneyavanu B.A modalaneya varsha ibbaru hayskuulu magaLu hyskuulu konee varsha

Lesson 7/55

The first one is in first year B.A. Two are in high school. The daughter in the last year of High school

2. Pattern drill : 2.1 ivattu soomavaara ivattu ippattondaneya taariiku

Today is Monday Today is twenty first (of the month)

naaLe mangaLavaara

Tomorrow is Tuesday

naaLe ippatteraDaneya taariiku

Tomorrow is twenty second

ninne bhaanuvaara

Yesterday was Sunday

ninne ippattaneya taariiku

Yesterday was twentieth

naaDiddu budhavaara

The day after tomorrow is Wednesday

naaDiddu ippattamuura neya taariiku

The day after tomorrow is twenty third

monne Sanivaara

The day before yesterday was Saturday

aace naaDiddu guru vaara

Two days after tomorrow is Thursday

aace naaDiddu ippatta naalkaneya taariiku

Two days after tomorrow is twenty fourth

aace monne Sukravaara

Two days before yesterday was Friday

aace monne hadineeLa neya taariiku

Two days before yesterday was seventeenth

2.2 Srii raama daSarathana modalaneya maga

Sri Rama was Dasharatha's first son

lakshmaNa muuraneya maga

Lakshmana was the third son

bharata eraDaneya maga

Bharata was the second son

2.3 ivaatu eshTaneya taariiku

What is the date today ?

nimma magaLu eshTaneya klaasu ?

In which class your daughter is ?

Srii raama daSarathana eshTaneya maga ?

What (rank) son was Rama to Dasharatha ?

2.4 adu ondu pustaka avu eraDu pustakagaLu ivu naalku pennugaLu ii aydu naayigaLu nammavu

That is a book Those are two books These are four pens These five dogs are ours

2.5 avanu obba huDuga naavu ibbaru vidyaarthigaLu namma maneyalli eraDu bekkugaLu ive. avaru muuvaru kannaDa vidyaarthiniyaru ivaru naalku jana nanna tammandiru

He is a boy We are two students There are two cats in our house Those three are Kannada students (fem) These four are my younger brothers

56/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

paaNDavaru ayvaru draupadiya ganDandiru aydu jana avaru ibbaru namma aaLugaLu 2.6 iiga hattu gaNTe

3.

Lesson 7/57

Pandavas were five members Draupadi's husbands were five in number Those two are our servants. Now it is ten o' clock

hanneraDu gaNTege hadinaydu nimisha ide

It is fifteen minutes to twelve

iiga eraDuuvare gaNTe

Now, it is half past two

hannondu mukkaalu gaNTege klaasu ide

The class is at quarter to twelve

ninage ombattu mukkaalu gaNTege kkafi beekaa ?

Do you want coffee at quarter to ten ?

Key to Learners :

3.1 The basic numerals are further extended by adding aneya anee, resulting the numeral adjectives ondu + aney = ondaneya 'first' hattu + aneya = hattaneya 'tenth' nuuru + aneya = nuuraneya 'hundredth' eshTu also takes aneya /anee and forms the corresponding ordinal interrogation eshTu + aneya = eshTaneya anee is the colloquial form of aneya

3.2

The plural markers are introduced. There are three plural markers -andiru, - aru and - gaLu

3.2.1 - andiru is used with relative nouns ending with - a. anna + andiru = annandiru 'elder brothers' bhaava + andiru = bhaavandiru 'brothers - in - law' akka + andiru = akkandiru 'elder sisters' 3.2.2 -aru is used with other human nouns adhyaapaka + aru = adhyaapakaru 'teachers' vidyarthini + aru = vidyaarthiniyaru 'girl students' soase + aru = soseyaru 'daughters - in - law' 3.2.3 -gaLu is used with other neuter nouns mara + gaLu = maragaLu 'trees' kurci + gaLu = kurcigaLu 'chairs' dina + gaLu = dinagaLu 'days' varsha + gaLu = varshagaLu 'years' hasu + gaLu = hasugaLu 'cows' There are few human nouns which take - gaLu as plural marker. But they are exceptional cases. manti + gaLu = mantrigaLu 'ministers' guru + gaLu = gurugaLu 'teachers' vidyaarthi + gaLu = vidyaarthigaLu 'students' 3.3

naavu 'we' first person plural pronoun

3.4

Note, how the basic numerals change into human numerals before a human noun adu ondu mara 'that is a tree' avanu obba huDuga 'He is a boy'

58/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

in the same way eraDu > ibbaru muuru > muuvaru naalku > naalvaru aydu > ayvaru

'two persons' 'three persons' 'four persons' 'five persons'

- aru is not added after five. But from three onwards jana 'person' is the frequent use. Thus the form is, muuru jana 'three members' hattu jana 'ten members' nuuru jana 'hundred members' jana is also used with eshTu 3.5

Note the use of numerals above thousand ondu saavirad nuura hattu 'one thousand hundred and ten' Here saavira takes the possessive marker - a and when nuuru is followed by any numeral, the form used is nuura nuura enTu 'hundred and eight' saavirada ombynuura nalavatteeLu 'One thousand nine hundred and forty seven'

3.6

Srii raama eshTaneya maga ? The literal translation of the above question is not possible in English. It is a question which anticipates an answer in the forms of an ordinal such as first, second, etc. It can only be translated as non-existent English form ' How manyth ?

Lesson 7/59

4.

Exercise :

4.1

Fill in the blanks using suitable words

4.1.1 ivattu ____________ taariiku ? 4.1.2 bhaanuvaara namage ____________ 4.1.3 ravige ____________ makkaLu ? 4.1.4 samaarambhada ____________ Dr. paTTanaayak 4.2

Fill in the blanks using the kannada equivalents of the English words given in the bracket

4.2.1 nanage ____________ magaLu (one) 4.2.

maadhaviya ____________ maga yaava klaasu ? (first)

4.2.3 sureeSana maneyalli ________________ ruumugaLu ive (fifteen) 4.2.4 Saalinige ____________ tangiyaru (two) 4.2.5 idu ____________ mane (our) 4.3 Change the following according to the model : 4.3.1 Model : ondu ---- ondaneya Change : eraDu ______ eshTu modalu ______ 4.3.2 Model : Change :

vidyaarthi --- vidyaarthigaLu mantri _______ aaLu _________ aaspatre _______ mara _________

60/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

4.3.3 Model Change

: vidyaarthini --- vidyaarthiniyaru huDugi _________ atte ____________ tangi ___________ huDuga _________ adhyaapaka ______

4.3.4 Model change

: aNNa _______ aNNandiru akka _________ tamma _________ bhaava _________ appa ___________

4.4 4.4.1 4.4.2 4.4.3 4.4.4 4.4.5 4.4.6 4.4.7

Change into Interrogative using the underlined word ivattu guruvaara naaLe hattanee taariiku nanage naalku jana makkaLu ravige aydu ruupaayi beeku ? avaLa hesaru Liilaa adu maalatiya mane avara maatru bhaashe telugu alla

4.5 4.5.1 4.5.2 4.5.3 4.5.4 4.5.5

Translate into kannada What day is to day ? My daughter's birthday is on 10th October We have two houses in Bangalore What is the strength of your class ? How many daughters do you have ?

Lesson 7/61

4.6 4.6.1 4.6.2 4.6.3 4.6.4

Answer the following question nimma magana / magaLa pariikshe yaavaaga ? nimage eshTu jana tangiyaru / tammandiru ? naaLe nimage rajaanaa ? niivu obbanee / obbaLee / magaLaa maganaa ?

5. Vocabulary : ivattu gaNDu makkaLu janma dina taariiku naaLe mangaLavaara mukhya atithi raja vaarshikootsva sankhye heNNu makkaLu

'today' 'sons' 'birthday' 'date' 'tomorrow' 'Tuesday' 'chief guest' 'holiday' 'annual day' 'number' 'daughters / girl's

5.1 Supplementary Vocabulary aaLu 'servant' gaNTe 'hours/time, bell' guruvaara 'Thursday' nimisha 'minute' bekku 'cat' budhavaara 'Wednesday' bhaanuvaara 'Sunday'

62/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

soomavaara Sanivaara Sukravaara

'Monday' 'Saturday' 'Friday'

LESSON - 8 1. Dialogue : BaTTe vyaapaari : eenu beeku saar ? What do you want sir ? Ramesh : nange SarTige pyaaNTige baTTe beeku

I want cloth for shirts and pants

b.v.

Which cloth do you want sir ?

: yaaava baTTe beeku saar ?

Ramesh : SarTige paaliyesTar Ployester for shirts and pyaaNTige Terivul beeku terriwool for pants b.v.

: SarTige Yaava bannabeku?

What colour would you want for Shirt Sir?

Ramesh : yaava yaava baNNa ide ?

What colours do you have ?

b.v.

Red, white, blue, yellow we have all these

: kempu, biLi, nilli haLadi ella ide

Ramesh : kempu beeDa. adu nange ishTa illa, nilli nange ishTa

I don't want red. I don't like it. I like blue

b.v.

How much do you want sir ? I want two meters

: eshTu beeku saar ?

Ramesh : eraDu miiTar beeku ? b.v.

: SarTige eraDu miiTar saalalla

Ramesh : nanage eraDu miiTar saaku

Two meters isn't enough for shirt Sir ? Two meters are enough for me

64/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

b.v.

Lesson 8/65

: pyaaNTige yava baNNa beeku saar ?

Which colour do you want for pants sir ?

ii kempu pennina bele eshTu ?

What is the cost of this red pen ?

Ramesh : pyaaNTige kappu beeku

I want black for pants

b.v.

Don't you want white one sir ? Raymonds is available

nanage kappu karcif beeDa

I don't want a black hand kerchief

raamanige nilli baaNNa beeku

Rama wants blue colour

rajanige haLadi siire ishTa

Rajani likes yellow saree

aa gooDeya baNNa biLi avara kaarina baNNa teLu niili

The colour of that wall is white The colour of her/his car is light blue

Avana Saykal Kaaduniilii

His cycle is dark blue.

: biLiidu beeDavaa saar ? reemaanDs ide

Ramesh : beeDa. kariide beeku

No. I want black only

b.v.

Allright sir

: sari saar

Ramesh : nimmalli sveTar ilva ?

Don'g you have sweaters ?

b.v.

No sir. We have another shop of our own. We have sweaters there.

: illa saar. namdee innondu angaDi ide. alli sveTar ide

Ramesh : nimma aa angaDi elli ide ?

Where is that shop of yours ?

b.v.

Do you know Vasavi Cloth Centre ?

: nimage vaasavi klaat senTar gottaa ?

Ramesh : illa gottilla

No. I don't know

b.v.

Do you know Sangam theatre ?

: sangam thiyeeTar gottaa ?

Ramesh : havdu, gottu

Yes. I know

b.v.

It is beside that

: adara pakkadalli ide

2. Pattern drill : 2.1

aa biLi SarT yaaradu ? ii hasiru langa nannadu

Whose that white shirt is ? This green skirt is mine

2.2 ravige kathe pustaka ishTa rajanige kathe pustaka ishTa illa avaLige capaati ishTa illa nange uppinakaayi ishTa

Ravi likes story books Rajani doesn't like story books She doesn't like chapatis I like pickles

2.3 nimage liDoo taakiis gottaa ? raamanige raavaNa gottaa ? lalitanige hindi sinimaa ishTaana ? ivarige kannaDa sinimaa ishTa ilvaa ? avaLige hattu ruupaayi beekaa ? nimage kaafi beeDvaa ?

Do you know Lido talkies? Does Rama know Ravana? Does Lalitha like Hindi films ? Does'nt he/she like Kannada films ? Does she want ten rupees ? Don't you want coffee ?

66/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

Lesson 8/67

ivarige ardha kap kaafi saakaa ?

Is half cup of coffee enough for him / her ?

nanna hattira oLLeya pennu ide

There is a good pen with me

naayige ondu kap haalu saalalvaa ?

Isn't a cup of milk enough for the dog ?

avara maneyalli gaDiyaara illa

There is no clock in his / her house

2.4 nanage maalini gottu

I know Malini

avrige raviindra kalaaksheetra gottu

They know Ravindra Kalakshetra

huDugarige vidhaana saudhada daari gottu

The boys know the way to Vidhana Soudha

ivarige hindi gottu

He/she knows Hindi

manooharge kannaDa gottilla

Manohar does'nt know Kannada

nanage prajaavaaNi sampaadakaru gottilla

I don't know the editor of Prajavani

2.5 bhiimanige aydu doose saku

Five dosas are enough for Bhima

kubeerappanige tingaLige hattu ruupaayi saaku

Ten rupees will be sufficient for Kuberappa for a month

nanage dinakke ippatta naalku gaNTe saalalla

Twenty four hours a day is not sufficient for me

avanige tingaLige aynuuru ruupaayi sambaLa saalalla

A salary a five hundred rupees a month is not sufficient for him

2.6 aa angaDiyalli akki ide it angaDiyalli pustaka illa

There is rice in that shop. There are no books in this shop

3.

Key to learners : 3.1 The basic colour adjectives are : biLi 'white' kapu/kari 'black' kempu 'red' hasiru 'green' haLadi 'yellow' niili 'blue' by adding - adu to the colour adjectives predicative forms can be obtained biLi + adu = biLiyadu 'white one' kempu + adu = kempadu 'red one' 3.2 beeku ishTa saaku gottu

'want' 'like' 'enough' 'know'

are model or defective verbs. These verbs do not take tense and personal markers like regular verbs beeDa ishTa illa saalalla gottilla

'do not want' 'do not like' 'not enough' 'do not know'

68/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

Lesson 8/69

are the corresponding negative forms of the above said defective verbs. Note that all these verbs obligatorily take dative subject. nanage tiNDi beeku 'I want tiffin' avaLige hattu ruupaayi saalalla

'Ten rupees will not be sufficient for her'

3.3 illa negates the verb. Compare this with alla, which negates noun. ninna hattira pennu ideyaa ? illa. nanna hattira pennu illa adu ninna pennaa ? alla, adu nanna tammana pennu 4. 4.1

4.3

Exercises : Fill in the blanks using suitable words :

4.4

Fill in the blanks using the correct form of the word given in the bracket : 4.4.1 aa langa ____________ (niili) 4.4.2 ravige namma DayrekTar ____________ ? (gottilla) 4.4.3 ravige eraDee eraDu SarTu ____________ ? (saaku) 4.4.4 nimage siire ____________ ? (beeDa) 4.5

Use the following in your own sentences : (1) yaara (2) avaradee (3) haLadi (4) baTTe (5) angaDi

4.6 4.6.1 4.6.2 4.6.3 4.6.4

Translate the following sentences into kannada I don't want blue pen Do you like capathi for breakfast ? I don't like that dark red cloth I want two packets of biscuits

4.1.1 nanage _________ baNNa ishTa 4.1.2 nimage nanna tande _________ ? 4.1.3 avaLige sangiita tumbaa _________ 4.1.4 nanage ninna sahavaasa khaNDita _________ 4.1.5 raajuvige iiga kathe pustaka _________ 4.2

Fill in the blanks using the kannada equlivalents of the English words given in the bracket :

4.2.1 adu ________ siire (green) 4.2.2 nanage naanuuru ruupaayi sambaLa ______ (not enough) 4.2.3 Saaliniya mane sangam Taakiis _______ ide (beside) 4.2.4 sumanige uuTakke eraDu capaati ______ (don't want)

Change the following according to the model : Model : kappu _____ kappadu Change : hasiru __________ kempu __________ niili __________ biLi __________

4.7 Answer the following questions 4.7.1 nimage yaava baNNada baTTe ishTa ? 4.7.2 nimage tiNDige capaati ishTaanaa ?

70/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

Lesson 9/71

4.7.3 nimage uuTakke eshTu capaati beeku ?

LESSON - 9

4.7.4 nimage karnaaTakada mukhya mantri gottaa ? 4.7.5 nimage kannaDa sinimaa ishTaanoo hindi sinimaa ishTaanoo ?

5. Vocabulary : kappu / kari kempu niili baTTe baNNa biLi haLadi 5.1 Supplementary vocabulary : akki uppinakaayi uuTa kaDu niili teLu niili gooDe daari langa sampaadaka sahavaasa haalu

'black' 'red' 'blue 'cloth' 'colour' 'white' 'yellow'

'raw rice' 'pickles' 'meals' 'dark blue' 'light blue' 'wall' 'way/path' 'long skirt' 'editor' 'companionship' 'milk'

1. Dialogue : Vijaya : suma leeDiis ruuminalli idaaLaa ?

Is suma in the ladies room ?

Shashi : illa, avaLu ruuminalli illa avaLige iiga klaas ide avaLu klaasinalli idaaLe

No. She is not in the room. She has class. She is in the class

Vijaya : ninage iiga klaas ilvaa ?

Don't you have class now ?

Shashi : illa. nanage klaas illa. muuru gaNTege klaas ide

No. I don't I have class at three o' clock

Vijaya : nimma profesar uurinalli idaaraa ?

Is your professor in town ?

Shashi : illa. avaru uurinalli illa

No. He is not in town

Vijaya : sumaa naalku gaNTege ruuminalli irtaaLaa ?

will Suma be in the room at four o' clock ?

Shashi : iralla. naalku gaNTege laybrarilli irtaaLe

No she won't. She will be in the library at four o' clock

Vijaya : niinu naalku gaNTege laybrariili irtiiyaa ?

will you be in the library at four o' clock ?

Shashi : havdu. irtiinii

Yes. I will be there

72/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

Lesson 9/73

1.1 Dialogue : Raghava : namaskaara, cennagi idiiraa ? Rao

Hello. are you well ?

: cennagi idiini. nimma Yes I do. Is your father tande maneyalli idaaraa ? at home ?

niivu yaava biidiyalli idiiri /

In which street tdo you live ? (pl+hon.)

niinu yaava uurinalli idiiye ? In which place are you ? niivu elli idiiri / Where are you (pl.+hon.)? avanu hattanee klaasinalli idaane

He is in tenth class

Raghava : avaru maneyalli illa angaDiili idaare

No. He is not at home He is in shop

mallikaarjuna maneya oLage idaane

Mallikarjuna is inside the House

Rao

Why ? isn't your elder brother in town ?

avaLu haasTelinalli idaaLe

She is in the hostel

Raghava : ibbaruu allee idaare

Both are there

padma byaankinalli idaaLe

Padma is in the Bank

Rao

When will be your father at home ? Will he be at home in the evening ?

avaru pakkada maneyalli idaare

They are in the house next door

nanna tande taayi uurinalli idare

My father and mother are in our home town

pustaka meejina meele ide

The book is on the table

haNNugaLu maradalli ive

The fruits are on the tree

: Yaake ? nimma aNNa uurinalli ilvaa ?

: nimma tande maneyalli yaavaga irtaare ? saayankaala irtaaraa ?

Raghava : iralla. saayankaala tooTadalli irtaare raatri maneyalli irtaarw

2.

No. he won't. He will be in the farm in the evening. He will be at home in the night

Pattern drill :

2.1 naanu maysuurinalli idini naanu iiga hooTelinalli idiini

I am in Mysore I am in a hotel now

naavu aafiisinalli idiivi nnavu bengaLuurinalli vaasa idiivi

We are in the office We are living in Bangalore

niinu elli idiiye ?

Where are you ?

2.2 naanu saayankaala siTiyalli irtiini

I will be in the city in the evening

naavu naaLe bengaLuurinalli irtiivi

We will be in Bangalore tomorrow

niinu ivattu madhyaanha elli irtiiye ?

Where will you be today afternoon ?

niivu beligge eNTu gaNTege elli irtiiri ?

Where will you be in the morning at eight o' clock ?

avanu dinaa sanje aydu gaNTege aaTada mydaana dalli irtaane

He will be in the playground daily at five o' clock in the evening.

74/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

avaLu hattu gaNTege kaaleejinalli irtaaLe hasu madhyaanha tooTadalli iratte. karugaLu maneyalli irtaave

Lesson 9/75

She will be in the college at ten o' clock The cow will be in the garden in the afternoon The calves will be at home

2.3 avanu uurinalli illa aa kaadambari laybrariyalli illa

He is not in town That novel is not in the Library

2.4 naanu naaLe maneyalli iralla avaru ishTu hottinalli angaDiyalli iralla

I won't be at home tomorrow He/she won't be in the shop at this time

3.

Key to learners :

3.1 The verb iru 'to be' introduced in this lesson. iru plays in important role as a main verb as well as an auxillary verb.

avaLu dinaa naalku gaNTege laybrariyalli irtaaLe 3.1.1 When id - the difinite form is used, it won't take my tense marker. This will be straightaway added to the personal marker The paradigm is given below : naanu id - iini naavu niinu id-iiye niivu avanu id-aane avaLu id-aaLe avaru adu id-e avu

id-aare iv-e

3.1.2 Whereas ir - will be first added to -t- which is non past tense marker, then added to personal marker. Thus obtaining the forms naanu ir-t-iini naavu ir-t-iivi niinu

ir-t-iiye

iru verb has two bases in Kannada. They are id - and - ir

avanu

ir-t-aane

id - is used as definite construction, whereas ir - used as indefinite or habitual construction.

avaLu adu

nanna sneeita maneyalli idaane

id-iivi id-iiri

niivu

ir-t-iiri

ir-t-aaLe

avaru

ir-t-aare

iru-tt-e

avu

iru-t-ve/ir-t-aave

Note that in the third person neut. sg. - t - is doubled

In this sentence, the friend's presence at home is definite nanna sneehite madhyanha maneyalli irtaaLe Here irtaaLe is used as an indefinite construction with future proposition. This can also be used as habitual as in the following sentence.

3.1.3 illa and iralla are the corresponding negative forms of id- and ir - respectively There is no person, number or gender distinction made in the negative construction.

76/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

3.2

Lesson 9/77

alli is the locative case marker which denotes location. The changes are of the same of possessive case when added to the nouns.

4. Exercise :

4.4 Change in to negative : 4.4.1 kamala amerikaadalli idaaLe 4.4.2 nimma aNNa uurinalli idaaraa ? 4.4.3 nanna pustaka ninna hattira ide 4.4.4 raamaraayaru ishTu hottinalli klabbinalli irtaaraa ?

4.1 Fill in the blanks using suitable words : 4.1.1 _____________ avanu angaDiyaalli idaane 4.1.2 _____________ namma tande maneyalli irtaare 4.1.3 _____________ ishTu hottinalli angaDiyalli irtaane 4.1.4 nanage hattu gaNTege klaasu _____________ 4.2 Fill in the blanks using the correct form of the word given in the bracket : 4.2.1 nimma akka maneyalli __________ ? (iru) 4.2.2 kamalana tamma uurinalli __________ ? (iru)

4.5 Use the following words in your own sentences : 1. beLigge 4. keLage 2. saayankaala 5. uuru 3. tooTa 6. aaTada maydaana 4.6 Translate into kannada 4.6.1 At what time will you be at home ? 4.6.2 Suma won't be there at this time 4.6.3 All the twenty four hours he will be in the club 4.6.4 He is not there 4.6.5 Will you be there at ten o' clock ?

4.2.3 nimma naayi sadaa tooTadalli __________ ? (iralla) 4.2.4 aaspatreyalli DaakTaru __________ ? (illa) 4.3 Match the following : 1. niinu yaavaaga maneyalli 2. sumati iiga aaspatreyalli 3. avaru heege 4. pustaka meejina meele 5. niivu yaavaaga angaDiyalli 6. aravindana tamma madaraasinalli

(a) idaare (b) idaane (c) irtiiye (d) irtiiri (e) ide (f) idaaLe

4.7 Answer the following question : 4.7.1 niivu elli vaasa idiiri ? 4.7.2 niivu dinaa saayankaala maneyalli irtiiraa ? 4.7.3 nimage svanta mane ideyaa ? 4.7.4 nimma maneyalli eshTu jana idaare ? 4.7.5 nimma uuru yaava raajyada, yaava jilleyalli ide ?

5. Vocabulary : tooTa raatri saayankaala

'garden' 'night' 'evening'

78/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

5.1 Supplementary vocabulary :

LESSON - 10

oLage

'inside'

karu

'calf'

1. Dialogue :

keLage

'below'

Raju : baa ravi, eenu samaachaara ?

gaNTe

'hour'

Com Ravi. What is the news ?

biidi

'street'

madhyaanha

'afternoon'

Ravi : eenuu illa raaju. naavella mundina vaara piknik hoogooNavva ?

Nothing Raju. Shall we go for a picnic next week ?

meele

'upon / above'

vaasa

'reside / live'

Raju : aagli. ellige hoogooNa ?

Allright. Where shall we go ?

haNNu

'fruit'

Ravi : nandi beTTakke hoogooNa

Let us go to Nandi hills

horage

'outside'

Raju : yaaru yaaru bartaare ?

Who are all will be coming ?

Ravi : moohana, goopala bartaare

Mohan and Gopal are coming

Raju : sureeSa baralvaa ?

Isn't Suresh coming ?

Ravi : baralla. avanige dhaaravaaDadalli kelasa ide. naaLe hoogtaane hadinaydu dinada meele bartaane

He won't come. He has work in Dharwar. He goes tomorrow. He comes after fifteen days

Raju : manoohara ?

Manohar ?

Ravi : avanannu keeLalaa ?

Shall I ask him ?

Raju : keeLu. avanuu barali piknikkige oLLe kampani irali

Ask him. Let him also come. Let us have a good company for the picnic

80/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

Ravi : keeLtiini. avanu bartaane Raju : mundina bhaanuvaara hoogooNa

Lesson 10/81

I will ask him. He will come Let us go next Sunday

Ravi : eshTu gaNTege horaDooNa ?

At what time shall we start ?

Raju : beligge enTu gaNTege horaDooNa

Let us start at eight o' clock in the morning

Ravi : tiNdi eenu tagoNDu hoogooNa ?

What snacks shall we take ?

Raju : eenaadaruu sari. niinu sihi tiNDi tagombaa moohana, goopaala puLiyoogare tarli. naanu haNnu tartiini

Anything is allright. You bring sweets. Let Mohana and Gopal bring tamarind rice. I shall bring fruits

Ravi ; heege hoogooNa ?

How shall we go ?

Raju : bassinalli hoogooNa. bassu tumbaa sigutve

Let us go by bus. Buses are available in plenty

Ravi : naavu ellige barooNa ? bas sTyaaND hattira barooNvaa ?

Where shall we come ? Shall we come to the bus stand ?

Raju : bas sTyaaND hattira banni naanu allige bartiini

You come to the bus stand. I shall come there

2.

Pattern drill :

2.1

niinu naaLe namma manege baa

niinu kaafi KuDi niinu ii baaLe haNNu tinnu niinu iiga kaaleeJige hoogu 2.2

(you.sg.) Come to my house tomorrow

(you.sg) Go to college now

niivu ii baaLe haNNu tinni niivu iiga kaaleeJige hoogi

(you. hon. pl.) Come to my house tomorrow (you. hon. pl.) Drink Coffee (you. hon. pl.) Eat this banana (you.hon. pl.) Go to college now

2.3

naanu nimma manege naaLe barlaa ? naanu kaafi kuDiyalaa ?

Shall I come to your house tomorrow ? Shall I drink coffee ?

2.4

naavu nimma manege Shall we come to your barooNavaa ? house ? naavu uurige hoogooNavaa ? Shall we go to home town ?

2.5

naavu naaLe beLigge caamunDi beTTakke hoogooNa naavu iiga kaafi kuDiyooNa

2.6

niivu naaLe namma manege banni niivu kaafi KuDiyiri

(you. sg) Drink Coffee (you.sg) Eat this banana

avanu madaraasige hoogali rameeSa oLage barali

Let us go to Chamundi hill tomorrow morning Let us drink coffee now Let him go to Madras Let Ramesh come in

82/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

Kamala haalu kuDiyali

2.7

Lesson 10/83

hasu hullu tinnali

Let Kamala drink the milk Let the cow eat the grass

naanu sinimaakke bartini naavu dinaa jileebi tintii niinu beLigge kaafi the kuDiitiyaa ?

I shall come to movie We eat jileebis everday Do you drink coffee in morning ?

niivu sanje tiNDi tintiiraa ?

Do you eat tiffin in the evening ?

moohana iiga bartaane

Mohan comes now

nanna heNDati avaLa taayiya manege hoogtaaLe

My wife will go to her mother's house

nanna maava naaLe bartaare

My father - in - law comes tomorrow

magu hallu kuDiyatte

The child drinks milk

makkaLu hallu kuDiyutve

Children drink milk

3.

Key to learners :

3.1

Main verbs are introduced in this lesson. Verb root itself is used as an imperative, which is always in second person singular form. Observe the following sentences. niinu baa niinu hoogu

'you come' 'you go'

The imperative singular forms can be changed into imperative plural forms by adding -iri or -i , - iri is addeds to the verbs ending with - i or -e.

kuDi + iri = kuDiyiri bare + iri = bareyiri

'you (pl. hon.) drink 'you (pl. hon.) write

Note the addition of -y -i is added to all other nouns tinnu + i = tinni 'you (pl. hon.) eat hoogu + i = hoogi 'you (pl. hon.) go baa + i = banni 'you (pl. hon.) come Note that the final -u drops in the above combination. baa changes into ban before it takes imperative plural form. taa 'to bring' also behaves like baa. These two verbs have two bases viz., bar, ban and tar, tan. Observe in the coming lessons how these bases are added to higher constructions. These forms are also used as honorafic singular forms. 3.2

Permissive form is obtained by adding - ali to the verb root. These forms are operated only with third person subjects. It is possible with first person singular subject in interrogative construction. Observe the following examples hoogu + ali = hoogali kuDi + ali = kuDiyali avanu hoogali

'let him go'

avaLu hoogali

'let her go'

avaru hoogali

'let them go'

adu hoogali

'let it go'

avu hoogali

'let them go'

84/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

naanu ellige hoogali ? naanu eenu kuDiyali ?

Lesson 10/85

'Where shall I go' ? 'What shall I drink' ?

Note that the above sentences with first person singular subject are in interrogative form making use of interrogative pronouns. It is also possible to have the interrogative sentences by adding -aa, the interrogative suffix, thus obtaining the meaning - 'may I ..........'. - al will be addid to verb root as infinitive marker and then aa is added. naanu uurige hoogalaa ? naanu kaafi kuDiyalaa ?

'may I go to home town' ? 'may I drink coffee ?

tenses is nullified. - t - is used as non-past tense marker. The future ideas are expressed by adding time aspect to the non-past tense form naanu kaafi kuDiitiini

'I drink coffee'

naanu naaLe uurige hoogtiini

'I will go to my native place tomorrow'

The structure of non - past tense is verb root + non-past tense + pronminal termination hoogu + t + iini = hoogtiini

3.3

'Let us go' type of structure (which is known as hortative form) is obtained in Kannada by adding - ooNa to the verb root in first person plural subject hoogu + ooNa = hoogooNa tinnu + ooNa = tinnoNa kuDi + ooNa = kuDiyooNa tar + ooNa = tarooNa

3.4

'let us go' 'let us eat' 'let us drink' 'let us bring'

The subject and the predicate agreement in verbal construction is strictly maintained in Kannada Observe the following paradigm naanu hoog - t - iini naavu hoog - t -iivi (hoogutteene) (hoogutteeve) niinu hoog - t - iiye (hooguttiiye)

niivu hoog - t - iiri (Hooguttiiri)

When the iterrogative suffix - aa is added to hortative form, -v- is added as an addition

avanu hoog-t-aane (hooguttaane)

avaru hoog-t-aare (hooguttaare)

hoogooNa + aa = hoogooNavaa ? barooNa + aa = barooNavaa ?

avaLu hoog-t-aaLe (hooguttaaLe)

'shall we go ?' 'shall we come ?'

Non-past tense marker - t - is introduced with main verbs. Strictly speaking there is no present tense marker in Kannada. Traditonal grammars describe -t- as present tense marker and -v- as future tense marker. However in modern spoken Kannada the difference between these two

adu hoogu-tt - e / hoog - t - ade

avu hoog - t - ave / hooga - t - ve

(hooguttade)

(hooguttave)

The forms given in paranthesis are standard written forms

86/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

3.1.5

The non-past negation is obtained by adding alla to the verb root tinnu + alla = tinnalla 'do not eat' kuDi + alla = kudiyalla 'do not drink' There is no number, gender distinction in negative construction.

3.1.6

4.

The accusative (objective case) marker - annu/anna is also introduced in this lesson. Accusative case marker is mostly optional with neuter nouns. It is obligatorily used with human nouns and plural nouns.

Exercise

Lesson 10/87

4.3 Interrogate 4.3.1 havdu. idu pustaka 4.3.2 aagaLi. hoogooNa 4.3.3 illa. raaju baralla 4.3.4 havdu. bassu eNTu gaNTege horaDatte 4.4 Change the form according to the model 4.4.1 Model : avanu + annu = avanannu Change : ivanu _______ avaLu _______ adu _________ kaaDu _______ bassu ________

4.1 Fill in the blanks using suitable words 4.1.1 ______ bhaanuvaara bengaLuurige hoogooNa 4.1.2 naanu _________ tarali ?

4.4.2 Model : Change :

mara + annu = maravannu pustaka _______ hanNa ________ dina __________

4.4.3 Model : Change :

mane + annu = maneyannu naayi _________ kathe _________ siite __________ ravi __________

4.1.3 _________ bas sTyaaND hattira banni 4.1.4 _________ beLigge kaafi kudiitaane 4.1.5 siitaa naaLe uurige _________ 4.2 Fill in the blanks using the correct form of the word given in the bracket 4.2.1 ayyoo. naanu eenu ____________ ? (maaDu) 4.2.2 paapa. avanu manege ___________ (hoogu) 4.2.3 naavu uurige eshTu gaNTege ______ ? (horaDu) 4.2.4 sandhya yaavaaga amerikaakke ______ ? (hoogu) 4.2.5 niivu naaLe namma manege ___________ (baa)

4.5

Use the following verbs with non - past tense markers in all persons 1. baru 2. horaDu 3. tinnu 4. keeLu 5. kuDi

88/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

4.6 Translate into kannada 4.6.1 I listen to music over the radio ? 4.6.2 Who will come with you ? 4.6.3 What shall I bring for you ? 4.6.4 Let him go to a movie 4.6.5 Please, take this coffee 4.6.6 Shall we go to Mangalore today ? 4.7 Answer the following questions 4.7.1 niivu ivattu saayankaala ellige hoogtiiri ? 4.7.2 niivu yaava kelasa maaDtiiri ? 4.7.3 niivu ivattu sanje sinimaake hoogtiiraa ? 4.7.4 rajaa dinadalli nimma manege sneehitaru bartaaraa ? 4.75 niivu beligge eshTu ganTege tinDi tintiiri ?

5. Vocabulary : keLu

'to ask / to listen'

togoNDu hoogu

'to carry'

tagombaa

'to bring'

tiNDi

'snacks' / 'breakfast'

nandi beTTa

'Nandi hills'

puLiyoogare

'tamarind rice'

baa

'to come'

mundina vaara

'next week'

sigu

'to be available'

Lesson 10/89

sihi tiNDi

'sweets'

horaDu

'to start'

hoogu

'to go'

5.1 Supplementary Vocabulary iiga 'now' kuDi 'to drink' tinnu 'to eat' hullu 'grass'

90/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

Lesson 11/91

¥ÁoÀ - 11

ªÀÄÆwð

1. Dialogue : ªÀÄ£ÉÆúÀgï : £Á£ÀÄ zsÁgÀªÁqÀPÉÌ ºÉÆÃUÀ¨ÉÃPÀÄ. §¸ï ¥ÀæAiÀiÁt M¼ÉîAiÀÄzÉÆÃ, gÉÊ¯ï ¥ÀæAiÀiÁt M¼ÉîAiÀÄzÉÆà ?

I have to go to Dharwar. is the bus journey or train jour ney better ?

ªÀÄÆwð

Train journey is better than bus journey. The train fare is less than the bus fare. Don't go by bus.

: §¸ï ¥ÀæAiÀiÁtQÌAvÀ gÉÊ¯ï ¥ÀæAiÀiÁt M¼ÉîAiÀÄzÀÄ. §¹ìVAvÀ gÉÊ°UÉ bÁdÄð PÀrªÉÄ. §¹ì£À°è ºÉÆÃUÀ¨ÉÃr

ªÀÄ£ÉÆúÀgï : gÉʯï AiÀiÁªÀ ªÀiÁUÀð ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÉÛ ?

Which way does the train go ?

ªÀÄÆwð

It goes via Arasikere

: CgÀ¹ÃPÉgÉ ªÀiÁUÀð ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÉÛ

: ºËzÀÄ. CªÉgÀqÀÆ CªÀ½ £ÀUÀgÀUÀ¼ÀÄ.

Yes. They are twin cities

ªÀÄ£ÉÆúÀgï : ºÀħâ½î zÉÆqÀØzÉÆà zsÁgÀªÁqÀ zÉÆqÀØzÉÆà ?

Is Hubli or Dharwar bigger ?

ªÀÄÆwð

Hubli is bigger than Dharwar

: zsÁgÀªÁqÀQÌAvÀ ºÀħâ½î zÉÆqÀØzÀÄ

ªÀÄ£ÉÆúÀgï : AiÀiÁªÀÅzÀÄ ªÉÆzÀ®Ä ¹UÀÄvÉÛ ? Which one comes first ? ªÀÄÆwð

: ºÀħâ½î ªÉÆzÀ®Ä ¹UÀÄvÉÛ

Hubli comes first

ªÀÄ£ÉÆúÀgï : QvÀÆÛgÀÄ JPïì¥Éæ¹ì£À°è ¨ÉÃUÀ ºÉÆÃUÀ§ºÀÄzÁ ?

Can one go quickly in the Kittor express ?

ªÀÄÆwð

Yes. Where do you have to go there ?

: ºÉÆÃUÀ§ºÀÄzÀÄ. C°è J°èUÉ ºÉÆÃUÀ¨ÉÃPÀÄ ?

ªÀÄ£ÉÆúÀgï : CzÀÄ MAzÉà ªÀiÁUÁð£Á ?

Is that the only route ?

ªÀÄÆwð

One can go via Guntakal also

ªÀÄ£ÉÆúÀgï : AiÀÄƤªÀ¹ðnUÉ ºÉÆÃUÀ¨ÉÃPÀÄ I have to go to the gÉʯÉé ¸ÉÖõÀ£À°è DmÉÆà University. Are autos ¹UÀÄvÁé ? availabel at the railway station ?

ªÀÄ£ÉÆúÀgï : AiÀiÁªÀÅzÀÄ ºÀwÛgÀ ?

Which one is shorter ?

ªÀÄÆwð

ªÀÄÆwð

The Arasikere route is shorter than the Guntakal route

: UÀÄAvÀPÀ¯ï ªÀiÁUÁð£ÀÆ ºÉÆÃUÀ§ºÀÄzÀÄ.

: UÀÄAvÀPÀ¯ïVAvÀ CgÀ¹ÃPÀgÉ ªÀiÁUÁð£Éà ºÀwÛ

ªÀÄ£ÉÆúÀgï : ºÀħâ½î zsÁgÀªÁqÀ JgÀqÀÆ ºÀwÛgÀ EªÉAiÀiÁ ?

Are Hubli and Dharwar close to each other ?

: ¹UÀÄvÉé. DzÀgÉ DmÉÆÃzÀ°è ºÉÆÃUÀ¨ÉÃr. ¨ÉÃPÁzÀµÀÄÖ §¸ï ¹UÀÄvÉé. §¹ì£À°è ºÉÆÃV

Yes the are. But don't go by auto Plenty of busses are available. Go by bus

ªÀÄ£ÉÆúÀgï : ªÀÄÄA¢£À ¸ÉÆêÀĪÁgÀPÉÌ Is a seat available for gÉÊ°£À°è ¹Ãmï ¹UÀ§ºÀÄzÁ? next Monday ?

92/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

ªÀÄÆwð

2.

: PÀµÀÖ. MAzÀÄ ªÁgÀ ªÉÆzÀ¯Éà j¸Àªïð ªÀiÁqÀ¨ÉÃPÀÄ. EµÀÄÖ vÀqÀ ªÀiÁqÀ¨ÁgÀzÀÄ

Lesson 11/93

Difficult. It has to be reserved one week earlier. You shouldn't delay things this much.

¤ÃªÀÅ £À£ÀUÉ ºÀvÀÄÛ gÀÆ¥Á¬Ä PÉÆqÀ¨ÉÃPÀÄ

You have to give me ten rupees

¥Àæw¢£Á ¨É½UÉÎ ¥ÉÃ¥Àgï NzÀ¨ÉÃPÀÄ

One must read the newspapers every morning

PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ°è J®ègÀÆ PÀ£ÀßqÀ PÀ°AiÀĨÉÃPÀÄ

Everyone in Karnataka should learn kannada

¤Ã£ÀÄ D PÉ®¸À ªÀiÁqÀ¨ÉÃqÀ

(You) Don't do that (deed)

Pattern drill 2.1

¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆjVAvÀ ªÉÄʸÀÆgÀÄ aPÀÌzÀÄ.

Mysore is smaller than Bangalore

gÁªÀĤVAvÀ gÁªÀt zsÉÊAiÀÄð±Á°.

Ravana is braver than Rama

±Á°¤VAvÀ ªÀiÁ°¤ aPÀ̪À¼ÀÄ

Malini is younger/ smaller than Shalini

CªÀ£ÀÄ £À£ÀVAvÀ JvÀÛgÀ

He is taller than me

D ¥ÀPÀëQÌAvÀ F ¥ÀPÀë M¼ÉîAiÀÄzÀÄ

This party is better than that party.

¸ÉêÀAwUÉ ºÀÆVAvÀ UÀįÁ© ºÀÆ ¸ÀÄAzÀgÀ

2.3

¤ÃªÀÅ ºÉZÀÄÑ PÁ¦ü PÀÄrAiÀĨÉÃr (You) Don't drink too much coffee 2.4

¤ÃªÀÅ M¼ÀUÉ §gÀ§ºÀÄzÀÄ CªÀgÀÄ £Á¼É ªÀÄzÁæ¹UÉ ºÉÆÃUÀ§ºÀÄzÀÄ.

2.5

A rose is more beautiful than a cryasnthemum

zsÀƪÀÄ¥Á£À ªÀiÁqÀ¨ÁgÀzÀÄ One shouldn't smoke ¤Ã£ÀÄ CªÀ£À£ÀÄß ¨ÉÊAiÀÄPÀÆqÀzÀÄ You shouldn't scold him

gÀA¨sÉVAvÀ ªÉÄãÀPÉ §ºÀ¼À ¸ÀÄAzÀj

Menaka is more beautiful than Rambha

ªÀÄPÀ̼ÀÄ ¢£Á ¹¤ªÀiÁ £ÉÆÃqÀ¨ÁgÀzÀÄ

Children shouldn't see movies everyday

¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆjVAvÀ ªÉÄʸÀÆgÀÄ ¸ÀÄAzÀgÀªÁzÀ £ÀUÀgÀ

Mysore is a more beautiful city than Bangalore

¤Ã£ÀÄ D ºÀÄrVAiÀÄ£ÀÄß £ÉÆÃqÀPÀÆqÀzÀÄ.

You shouldn't see that girl.

2. 2.2

£Á£ÀÄ HjUÉ ºÉÆÃUÀ¨ÉÃPÀÄ

I have to go to my home town

You may come in He may go to Madras tomorrow.

Key to learners : 3.1

- inta is the comparitive marker. It is used to compare two subjects or objects. Kannada has no distinction of degrees in adjective itself unlike.

94/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

Lesson 11/95

English. Only intensifiers like 'bahaLa', 'tumba' 'tiira', are used to indicate the superlative degree. - inta is always used with dative subject.

avanu naaLe barabahudu

There are two prohibitive forms viz., - baaradu, and kuuDadu, The later one is used as strong prohibition.

nanage kannaDa sinimakkinta hindi sinimaa ishTa. bengaLuuriginta kalkatta doDDa nagara.

adkhikaarigaLu lanca tegedukoLLa baaradu Officers should not take bribe

3.2 Definitive, permissive and prohibitive forms of the verbs also introduced. definitive forms are obtained by adding 'beeku' 'beeDa', to the main verbs. 'beeDa', is added to only second person. Wheas 'beeku', can be added to all persons. niinu ivattu uurige hooga beeDa

Dont go to home town today

niivu namma manege bara beeDi

(You pl/hon.) don't come to our house

naanu bahaLa beega hoogabeku

I have to go soon

niinu aa pustaka ooda beeku

You have to read that book

avanu hattu ruupayi koDa beeku

He has to give ten rupees.

permissive forms of the verbs are obtained by adding bahudu to the main verbs. Although this is called perrmissive, it can also denotes probability.

He may come tomorrow.

makkaLu sigareeT seeda kuuDadu Children shouldn't smoke

4.

Exercise

4.1 Fill in the blanks using the suitable words : 4.1.1 ºÉÊzÀgÁ¨Ázï ¹PÀAzÀgÁ¨Ázï JgÀqÀÆ ______ £ÀUÀgÀUÀ¼ÀÄ 4.1.2 gÉ樀 ªÀÄzÁæ¸ï ____________ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÉÛ. 4.1.3 _________ ¨sÁ£ÀĪÁgÀ £Á£ÀÄ ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆjUÉ ºÉÆÃUÀ¨ÉÃPÀÄ. 4.1.4 JPïì¥Éæ¸ï §¹ì£À°è __________ ºÉÆÃUÀ§ºÀÄzÀÄ. 4.2 Combine the following sentences using the comparitive marker : 4.2.1 ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ zÉÆqÀØ ¥ÀlÖt ªÉÄʸÀÆgÀÄ aPÀÌ ¥ÀlÖt 4.2.2 gÁªÀĤUÉ ºÀvÀÄÛ ªÀµÀð ®PÀëöät¤UÉ ºÀ£ÉßgÀqÀÄ ªÀµÀð

niinu nanna jate barabahudu

You may come with me

4.2.3 F ¥ÀĸÀÛPÀ M¼ÉîAiÀÄzÀÄ D ¥ÀĸÀÛPÀ PÉlÖzÀÄ

naanu sanje ninage sigabahadu

I may meet you in the evening.

4.2.4 PÀªÀÄ® ¸ÀÄAzÀj «ªÀÄ® vÀÄA¨Á ¸ÀÄAzÀj

96/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

Lesson 11/97

4.3 Use the following words in your own sentences : ¨ÉÃPÁzÀµÀÄÖ, ¨ÉÃUÀ, ¥ÀæAiÀiÁt, ªÀiÁUÀð, ªÉÆzÀ®Ä, PÀrªÉÄ

UÀįÁ©

'rose'

zsÀƪÀÄ¥Á£À

'smoking'

4.4 Translate into Kannada : 4.4.1 Mysore is smaller than Bangalore 4.4.2 Train journey is more comfortable than bus journey 4.4.3 She is taller than me 4.4.4 You may go now 4.4.5 Please, don't talk to me 4.4.6 I have to go to Delhi next week 4.4.7 You should not smoke 4.4.8 He shouldn't do that work

zsÉÊAiÀÄð±Á°

'brave person'

¥ÀPÀë

'party'

¨ÉÊAiÀÄÄ

'to scold'

¸ÀÄAzÀgÀ

'beautiful (N)'

¸ÀÄAzÀj

'beautiful women'

¸ÉêÀAwUÉ

'crysanthemum'

ºÀÆ

'flower'

4.5 Answer the following questions 4.5.1 ¤ÃªÀÅ ¢£Á ºÀvÀÄÛ UÀAmÉUÉ PÉ®¸ÀPÉÌ ºÉÆÃUÀ¨ÉÃPÁ ? 4.5.2 ¤ªÀÄä ªÀÄ£ÉVAvÀ ¤ªÀÄä ¥ÀPÀÌzÀ ªÀÄ£É a£ÁßVzÉAiÀiÁ ? 4.5.3 ¤ªÀÄVAvÀ ¤ªÀÄä vÀªÀÄä / vÀAVãÉà JvÀÛgÁ£Á ? 4.5.4 ¤ªÀÄä ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄ°è ¹UÀgÉÃmï ¸ÉÃzÀPÀÆqÀzÁ ?

5.

Vocabulary CªÀ½ £ÀUÀgÀUÀ¼ÀÄ ZÁdÄð vÀqÀ ¥ÀæAiÀiÁt ¨ÉÃUÀ ªÀiÁUÀð

'twin cities' 'fare' 'late' 'journey' 'early/quickly' 'route/via'

4.1 Supplementary vocabulary : JvÀÛgÀ 'tall' PÀ° 'to learn'

Lesson 12/99

¥ÁoÀ - 12

ªÀiÁvÁqÉÆÃzÀ£Àß C¨sÁå¸À ªÀiÁqÀ¨ÉÃPÀÄ. CzÀÄ ªÀiÁqÉÆÃzÀjAzÀ ¥ÀjÃPÉëAiÀÄ°è ¥Á¸ÁUÀ§®ègÀÄ

1. Dialogue : ¸ÀÄgÉñï : ªÀÄ£ÉÆúÀgÀ, PÀtÚ£ïUÉ PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¥ÀjÃPÉë AiÀiÁªÁUÀ ?

When is the Kannada examination for Manohar and Kannan ?

gÀªÉÄñï : ªÀÄÄA¢£À wAUÀ¼ÀÄ

Next month

¸ÀÄgÉñï : F ¸Áj£ÁzÀÄæ ¥Á¸ï ªÀiÁqÁÛgÁ ?

Will they get through this time atleast ?

gÀªÉÄñï : K£ï ªÀiÁqÁÛgÉÆà UÉÆwÛ®è

No idea as to what they will do

¸ÀÄgÉñï : CªÀjUÉ ªÀiÁvÀ£ÁqÉÆÃzÀÄ, §gÉAiÉÆÃzÀÄ ZÉ£ÁßV §gÀÄvÁÛ ?

practise to speak. By doing that they can get through.

gÀªÉÄñï : ºËzÀÄ. PÀtÚ£ï ¥Á¸ÁUÉÆÃzÀgÀ°è C£ÀĪÀiÁ£À E®è. ªÀÄ£ÉÆúÀgïzÉà C£ÀĪÀiÁ£À

Yes. kannan has no doubt of passing the examination. Only Manohar has doubts

¸ÀÄgÉñï : AiÀiÁPÉ ? CªÀ£ÀÄ ¸ÀjAiÀiÁV ¥ÀæAiÀÄvÀߥÀqÀ®èªÁ ?

Why doesn't he try properly ?

Do they know to speak and write well ?

gÀªÉÄñï : ¥ÀqÀ®è. CzÉà vÉÆAzÀgÉ

He soesn't. That is the problem

gÀªÉÄñï : ªÀÄ£ÉÆúÀgïUÉ ªÀiÁvÁqÉÆÃPÉÌ ZÉ£ÁßV §gÀvÉÛ. §gÉAiÉÆÃzÀPÉÌ §gÀ®è

Manohar knows well to speak. He doesn't know to write.

¸ÀÄgÉñï : CªÀ¤UÉ ºÉüÀ¨ÉÃPÀÄ.

He should be told

gÀªÉÄñï : CzɯÁè ºÉüÉÆÃzÀ®è. CªÀ¤UÉà CxÀð DUÀ¨ÉÃPÀÄ

¸ÀÄgÉñï : CªÀ£ÀÄ PÀ£ÀßqÀ PÀ°AiÉÆÃzÀPÉÌ lÆåµÀ£ïUÉ ºÉÆÃUÁÛ£É

He goes for tuition to learn kannada

These things can't be told. He must under stand it himself.

gÀªÉÄñï : ºÉÆÃUÁÛ£É CµÉÖ

He goes, that is all

¸ÀÄgÉñï : PÀtÚ£ï ?

Kannan ?

gÀªÉÄñï : CªÀ£ÀÄ §gÉAiÀħ®è. DzÀgÉ ªÀiÁvÁqÀ¯ÁgÀ

He can write, but can't speak

¸ÀÄgÉñï : M§â §gÉAiÉÆÃzÀ£Àß C¨sÁå¸À ªÀiÁqÀ¨ÉÃPÀÄ. E£ÉÆߧâ

One has to practise to write. The other has to

2. Pattern drill : 2.1

£À£ÀUÉ PÀxÉ PÉüÉÆÃzÀÄ EµÀÖ. ºÀÄqÀÄUÀjUÉ §Ä¢ÝªÁzÀ ºÉüÉÆÃzÀÄ ¸ÀÄ®¨sÀ

I like listening to stories It is easy to advise youngsters

HlzÀ ªÀÄzsÉå ¤ÃgÀÄ PÀÄrAiÀÄĪÀÅzÀÄ C£ÁgÉÆÃUÀå

It is unhealthy to drink water in the middle of a meal

100/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

¤Ã£ÀÄ §gÉAiÉÆÃzÀ£Àß £Á£ÀÄ £ÉÆÃqÀ¨ÉÃPÀÄ

I should see what you write

CªÀ¼ÀÄ ªÀiÁvÁqÉÆÃzÀ£Àß AiÀiÁgÀÄ PÉüÁÛgÉ ? PÀ£ÀßqÀ PÀ°AiÉÆÃzÀjAzÀ ¯Á¨sÀ EzÉ

Who will listen to her talk ? There is advantage in learning Kannada One gets headache by seeing bad films They go to hotel to eat meals She is ready to quarrel

PÉlÖ ¹¤ªÀiÁ £ÉÆÃqÀzÀjAzÀ vÀ¯É£ÉÆêÀÅ §gÀÄvÉÛ CªÀgÀÄ Hl ªÀiÁqÉÆÃzÀPÉÌ ºÉÆÃmÉ°UÉ ºÉÆÃUÁÛgÉ CªÀ¼ÀÄ dUÀ¼À DqÀĪÀÅzÀPÉÌ vÀAiÀiÁgÀÄ ¨ÁåAQUÉ ºÉÆÃUÀĪÀÅzÀgÀ°è vÀqÀ DUÀÄvÉÛ CªÀ£ÀÄ zɺÀ°¬ÄAzÀ ¸Éélgï vÀgÀĪÀÅzÀgÀ°è C£ÀĪÀiÁ£À E®è ¸ÀÄgÉñÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀ ªÀiÁvÀ£ÁqÀĪÀÅzÀgÀ ªÀÄÄAzÉ EªÀ£ÉãÀÄ ?

2.2

Lesson 12/101

D ¤ÃgÀÄ PÀÄrAiÉÆÃzÀ®è ¤ªÀÄäAxÀªÀgÀÄ CAxÀ ¥ÀĸÀÛPÀ NzÉÆÃzÀ®è.

2.3

There will be a delay in going to the bank There is no doubt about his bringing sweaters from Delhi (Rhetorical question implying) In speaking kannada he is nothing when compared to Suresh That water is not fit to drink Persons like you should not read such books.

2.4

2.5

CªÀgÀÄ EAxÀ PÉ®¸À ªÀiÁqÉÆÃzÀ®è

They shouldn't do such a thing.

£Á£ÀÄ MAzÀÄ Q¯ÉÆëÄÃlgï NqÀ §¯Éè

I can run a kilometer

£ÁªÀÅ »A¢ ZÉ£ÁßV §gÉAiÀħ¯ÉèªÀÅ ¤Ã£ÀÄ ºÀvÀÄÛ Erè w£Àߧ¯ÉèAiÀiÁ ?

We can write Hindi well Can you eat ten idlis ?

¤ÃªÀÅ ¨É½UÉÎ DgÀÄ UÀAmÉUÉ §gÀ§°ègÁ ?

Can you come at six o' clock in the morning ?

gÀªÉÄñï ZÉ£ÁßV ºÁqÀ§®è

Ramesh can sing well

PÀªÀÄ® ¥ÀjÃPÉëAiÀÄ°è gÁåAPï §gÀ§®è¼ÀÄ

Kamala can get a rank in the examination

CªÀgÀÄ ZÉ£ÁßV UÀ¯ÁmÉ ªÀiÁqÀ§®ègÀÄ F ¸ÀÆÌlgï M¼Éî ¸À«ð¸ï PÉÆqÀ§®èzÀÄ

They can make a lot of noise This scooter can give good service

¹ÃªÉÄ ºÀ¸ÀÄUÀ¼ÀÄ ºÉZÀÄÑ ºÁ®£ÀÄß PÉÆqÀ§®èªÀÅ

Hybrid cows can give more milk

£Á£ÀÄ ºÀvÀÄÛ ¯ÁqÀÄ w£À߯ÁgÉ

I can't eat ten laddus

¤Ã£ÀÄ CªÀjUÉ ¸Á«gÀ gÀÆ¥Á¬Ä PÉÆqÀ¯ÁgÉAiÀiÁ ?

Can't you give them a thousand rupees ?

D ¥ÀwæPÉ vÀÄA¨Á ¢£À G½AiÀįÁgÀzÀÄ

That news paper can't last very long

CªÀ£ÀÄ PÀ£ÀßqÀ ªÀiÁvÀ£ÁqÀĪÀÅzÀPÉÌ vÀÄA¨Á PÀµÀÖ¥ÀqÀÄvÁÛ£É

He struggles a lot to speak Kannada

102/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

Lesson 12/103

§qÀªÀgÀÄ vÀÄA¨Á zÀÄBR¥ÀqÀÄvÁÛgÉ

Poor people suffer a lot

²æêÀÄAvÀgÀÄ §ºÀ¼À ¸ÀÄR ¥ÀqÀÄvÁÛgÉ

The rich enjoy themselves a lot

keeLoodalla maaDoodalla

'not to be listened' 'not to be done'

Verbal noun with comparative marker - inta gives the meaning 'instead' or 'rather than'

3.

Key to learners :

aa sinima nooDoodakkinta summaniroodu oLLeyadu

3.1

Gerundial or verbal nouns are obtained by adding 'vudu/oodu' to the verbs. It is equivalent to - ing in English. It functions as noun as well as adjective.

'Instead of seeing that film, it is better to be quiet'.

tinnuvudu / tinnoodu maaDuvudu / maaDoodu

'eating' 'doing'

After the verbs are transformed into nouns by adding 'vudu / oodu'. the case markers can be added. cennaagi uuTa maaDuvudannu kali Learn to eat well

3.2

bal - and aar - are the positive and negative potential markers respectively. After adding these markers to personal markers, they are used in the compound construction with the infinitive form of the main verbs. tinna - bal - e = tinnaballe tinna - laar - e = tinnalaare

'I can eat' 'I can't eat'

Note how they are used with all personal nouns.

JagaLa maaDuvudarida kelsa aagutte The work will be get done by quarrelling

naanu

naavu

kaafi kuDiyuvudakke hooTelige hoogi Go to hotel to drik coffee

maaDaballe maaDalaare

maDaballevu maaDalaarevu

niinu

niivu

nritya nooDuvudaralli nanage aasakti illa I have no interest in seeing the dance

maaDaballe maaDalaare

maaDaballiri maaDalaariri

avanu

Note that - alu can be substituted for the dative case marker in verbal noun construction

maaDaballa maaDalaara

avaLu

avaru

avanu' kaafi kuDiyalu hooTelige hoogtaane He goes to hotel to drink coffee

maaDaballaLu maaDalaaraLu

maaDaballaru maaDalaararu

adu

maaDaballadu maaDalaaradu

avu

maaDaballavu maaDalaaravu

The negative verbal noun is obtained by the addition of 'alla' to the verbal noun, and it is used only as a part of predicate.

'balla' is also has another meaning 'to know' in independent position.

104/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

3.3

- inda in Kannada is instrumental as well as ablative case. Although - inda is a homophonus form.

4.2

functionally it maintains the distinction. Observe the following sentences.

4.2.1 CªÀ¼ÀÄ __________ AiÀiÁgÀÄ PÉüÀ§ºÀÄzÀÄ ? (ºÁqÀÄ)

avanu pennininda bariitaane 'He writes with pen' avanu aafisige haasTelininda bartaane 'He comes from hostel to office' In the above sentences, first one is instrumental and the second one is ablative. Instrumental denotes the accomplishment of the action with an instrument. Ablative denotes the source from which action began. 3.4

Lesson 12/105

paDu 'to feel' is used with nouns like kashTa, sukha, dukha, santoosha etc. (nouns expressing feelings.) , thus getting the compound verbs like, kashTapaDu, sukha paDu. dukha paDu

4.

Exercise :

4.1

Fill in the blanks using suitable words :

Fill in the blanks using the correct form of the words given in the bracket :

4.2.2 CªÀgÀ ªÀiÁvÀÄ __________ PÀµÀÖ (PÉüÀÄ) 4.2.3 D ¹¤ªÀiÁ _________ ºÉÆÃUÀ¨ÉÃPÀÄ (£ÉÆÃqÀÄ) 4.2.4 D ¤ÃgÀÄ ________ (PÀÄr) 4.3 Transform into negative sentences : 4.3.1 CªÀgÀÄ D PÉ®¸À ªÀiÁqÀ§®ègÀÄ 4.3.2 ¤ÃªÀÅ FUÀ ªÀÄ£ÉUÉ ºÉÆÃUÀ¨ÉÃPÁ ? 4.3.4 CªÀ¼ÀÄ D ¹¤ªÀiÁ £ÉÆÃqÀ§ºÀÄzÀÄ. 4.3.4 ªÀÄPÀ̼ÀÄ ¹UÀgÉÃmï ¸ÉÃzÀ§ºÀÄzÀÄ. 4.3.5 D ºÀtÄÚ w£ÉÆßÃzÀÄ 4.4

Combine the following and use them is your own sentences :

4.4.1 ªÀÄgÀ + C£ÀÄß

= __________

PÁgÀÄ + C£ÀÄß

= __________

£Á£ÀÄ + C£ÀÄß

= __________

CzsÁå¥ÀPÀgÀÄ + C£ÀÄß = __________

4.1.1 ªÉÄʸÀÆjUÉ _____________ §¸ÀÄì ¹UÀÄvÁÛ ? 4.1.2 CªÀ£ÀÄ ¢£Á ___________ ªÉÄʸÀÆjUÉ §gÁÛ£É 4.1.3 CªÀgÀ ªÀÄ£É E°èUÉ §ºÀ¼À ___________ 4.1.4 ¥ÀjÃPÉëAiÀÄ°è gÁåAPï vÉUÉzÀÄPÉƼÀÄîªÀÅzÀPÉÌ _________ ¥ÀqÀ¨ÉÃPÀÄ.

4.4.2 ªÀÄ£É + EAzÀ ªÀÄgÀ + EAzÀ

= __________ = __________

HgÀÄ + EAzÀ = __________ ¸ÉßûvÀ + EAzÀ

= __________

106/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

Lesson 12/107

4.4.3 ªÀÄÆgÀÄ + dative case

= __________

CªÀ£ÀÄ + dative case

= __________

Vocabulary : CxÀð DUÀÄ

'to understand'

¥É£ÀÄß + dative case

= __________

C£ÀĪÀiÁ£À

'doubt'

CzÀÄ

+ dative case

= __________

F ¸Áj

'this time'

£Á¬Ä + dative case

= __________

vÉÆAzÀgÉ

'trouble'

= = = =

¥ÀæAiÀÄvÀߥÀqÀÄ

'to try'

ªÀiÁvÁqÀÄ

'to speak'

4.4.4 ¹n PÀxÉ PÁqÀÄ EzÀÄ

+ + + +

C°è C°è C°è C°è

5.

__________ __________ __________ __________ 5.1

4.5

Transform the following verbs into Gerundial forms. Add all the case markers and use them in your own sentences : ªÀiÁqÀÄ,

4.6 4.6.1 4.6.2 4.6.3 4.6.4 4.6.5 4.6.6 4.7 4.7.1 4.7.2 4.7.3 4.4.4

PÉüÀÄ,

¹UÀÄ,

§gÀÄ

Translate into Kannada : Savita can drink ten cups of coffee Who asked you to come here ? He cannot do that work Can you sing a song ? He is going to the hotel to eat a meal One should not speak like that Answer the following questions : ¤ÃªÀÅ PÁ¦ü PÀÄrAiÀÄĪÀÅzÀ£ÀÄß ©qÀ¯ÁjgÁ ? ¤ªÀÄUÉ PÀ£ÀßqÀ §gÉAiÀÄĪÀÅzÀPÉÌ / ªÀiÁvÀ£ÁqÀĪÀÅzÀPÉÌ §gÀÄvÁÛ ? ¤ÃªÀÅ K£ÁzÀgÀÆ M¼ÉîAiÀÄ PÉ®¸À ªÀiÁqÀ§°ègÁ ? ¤ÃªÀÅ ¢£Á ºÀvÀÄÛ ªÉÄÊ° NqÀ§°ègÁ ?

Supplementary Vocabulary : C£ÁgÉÆÃUÀå

'ill health'

G½

'to remain / to stay'

Hl

'meals'

NzÀÄ

'to read'

NqÀÄ

'to run'

PÀµÀÖ¥ÀqÀÄ

'suffer / try hard'

UÀ¯ÁmÉ

'noise '

dUÀ¼À

'quarrel'

vÀ¯É £ÉÆêÀÅ

'head ache'

zÀÄBR¥ÀqÀÄ

'suffer'

¤ÃgÀÄ

'water'

¥ÀwæPÉ

'paper/magazine'

§Ä¢ÝªÁzÀ

'advice'

108/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

ªÀÄzsÉå

'middle / centre'

¯Á¨sÀ

'advantage / profit'

¹ÃªÉÄ ºÀ¸ÀÄ

'hybrid cow'

¸ÀÄR ¥ÀqÀÄ

'enjoy'

¸ÀÄ®¨sÀ

'easy'

ºÁqÀÄ

'song/sing'

ºÁ®Ä

'milk'

ºÉüÀÄ

'to say'

Lesson 13/109

¥ÁoÀ - 13 1. Dialogue : ªÀÄ£ÉÆúÀgï : ªÉÄʸÀÆgÀÄ zÀ¸ÀgÁ FUÀ®Æ DZÀgÀuÉAiÀÄ°è EzÉAiÀiÁ ?

Is Mysore Dasara still celebrated ?

gÀªÉÄñï

Yes. It is now celebrated as a state festival

: ºËzÀÄ, FUÀ £ÁqÀºÀ§âªÁV DZÀj¸ÁÛgÉ

ªÀÄ£ÉÆúÀgï : AiÀiÁgÀÄ DZÀj¸ÁÛgÉ ?

Who celebrates it ?

gÀªÉÄñï

The karanataka govenment celebrates it

: PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ¸ÀPÁðgÀzÀªÀgÀÄ vÁªÉà DZÀj¸ÁÛgÉ

ªÀÄ£ÉÆúÀgï : ªÉÄʸÀÆgÀÄ gÁdªÀA±ÀzÀªÀgÀÄ Don't the descendents of DZÀj¸À¯Áé ? the Mysore king celebrate it ? gÀªÉÄñï

: CªÀgÀÄ vÀªÀÄä ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄ°è DZÀj¸ÁÛgÉ. CµÉÖ

They celebrate it at home. That is all

ªÀÄ£ÉÆúÀgï : ¸ÀPÁðgÀzÀªÀgÀÄ JµÀÄÖ ¢£À DZÀj¸ÁÛgÉ ?

For how many days government celebrates it ?

gÀªÉÄñï

They celebrate if for nine days

: MA§vÀÄÛ ¢£À DZÀj¸ÁÛgÉ

ªÀÄ£ÉÆúÀgï : MA§vÀÄÛ ¢£À K£ÀÄ ªÀiÁqÁÛgÉ ? gÀªÉÄñï

What do they do for nine days ?

: CgÀªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄ°è ¢£Á ¸ÀAVÃvÀ They arrange musical PÀZÉÃj K¥Àðr¸ÁÛgÉ. F concerts daily in the PÀZÉÃjUÉ ¥Àæ¹zÀÞ palace. They invite

110/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

¸ÀAVÃvÀUÁgÀ PÀgɸÁÛgÉ. zÀ¸ÀgÁ QæÃqÉÆÃvÀìªÀ £ÀqɸÁÛgÉ

Lesson 13/111

D£É ªÉÄÃ¯É ªÉÄgÀªÀtÂUÉ ªÀiÁqÁÛgÉ. ªÉÄgÀªÀtÂUÉAiÀÄ°è ¨ÉÃgÉ ¨ÉÃgÉ f¯ÉèAiÀÄ ªÀ¸ÀÄÛ «±ÉõÀUÀ¼ÀÄ EgÀÄvÉé.

famous musicians to these concerts. They conduct Dasara sports.

ªÀÄ£ÉÆúÀgï : ªÀ¸ÀÄÛ ¥ÀæzÀ±Àð£Á£ÀÆ EgÀÄvÀÛ ? Will there be an exhibition too ? gÀªÉÄñï

: ºËzÀÄ. ªÀ¸ÀÄÛ ¥ÀæzÀ±Àð£À zÀ¸ÀgÁzÀ MAzÀÄ ªÀÄÄRå DPÀµÀðuÉ. ªÉÆzÀ®£Éà ¢£Á£Éà CzÀ£Àß GzÁÏn¹¸ÁÛgÉ.

Yes. The exhibition is one of the main attractions of Dasara. It will be inaugurated on the first day itself.

ªÀÄ£ÉÆúÀgï : CgÀªÀÄ£ÉUÉ ¢Ã¥Á®APÁgÀ EgÀÄvÁÛ ?

Will there be illumination of the place ?

gÀªÉÄñï

Yes. They decorate the palace with electric lights. The main streets of the city are also decorated with electric lights.

: EgÀvÉÛ. CgÀªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß «zÀÄå¢ÝÃ¥ÀUÀ½AzÀ C®APÀj¸ÁÛgÉ. £ÀUÀgÀzÀ ªÀÄÄRå ©Ã¢UÀ¼À£ÀÄß «zÀÄå¢ÝÃ¥ÀUÀ½AzÀ C®APÀj¸ÁÛgÉ

ªÀÄ£ÉÆúÀgï : zÀ¸ÀgÁzÀ ¥ÀæªÀÄÄR DPÀµÀðuÉ AiÀiÁªÀÅzÀÄ ? gÀªÉÄñï

What is the main attraction of Dasara ?

: dA§Æ¸ÀªÁj. «dAiÀÄzÀ±À«Ä The elephant parade ¢£ÀzÀ ªÉÄgÀªÀtÂUÉ The procession of the Vijayadashami day ?

ªÀÄ£ÉÆúÀgï : DªÀvÀÄÛ K£ÀÄ ªÀiÁqÁÛgÉ ?

What do they do on that day ?

gÀªÉÄñï

They worship Bhuvaneswari on that

: DªÀvÀÄÛ ¨sÀĪÀ£ÉñÀéjAiÀÄ£ÀÄß ¥ÀÆf¸ÁÛgÉ. DªÉÄÃ¯É CzÀ£Àß

day. Afterwards it (the idol) is taken on elephant back in procession. The specialities of different districts will also be there in the procession.

ªÀÄ£ÉÆúÀgï : ªÉÄgÀªÀtÂUÉ J°èUÉ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÉÛ ? Where does the procession go ? gÀªÉÄñï

: CzÀÄ §¤ß ªÀÄAl¥ÀPÉÌ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÉÛ. C°è ¸ÀAeÉ mÁZïð¯ÉÊmï ¥ÉÀgÉÃqï EgÀÄvÉÛ. C°è «zÁåyðUÀ¼ÀÄ ¥ÉÆðù£ÀªÀgÀÄ, ºÉÆÃA UÁqïðUÀ¼ÀÄ ««zsÀ ªÀÄ£ÀgÀAeÉ£À ¤ÃqÁÛgÉ

ªÀÄ£ÉÆúÀgï : £Á£ÀÆ MAzÀÄ ¸Áj £ÉÆÃqÀ¨ÉÃPÀÄ

It goes to the Bannimantap. There will be a torch light parade in the evening. Students, Police, Homegaurds provide entertainment there. I should also see it once

2.

Pattern drill :

2.1

PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ°è GUÁ¢ ºÀ§â DZÀj¸ÁÛgÉ. «zsÁ£À¸ËzsÀzÀ ªÀÄÄAzÉ CA¨ÉÃqÀÌgï ¥ÀæwªÉÄ ¥ÀæwµÁצ¸ÁÛgÉ

The Ugadi festival is celebrated in Karnataka The statue of Ambedkar will be erected in front of Vidhana Soudha

CgÀªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß «zÀÄå¢ÝÃ¥ÀUÀ½AzÀ C®APÀj¸ÁÛgÉ

The palace will be illuminated with electric bulbs.

112/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

Lesson 13/113

£Á£ÀÄ ¢£Á gÁwæ PÀ£ÀªÀj¹Ûä

Every night I talk in dream

£ÁªÀÅ EAVèö¤AzÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀPÉÌ ¨sÁµÁAvÀj¹Ûë.

We translate from English to Kannada

CªÀgÀÄ gÉÃrAiÉÆÃzÀ°è EªÀvÀÄÛ ¹¤ªÀiÁ £ÀnAiÀÄ£ÀÄß ¸ÀAzÀ²ð¸ÀÄvÁÛgÉ

They will interview a film actress on the radio today.

2.2 gÁªÀÄgÁªï ¸ÀAVÃvÀ PÀ°¸ÁÛgÉ vÁ¬Ä ªÀÄUÀÄ«UÉ ºÁ®Ä PÀÄr¸ÁÛ¼É

Rama Rao teaches music Mother feeds milk to the baby

2.4 vÁªÀÅ AiÀiÁgÀÄ ?

Who are you (extra hon)?

2.4 vÀªÀÄä ºÉ¸ÀgÀÄ K£ÀÄ ?

What is your Name ? (May I know your name?)

2.5 CªÀ£ÀÄ vÀ£Àß PÉ®¸À vÁ£Éà ªÀiÁqÁÛ£É

He does his work himself

¸ÀPÁðgÀzÀªÀgÀÄ vÁªÉà zÀ¸ÀgÁ DZÀj¸ÁÛgÉ 2.6 PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ°è GUÁ¢ ºÀ§â DZÀgÀuÉ ªÀÄqÁÛgÉ

The government itself celebrates Dasara Ugadi festival is celebrated in Karnataka

£ÁªÀÅ CªÀ¤AzÀ ¸ÀvÀå ºÉý¹Ûë

We will make him to utter the truth

CªÀgÀÄ ¢£Á zÉêÀgÀ¥ÀÆeÉ ªÀiÁqÁÛgÉ He worships God daily.

CªÀgÀÄ £ÀªÀÄUÉ ºÉƸÀ PÁgÀÄ vÉÆÃj¸ÁÛgÉ

They will show us a new car

PÀªÀÄ® £À£ÀߣÀÄß C£ÀÄPÀgÀuÉ ªÀiÁqÁÛ¼É

CªÀgÀÄ UÀÆAqÁUÀ½AzÀ £À£ÀߣÀÄß ºÉÆqɸÁÛgÉ

They will have beaten me by hoodlums

3.

gÀªÀiÁ vÀ£Àß vÀAVAiÀÄ vÀ¯É ¨Áa¸ÁÛ¼É

Rama will get her younger sisters hair combed.

3.1 - isu in kannada has two functions. (1) as verbaliser. (2) as causative. It functions as verbaliser when added to borrowed nouns and as a causative, when added to native verbs.

2.3 vÁ¬Ä ªÀÄUÀÄ«UÉ ¸ÀgÉÆÃf¤¬ÄAzÀ ºÁ®Ä PÀÄr¹¸ÁÛ¼É £Á£ÀÄ £À£Àß ¸ÉßûvÀ¤UÉ £À£Àß vÀªÀÄä¤AzÀ ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ vÉÆÃj¹¹Ûä

Mother gets the baby fed with milk by sarojini I will have my friend shown round Bangalore by my younger brother.

Kamala imitates me

Key to learners :

3.2 The function of verbaliser is to change a noun into a verb. By adding __ isu to the loan words from Sanskrit and Urdu, verbs can be derived. This is now being extended to the nouns borrowed from English also.

114/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

Sanskrit nouns : priiti dukha anveeshaNe aacaraNe alankaara SooshaNe eerpaaDu

Lesson 13/115

naanu avaninda aa kelasa maaDistiini + + + + + + +

isu isu isu isu isu isu isu

= = = = = = =

priitisu dukhisu anveeshisu aacarisu alankarisu Sooshisu eerpaDisu

Urdu nouns : jamaavaNe cunaavaNe

+ isu + isu

= jamaayisu = cunaayisu

English Nouns : foon Tayp

+ isu + isu

= foonisu = Taypisu

'to love' 'go grieve' 'to search' 'to celebrate' 'to decorate' 'to exploit' 'to arrange'

'to muster' 'to elect'

Note that the above mouns can also be changed into verbs by compounding them with 'maaDu' Priiti maaDu alankaara maaDu eerpaadu maaDu jamaavane maaDu cunaavane maaDu foon maaDu 3.1.2 The causative denotes the action performed through an agent. Causative can be derived from both transitive and intransitive verbs. The transitive verb is the one which takes an object and the intransitive does not.

'I will get that work done by him' avaLu avaninda kaagada bareyistaaLe 'She gets the letter written by him' In the above sentences isu is added to the verbs maaDu and bare. Both of these verbs are transitive verbs. They take objects 'kelasa' and 'kaagada' respectively naanu ooDtiini naanu malgtiini

'I run' 'I sleep'

In the above sentences 'ooDu' and 'malagu' are intintransitive verbs. They do not take objects. However by adding - isu they can be converted into transitive. naanu avanannu ooDistiini 'I make him run' avaLu maguvaanu malagistaaLe 'she puts the baby to sleep' Here ooDu and malagu are added to - isu and becomes transitive verbs. Some of the transitive verbs have an inherent -isu. They also take - isu and form the causative meaning. naanu avarige karnaaTaka tooristiini . (Transitive) I show them KarnaTaka (myself) naanu avarige KarnaaTaka toorsistiini (causative) I get some one to show them round karnaTaka

116/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

4. Exercise 4.1 Fill in the blanks using suitable words. 4.1.1 zÀ¸ÀgÁzÀ ¥ÀæªÀÄÄR DPÀµÀðuÉ _______ 4.1.2 «dAiÀÄzÀ±À«ÄAiÀÄ ¢£À ¨sÀĪÀ£ÉñÀéjAiÀÄ ________ ªÀiÁqÁÛgÉ 4.1.3 zÀ¸ÀgÀ ¸ÀªÀÄAiÀÄzÀ°è __________ K¥Àðr¸ÁÛgÉ 4.1.4 FUÀ zÀ¸ÀgÁ ________ DZÀj¸ÁÛgÉ 4.1.5 CgÀªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß ___________ C®APÀj¸ÁÛgÉ. 4.2 Transform the following sentences into verbaliser 4.2.1 CªÀ£ÀÄ vÉ®ÄV¤AzÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀPÉÌ ¨sÁµÁAvÀgÀ ªÀiÁqÁÛ£É 4.2.2 °Ã¯Á ¢£Á zÉêÀgÀ£ÀÄß ¥ÀÆeÉ ªÀiÁqÁÛ¼É. 4.2.3 ¸ÀÄzÀ±Àð£À C«ÄvÁ¨ï §ZÀÑ£ï£À£ÀÄß C£ÀÄPÀgÀuÉ ªÀiÁqÁÛ£É 4.2.4 gÀ« ªÀÄvÀÄÛ PÀ¯Á M¨ÉÆâgÀ£ÉÆߧâgÀÄ ¦æÃw ªÀiÁqÁÛgÉ 4.2.5 CªÀ£ÀÄ ZÉ£ÁßV zÀ¨ÁªÀuÉ ªÀiÁqÁÛ£É. 4.3 Fill in the blanks using the correct form of the verbs given in the bracket 4.3.1 vÁ¬Ä ªÀÄUÀÄ«UÉ ºÁ®Ä _________ (PÀÄr) 4.3.2 CzsÁå¥ÀPÀgÀÄ «zÁåyðUÀ½UÉ PÀ£ÀßqÀ ______________ (PÀ°) 4.3.3 CªÀgÀÄ ¹n¬ÄAzÀ vÀgÀPÁj ___________ (vÀgÀÄ) 4.3.4 gÀªÉÄñÀ £À£ÀUÉ ªÉÄʸÀÆgÀÄ ______________ (vÉÆÃgÀÄ) 4.3.5 CªÀgÀÄ CªÀ¤AzÀ ¸ÀvÀå ________________ (ºÉüÀÄ) 4.4 Answer the following questions. 4.4.1 FUÀ ªÉÄʸÀÆgÀÄ zÀ¸ÀgÁ AiÀiÁgÀÄ DZÀj¸ÁÛgÉ ? ºÉÃUÉ DZÀj¸ÁÛgÉ ? 4.4.2 zÀ¸ÀgÁ JµÀÄÖ ¢£À DZÀj¸ÁÛgÉ ? 4.4.3 zÀ¸ÀgÀ ¸ÀªÀÄAiÀÄzÀ°è K£ÀÄ PÁAiÀÄðPÀæªÀÄ EgÀÄvÉÛ ?

Lesson 13/117

4.4.5 zÀ¸ÀgÀzÀ ¥ÀæªÀÄÄR DPÀµÀðuÉ K£ÀÄ ? 4.4.5 §¤ßªÀÄAl¥ÀzÀ°è K£ÀÄ PÁAiÀÄðPÀæªÀÄ EgÀÄvÉÛ ?

5. Vocabulary CgÀªÀÄ£É

'palace'

DZÀgÀuÉ

'celebration'

DPÀµÀðuÉ

'attraction'

GzÁÏl£É

'inauguration'

K¥ÁðqÀÄ

'arrangement'

QæÃqÉÆÃvÀìªÀ

'sports festival'

dA§Æ¸ÀªÁj

'elephant parade'

¢Ã¥Á®APÁgÀ

'illumination'

£ÁqÀºÀ§â

'state festival'

¥ÀÆf¸ÀÄ

'to worship'

ªÀÄ£ÀgÀAd£É

'entertainment'

ªÉÄgÀªÀtÂUÉ

'procession'

gÁd

'king'

ªÀA±À

'family'

ªÀ¸ÀÄÛ ¥ÀæzÀ±Àð£À

'exhibition'

«zÀÄå¢ÝÃ¥À

'electric bulb'

¸ÀAVÃvÀUÁgÀgÀÄ

'musicians'

¸ÀAVÃvÀ PÀZÉÃj

'music concert'

118/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

5.1

Lesson 14/119

¥ÁoÀ - 14

Supplementary Vocabulary

C£ÀÄPÀgÀuÉ

'imitation'

PÀ£ÀªÀj¸ÀÄ

'to talk in dreams'

PÀ°¸ÀÄ

'to teach'

vÀ¯É¨ÁZÀÄ

'comb the hair'

vÉÆÃj¸ÀÄ

'to show'

¥ÀæwªÉÄ

'statue'

¥ÀæwµÁ×¥À£É

'install'

¨sÁµÁAvÀgÀ

'translation'

¸ÀvÀå

'truth'

ªÀÄ£ÉÆúÀgï : AiÀiÁPÉ CµÀÄÖ vÀqÀ ?

Why were you so late ?

¸ÀAzÀ²ð¸ÀÄ

'to intervies'

ªÀiÁzsÀÄ

The train came late

ºÉÆqÉ

'to beat'

ªÀÄ£ÉÆúÀgï : ¤Ã£ÉƧâ£Éà §AzÉAiÀiÁ ?

Did you come alone ?

ªÀiÁzsÀÄ

No. My younger sister came with me

1. Dialogue : ªÀÄ£ÉÆúÀgï : ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆjUÉ AiÀiÁªÁUÀ §AzÉ ?

When did you come to Bangalore ?

ªÀiÁzsÀÄ

I came yesterday evening

: ¤£Éß ¸ÀAeÉ §AzÉ

ªÀÄ£ÉÆúÀgï : JµÀÄÖ UÀAmÉUÉ §AzÉ ?

At what time did you come ?

ªÀiÁzsÀÄ

I came at seven o' clock in the morning

: ¸ÀAeÉ K¼ÀÄ UÀAmÉUÉ §AzÉ

: mÉæöÊ£ÀÄ vÀqÀªÁV §AvÀÄ

: E®è £À£Àß eÉÆvÉ £À£Àß vÀAV §AzÀ¼ÀÄ.

ªÀÄ£ÉÆúÀgï : ¤£Àß vÀªÀÄä §gÀ°¯Áé ?

Didn't your younger brother come ?

ªÀiÁzsÀÄ

He didn't. He went with my elder brother to Madras

: §gÀ°®è. CªÀ£ÀÄ £À£Àß CtÚ£À eÉÆvÉ ªÀÄzÁæ¹UÉ ºÉÆÃzÀ

ªÀÄ£ÉÆúÀgï : ¤ªÀÄä vÁ¬ÄãÀÆ ºÉÆÃzÀgÁ? Did your mother also go ? ªÀiÁzsÀÄ

: E®è. CªÀgÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀ°®è CªÀgÀÄ ªÀÄÄA¢£À ªÁgÀ E°èUÉ §gÁÛgÉ.

No. She didn't go. Next week she is coming here.

120/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

Lesson 14/121

ªÀÄ£ÉÆúÀgï : ¨Á, wAr w£ÀÄß

Come, have tiffin

ªÀiÁzsÀÄ

No. I have had it already

: ¨ÉÃqÀ. DUÀ¯Éà wAr wAzÉ

ªÀÄ£ÉÆúÀgï : PÁ¦üãÁzÀgÀÆ PÀÄr ¨Á

Come. at least have coffee

ªÀiÁzsÀÄ

I had coffee also. All right, given me a little

: PÁ¦üãÀÆ PÀÄrzÉ. DzÀgÀÆ ¸Àé®à PÉÆqÀÄ

ªÀÄ£ÉÆúÀgï : FUÀ UÀAmÉ JµÀÄÖ ?

What is the time now ?

ªÀiÁzsÀÄ

Now it is eleven o' clock Why breakfast is so late ?

: FUÀ ºÀ£ÉÆßAzÀÄ UÀAmÉ AiÀiÁPÉ wAr EµÀÄÖ ¯ÉÃlÄ ?

ªÀÄ£ÉÆúÀgï : EªÀvÀÄÛ vÀqÀªÁV JzÉÝ ¨sÁ£ÀĪÁgÀ £ÉÆÃqÀÄ

Today I got up late. It is sunday, you see

ªÀiÁzsÀÄ

All right eat soon. Let us go to Ramesh's house.

: ¸Àj, ¨ÉÃUÀ wAr w£ÀÄß gÀªÉÄñÀ£À ªÀÄ£ÉUÉ ºÉÆÃUÉÆÃt

1.1 Dialogue : ¸ÀÄgÉñï : ¤ÃªÀÅ PÀ£ÀßqÀ J°è PÀ°wj ?

Where did you learn Kannada ?

ªÀÄ£ÉÆúÀgï : ªÉÄʸÀÆj£À°è PÀ°vÉ

I learnt it in Mysore

¸ÀÄgÉñï

Where did you learn it there ?

: C°è J°è PÀ°wj ?

ªÀÄ£ÉÆúÀgï : C°è zÀQët ¥ÁæAwÃAiÀÄ ¨sÁµÁ PÉÃAzÀæzÀ°è PÀ°vÉ

I learnt it in the southern Regional Language Centre there.

¸ÀÄgÉñï

: AiÀiÁªÀ ªÀµÀð PÀ°wj ?

ªÀÄ£ÉÆúÀgï : ¸Á«gÀzÀ MA¨ÉÊ£ÀÆgÁ JA§vÀÛgÀ°è PÀ°vÉ.

In which year did you learn it ? I learnt it in 1980

2.

Pattern drill :

2.1

£Á£ÀÄ ¨É½UÉÎ JAlÄ UÀAmÉUÉ JzÉÝ

I got up in the morning at eight

£ÁªÀÅ Hj¤AzÀ ¤£Éß §AzɪÀÅ

We came from our home town yesterday

¤Ã£ÀÄ PÁ¦ü PÀÄrzÉAiÀiÁ ?

Did you drink coffee ?

¤ÃªÀÅ D ¥ÀĸÀÛPÀ vÀA¢gÁ ?

Did you bring that book ?

gÁdÄ ªÀÄUÀÄ«UÉ ºÉÆqÉzÀ

Raju beat the child

gÁt QlQ vÉUÉzÀ¼ÀÄ

Rani opened the windows

CªÀgÀÄ £À£ÀߣÀÄß PÀgÉzÀgÀÄ

They called me

ºÀ¸ÀÄ ºÀÄ®Äè wAzÀªÀÅ

The cow ate the grass

PÀgÀÄUÀ¼ÀÄ ºÁ®Ä PÀÄrzÀªÀÅ

The calves drank the milk

2.2 ©ºÁgÀzÀ°è d«ÄãÁÝgÀgÀÄ PÀÆ°AiÀĪÀgÀ£ÀÄß PÉÆAzÀgÀÄ ¨sÁgÀvÀ QæPÉnÖ£À°è UÉ¢ÝvÀÄ CzsÁå¥ÀPÀgÀÄ «zÁåyðUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ¨ÉÊzÀgÀÄ.

Zamindars killed coolies in Bihar India won the cricket The teachers scolded the students.

122/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

Lesson 14/123

CªÀgÀÄ MAzÀÄ ¥ÀvÀæ §gÉzÀgÀÄ. £Á£ÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ gÀ« ¸ÀAeÉ MAzÀÄ Q¯ÉÆ«ÄÃlgï £ÀqÉzɪÀÅ.

He/she wrote a letter. Ravi and I walked a kilometer in the evening

PÀ¼ÀîgÀÄ CgÀtåzÀ°è ªÀÄgÀ PÀrzÀgÀÄ

¤ÃªÀÅ ºÉÃUÉ D «µÀAiÀĪÀ£ÀÄß ªÀÄgÉwj? How did you forget that CªÀ£À£ÀÄß ¸É¼ÉzÀ¼ÀÄ her beauty ªÀÄUÀÄ ºÀÆ QwÛvÀÄ

Thieves cut the trees in the forest.

The child plucked the flower

¤ÃªÀÅ ¸ÀAVÃvÀ J°è PÀ°wj ?

CªÀgÀÄ F ¸Áj ºÉZÀÄÑ PÀ§Ä⠨ɼÉzÀgÀÄ.

They grew more sugar cane this time.

Where did you learn music ?

¥ÀzÀä UÀAqÀÄ ªÀÄUÀÄ ºÉvÀÛ¼ÀÄ

ºÀÄqÀÄV zÁjAiÀÄ°è ©zÀݼÀÄ

The girl fell on the road

Padma gave birth to a male child

CUÀ¸À §mÉÖ MUÉzÀ.

gÉÊvÀgÀÄ ºÉÆ® GvÀÛgÀÄ

The washerman washed the clothes.

Peasants ploughed the field.

ZÀ¼ÀĪÀ½PÁgÀgÀÄ PÁ£ÀÆ£ÀÄ ªÀÄÄjzÀgÀÄ The agitators broke the law. ªÀÄUÀÄ ¸ÀUÀt vÀĽ¬ÄvÀÄ. £Á£ÀÄ §¹ìUÉ vÀÄA¨Á ºÉÆvÀÄÛ PÁzÉ

The child stepped on cow dung. I waited a long time for the bus

¤£Éß CªÀgÀÄ ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆj£À°è EzÀÝgÀÄ He/she was in Bangalore yesterday CªÀ¼ÀÄ vÀ£Àß ¸ËAzÀAiÀÄð¢AzÀ CªÀ£À£ÀÄß ¸É¼ÉzÀ¼ÀÄ 2.3 ²Ã® DlzÀ°è ¸ÉÆÃvÀ¼ÀÄ. UÁA¢üÃf ZÀgÀPÀ¢AzÀ £ÀÆvÀgÀÄ. ¸ÀPÀð¸ï zÀÄgÀAvÀzÀ°è £ÀÆgÁgÀÄ d£À ¸ÀvÀÛgÀÄ

She fascinated him with her beauty Sheela lost in the game Gandhiji spun with a spinning wheel. Hundreds of people died in the circus tragedy.

2.4 ªÀÄPÀ̼ÀÄ eÉÆÃgÁV CvÀÛªÀÅ.

Children cried loudly

CªÀgÀÄ ¤zsÁ£ÀªÁV PÁ¦ü PÀÄrzÀgÀÄ

They drank coffee slowly.

CªÀ¼ÀÄ ¸ÀÆÌlj£À°è ªÉÃUÀªÁV ºÉÆÃzÀ¼ÀÄ.

She went fast on the scooter.

2.5 ¨sÁgÀvÀ ºÁQAiÀÄ°è ¥ÁQ¸ÁÛ£ÀzÀ ªÉÄÃ¯É Uɮ谮è.

India didn't win against pakistan in hockey.

§¸ÀÄì £À¢UÉ ©Ã¼À°®è

The bus didn't fall into the river

¥ÀPÀÌzÀ ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀĪÀgÀÄ UÀįÁ© ºÀÆ QüÀ°®è

The neighbours didn't pluck the roses.

£À£Àß vÀAzÉ £À£ÀUÉ PÁUÀzÀ §gÉAiÀÄ°®è

My father didn't write to me a letter

F zÉñÀzÀ°è ºÀ¹«¤AzÀ AiÀiÁgÀÆ ¸ÁAiÀÄ°®è

No body died out of hunger in this country.

124/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

Lesson 14/125

PÀ¼É

'to subtract'

PÀ¼ÉzÉ

vÀĽ

'to push down'

vÀĽzÉ

ªÀÄÄj

'to break'

ªÀÄÄjzÉ

¨É¼É

'to grow'

¨É¼ÉzÉ

MUÉ

'to wash'

MUÉzÉ

PÀr

'to cut'

PÀrzÉ

verb root + personal termination.

£ÀqÉ

'to walk'

£ÀqÉzÉ

The personal termination of the pronouns are given below with verb root tinnu

§gÉ

'to write'

§gÉzÉ

PÉÆAiÀÄÄå

'to reap'

PÉÆAiÉÄÝ

PÁAiÀÄÄ

'to wait'

PÁAiÉÄÝ/PÁzÉ

©Ã¼ÀÄ

'to fall'

©zÉÝ

¨Á

'to come'

§AzÉ

vÁ

'to bring'

vÀAzÉ

vÉUÉ

'to open'

vÉUÉzÉ

PÀgÉ

'to call'

PÀgÉzÉ

Third person neut. sg. has two personal terminations namely -tu and -itu. -tu will be directly added to the verb root. -itu is added with past tense.

PÉÆ®Äè

'to kill'

PÉÆAzÉ

K¼ÀÄ

'to get up'

JzÉÝ

EgÀÄ

'to be'

EzÉÝ

The list of a few verbs with take - d - as past tense. ºÉÆÃUÀÄ 'to go' ºÉÆÃzÉ w£ÀÄß 'to eat' wAzÉ PÀÄr 'to drink' PÀÄrzÉ J¼É 'to pull' J¼ÉzÉ

UÉ®Äè

'to win'

UÉzÉÝ

C£ÀÄß

'to say'

CAzÉ

ºÉÆqÉ

'to beat'

ºÉÆqÉzÉ

vÉƼÉ

'to wash'

vÉƼÉzÉ

3. Key to learners : 3.1 Past tense markers are introduced in this lesson. There are many past tense markers in Kannada. Among them -d and -t are introduced in this lesson. There is no conditioning to specify which verb takes -d- and -t - as past marker. A list of verbs are given to facilitate the learner. Ther structure of the past construction is,

person First Second Third. Mas. Human Fem. Neuter

singular naanu tin-d-e (nu) niinu tin-d-e avanu tin-d-a (nu) avaLu tin-d-aLu adu-tin-tu tin-d-itu

plural naavu tin-d-evu niivu tin-d-iri avaru tin-d-aru avu tin-d-avu

126/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

Lesson 14/127

The list of a few verbs which take - t - as past tense. ¸ÉÆîÄ

'to be defeated'

¸ÉÆÃvÉ

QüÀÄ

'to pluck'

QvÉÛ

PÀ°

'to learn'

PÀ°vÉ

D¼ÀÄ

'to weep'

CvÉÛ

¸ÁAiÀÄÄ

'to die'

¸ÀvÉÛ

ºÉgÀÄ

ºÉvÉÛ

G¼ÀÄ

'to give birth' (Human) 'to plough'

GvÉÛ

£ÀÆ®Ä

'to weave'

£ÀÆvÉ

ªÀÄgÉ

'to forget'

ªÀÄgÉvÉ

Note the changes in some of the verbs, when -d- past-tense is added. kollu + d + e = konde bayyu + d + e = bayde eeLu + d + e = edde gellu + d + e = gedde biiLu + d + e = bidde kaayu + d + e = kaayde/kaade hoogu + d + e = hoode - t - past tense : kiiLu + saaytu + soolu + heru +

t t t t

+ + + +

e e e e

= = = =

kitte satte soote hette

3.1.2 Past negation is obtained by adding -illa to the verb root. -al an infinitive suffix will be added to verb root before it takes illa. tinnu + al + illa = tinnalilla There is no Person, gender distinction. Negation is same for all persons and genders. 3.3

-ee is an emphatic marker. This is used to give emphasis on the intended category. idee liDoo Taakiis 'This is Lido Talkies naanu aagalee tiNdi tinde 'I have already taken tiffin'

3.4

Adverb can be derived by adding aagi to adjectives or nouns. When the adjective is a qualitative or a quantitative adjective aagi is added to their predicative forms. keTTadaagi, hosadaagi, doDDadaagi With other nouns and adjectives aagi is added to their base forms : tadavaagi, kempaagi, cennagi

4. Exercise : 4.1 Fill in the blanks using the past tense forms of the verbs given in the bracket : 4.1.1

CªÀgÀÄ ¤£Éß Hj¤AzÀ _____________ (¨Á)

4.1.2

±ÉÊ® ¥ÀjÃPÉëAiÀÄ°è ZÉ£ÁßV _______________ (§gÉ)

4.1.3

CªÀ¼ÀÄ MAzÀÄ ºÉtÄÚ ªÀÄUÀ ________________ (ºÉgÀÄ)

4.1.4

ªÀÄUÀÄ gÁwæ ªÀÄÆgÀÄ UÀAmÉUÉ _____________ (K¼ÀÄ)

128/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

4.1.5

£Á£ÀÄ ¤£ÀUÁV vÀÄA¨Á ºÉÆvÀÄÛ ____________ (PÁAiÀÄÄ)

4.1.6

CªÀgÀÄ DlzÀ°è _______________ (¸ÉÆîÄ)

4.1.7

gÉ樀 C¥ÀWÁvÀzÀ°è LzÀÄ d£À ______________ (¸ÁAiÀÄÄ)

4.1.8

£ÁªÀÅ ¤£Éß ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆj£À°è _________________ (EgÀÄ)

4.2 4.2.1

Transform into past : ªÀÄzsÀÄ ºÁ®Ä PÀÄrAiÀÄÄvÁÛ£É

4.2.2 ªÀÄUÀÄ zÁjAiÀÄ°è ©Ã¼ÀÄvÀÛzÉ.

Lesson 14/129

4.5 4.5.1 4.5.2 4.5.3 4.5.4 4.5.4

Translate into Kannada : I wrote a letter to my friend We walked three miles yesterday She wept for half an hour. He died of heart attack He called me a fool.

5.1

Supplementary Vocabulary :

4.2.3 PÀªÀÄ® ¸ÀAVÃvÀ PÀ°AiÀÄÄvÁÛ¼É.

CgÀtå

'forest'

4.2.4 CªÀ¼ÀÄ CªÀ£À£ÀÄß ªÀÄgÉAiÀÄÄvÁÛ¼É

Dl

'game'

4.2.5 gÁªÀÄ gÁªÀt£À£ÀÄß PÉÆ®ÄèvÁÛ£É.

PÀ§Äâ

'sugarcane'

PÀ¼ÀîgÀÄ

'thieves'

PÁUÀzÀ

'paper'

PÁ£ÀÆ£ÀÄ

'law'

QlQ

'window'

PÀÆ°

'coolie'

ZÀgÀPÀ

'spinning wheel'

ZÀ¼ÀĪÀ½UÁgÀgÀÄ

'agitators'

d«ÄãÁÝgÀ

'zamindar'/'landlord'

zÀÄgÀAvÀ

'tragedy'

4.4.2 K¼ÀÄ UÀAmÉUÉ PÁ¦ü PÀÄrzÉ.

£À¢

'river'

4.4.3 £ÁªÀÅ PÀ£ÀßqÀ ZÉ£ÁßV ªÀiÁvÁqÉÆÃzÀÄ PÀ°vɪÀÅ

¥ÀvÀæ

'letter'

4.4.4 £Á£ÀÄ D «µÀAiÀÄ ªÀÄgÉvÉ

gÉÊvÀgÀÄ

'peasants'

4.4.5 vÀAzÉ £À£ÀߣÀÄß ¨ÉÊzÀgÀÄ.

«µÀAiÀÄ

'thing/matter'

¸ÀUÀtÂ

'cowdung'

4.3 4.3.1

Transform into non-past : ¥ÀzÀä UÀAqÀÄ ªÀÄUÀÄ ºÉvÀÛ¼ÀÄ

4.3.2 gÉÊvÀgÀÄ ºÉÆ® GvÀÛgÀÄ 4.3.3 gÁt QlQ vÉUÉzÀ¼ÀÄ 4.3.4 ¤ÃªÀÅ D ¥ÀĸÀÛPÀ vÀA¢gÁ ? 4.3.5 £Á£ÀÄ §mÉÖ MUÉzÉ. 4.4 4.4.1

Transform into negative : £Á£ÀÄ ¨É½UÉÎ DgÀÄ UÀAmÉUÉ JzÉÝ

130/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

¸É¼É

'to fascinate'

¸ËAzÀAiÀÄð

'beauty'

ºÀ¹ªÀÅ

'bunger'

ºÀÄ®Äè

'grass'

ºÉÆ®

'field'

¥ÁoÀ - 15 1. Dialogue : gÁdÄ

: ¤ªÀÄUÉ ¤£Éß ªÉÆúÀ£ï ¹PÀÌ£Á ?

Did you meet Mohan yesterday ?

gÁªÀÄÄ : E®è. ¹UÀ°®è. ¤£ÀUÉ ¹PÀÌ£Á ?

No. He didn't Did you meet him ?

gÁdÄ

Yes. I met him in the city. He told me that he was going to see you

: ºËzÀÄ. ¹nAiÀÄ°è ¹PÀÌ ¤ªÀÄä£ÀÄß £ÉÆÃqÉÆÃPÉ ºÉÆÃVÛä CAvÀ CAzÀ.

gÁªÀÄÄ : E®è. ¤£Éß §gÀ°®è. K£ÀÄ ¸ÀªÀiÁZÁgÀ ?

No. He didn't come yester day. What is the matter ?

gÁdÄ

He said that he left the job

: CªÀ£ÀÄ PÉ®¸À ©lÖ£ÀAvÉ

gÁªÀÄÄ : AiÀiÁPÉ ?

Why ?

gÁdÄ

It seems his father bought land at his place. That is why.

: CªÀgÀ vÀAzÉ Hj£À°è d«ÄãÀÄ PÉÆAqÀgÀAvÉ. CzÀPÉÌ

gÁªÀÄÄ : K£ÀÄ d«ÄãÀÄ ?

What land ?

gÁdÄ

A coconut plantation. It appears he will look after that.

: vÉAV£À vÉÆÃl. EªÀ£ÀÄ CzÀgÀ ªÉÄðéZÁgÀuÉ ªÀiÁqÁÛ£ÀAvÉ

gÁªÀÄÄ : JµÀÄÖ JPÀgÉ ?

How many acres ?

gÁdÄ

Ten acres

: ºÀvÀÄÛ JPÀgÉ

132/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

Lesson 15/133

gÁªÀÄÄ : JµÀÄÖ PÉÆlÖgÀÄ ?

How much did they pay ?

ªÀÄ£ÉÆÃeï : £Á£ÀÄ gÀªÉÄñÀ ºÉÆÃzɪÀÅ

Ramesh and I went

gÁdÄ

He said that they paid one lakh

CgÀ«AzÀ : AiÀiÁªÀÅzÁzÀgÀÆ ¹¤ªÀiÁ £ÉÆÃr¢gÁ ?

Did you see any movie ?

ªÀÄ£ÉÆÃeï : E®è. AiÀiÁªÀ ¹¤ªÀiÁ£ÀÆ £ÉÆÃqÀ°®è. JAlÄ UÀAmÉUÉ C°è E°è ¸ÀÄvÁÛrzɪÀÅ PÁªÀÄvï£À°è PÁ¦ü PÀÄrzɪÀÅ. MA§vÀÄÛ UÀAmÉUÉ ªÁ¥À¸ï §AzɪÀÅ.

No. Wandered here and there till eight o' clock. We had coffee in Kamath. We returned at nine o' clock.

: MAzÀÄ ®PÀë PÉÆlÖgÀÄ CAzÀ

gÁªÀÄÄ : ¥ÀgÀªÁV®è. PÀrªÉÄ ¨É¯ÉãÉ.

1.1

Not bad. It isn't a big price

Dialogue :

CgÀ«AzÀ : ¤£Éß ¨É½UÉÎ JµÀÄÖ UÀAmÉ vÀ£ÀPÀ Dl Dr¢j ?

Till what time did you play yesterday morning ?

ªÀÄ£ÉÆÃeï : ºÀvÀÄÛ UÀAmÉ vÀ£ÀPÀ DrzɪÀÅ

We played till ten o' clock

CgÀ«AzÀ : AiÀiÁgÀÄ UÉzÀÝgÀÄ ?

Who won ?

2.

Pattern drill

ªÀÄ£ÉÆÃeï : CªÀgÀÄ UÉzÀÝgÀÄ, £ÁªÀÅ ¸ÉÆÃvɪÀÅ

They won, we lost

2.1

ªÉÆúÀ£À¤UÉ PÉ®¸À ¹QÌvÀÄ

Mohan got a job.

gÁdÄ £À£ÀUÉ zÁjAiÀÄ°è ¹PÀÌ

I met Raju on the way

CgÀ«AzÀ : DªÉÄÃ¯É K£ÀÄ ªÀiÁr¢j ? ºÁ¸ÉÖ°£À¯Éèà E¢ÝgÁ ?

What did you do afterwards ? Were you in the hostel ?

ºÀÄqÀÄUÀgÀÄ PÁè¹£À°è £ÀPÀÌgÀÄ

ªÀÄ£ÉÆÃeï : D ªÉÄÃ¯É ¸ÁߣÀ ªÀiÁrzÉ. ¸ÀĪÀiÁgÀÄ MAzÀÄ UÀAmÉUÉ Hl ªÀiÁrzÉ. JgÀqÀÄ UÀAmɬÄAzÀ £Á®ÄÌ UÀAmɪÀgÉUÉ ¤zÉæ ªÀiÁrzÉ.

Afterwards I took bath. Around one o' clock I ate meal. I slept from two o' clock until four.

F wAUÀ¼À ¸ÀA§¼ÀzÀ°è ºÀvÀÄÛ gÀÆ¥Á¬Ä «ÄQÌvÀÄ.

The boys laughed in the class. Ten rupees remained out of this month's salary.

PÀ¼ÀîgÀÄ ªÀÄ£É ºÉÆPÀÌgÀÄ.

Thieves entered the house

CgÀ«AzÀ : ¹nUÉ ºÉÆÃUÀ°®èªÁ ?

Didn't you go to the city ?

ªÀÄ£ÉÆÃeï : LzÀÄ UÀAmÉUÉ ºÉÆÃzÉ

I went at five o' clock.

CgÀ«AzÀ : AiÀiÁgÀÄ AiÀiÁgÀÄ ºÉÆâj ?

Who all went ?

2.2 PÀĪÀiÁgÀ £À£ÀUÉ ºÀvÀÄÛ gÀÆ¥Á¬Ä PÉÆlÖ

Kumar gave me ten rupees

UÀÆAqÁUÀ¼ÀÄ ¥ÀæeÁªÁt ¥ÀwæPÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß ¸ÀÄlÖgÀÄ

Hoodlums burnt the prajavani newspaper.

CªÀ£ÀÄ PÉlÖ ºÀÄqÀÄUÀgÀ ¸ÀºÀªÁ¸À¢AzÀ PÉlÖ

He was spoiled in the company of bad boys.

134/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

2.3

2.4

Lesson 15/135

£Á£ÀÄ ¨ÁrUÉ ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß ©mÉÖ

I left the rented house.

¤ÃªÀÅ ºÀtªÀ£ÀÄß ¨ÁåAQ£À°è EnÖgÁ ?

Did you keep the money in the bank ?

£À£Àß ¸ÉßûvÉ ºÉƸÀ ¹ÃgÉ GlÖ¼ÀÄ.

My friend (fem). put on a new saree.

§¸ÀÄì ºÀvÀÄÛ UÀAmÉUÉ ºÉÆgÀnvÀÄ. ¤ÃªÀÅ ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄ ªÀÄÄAzÉ JµÀÄÖ vÉAV£À VqÀ £ÉnÖj ?

£À£ÀUÉ ¸ÀÆAiÀÄð UÀæºÀt PÁt°®è.

The solar eclipse was not visible to me

£Á£ÀÄ CrUÉ ªÀiÁrPÉƽÛä CªÀ£ÀÄ vÀ£Àß §mÉÖ vÁ£Éà MUÉzÀÄPÉƼÁÛ£É.

I cook for myself. He washes his own clothes.

Bus started at ten o' clock.

«ªÀÄ¯É vÀ¯É ¨ÁaPÉƼÁÛ¼É.

Vimala combs her hair

CªÀgÀÄ ¸ÁߣÀ ªÀiÁrPÉÆAqÀgÀÄ.

He took a bath

CªÀ£ÀÄ DvÀäºÀvÉå ªÀiÁrPÉÆAqÀ

He committed suicide.

ªÀiÁ«£À ºÀtÄÚ PÉnÖvÀÄ.

How many coconut plants did you plant in front of your house ? The mango fruit was spoilt.

ªÀÄPÀ̼ÀÄ ºÀ§âzÀ ¢£À ºÉƸÀ §mÉÖ vÉÆlÖgÀÄ.

Children put on new clothes on the festive day.

gÁªÀÄÄ £Á¼É ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆjUÉ ºÉÆÃVÛä CAvÀ CAzÀ

Ramu said that he will go to Bangalore tomorrow.

¥ÀjÃPÉë ¦üøÀÄ PÀlÄÖ CAvÀ £ÀªÀÄä vÀAzÉ ºÀt PÉÆlÖgÀÄ

My father gave me money asking me to pay the examination fee

CªÀ¤UÉ §ÈAzÁªÀ£À £ÉÆÃqÀ¨ÉÃPÀÄ CAvÀ D¸É

He desires to see Brindavan

ªÀÄÄRå ªÀÄAwæUÀ¼ÀÄ £Á¼É zɺÀ°UÉ ºÉÆÃUÁÛgÀAvÉ

It seems the chief minister goes to Delhi tomorrow.

«zsÁ£À ¸ËzsÀzÀ ¸ÀÄvÀÛ ¨Éð ºÁQ¸ÁÛgÀAvÉ

It seems they are putting up a fence around Vidhana Soudha

£Á¼É £À£Àß ¨sÁªÀ HjUÉ §gÁÛgÀAvÉ.

It seems my brother-in-law will come to town tomorrow.

2.5

2.6

gÁªÀÄgÁAiÀÄgÀÄ ºÉƸÀ ªÀÄ£É Rama Rao bought a new PÉÆAqÀgÀÄ. house. D¼ÀÄUÀ¼ÀÄ gÁV ªÀÄÄzÉÝ GAqÀgÀÄ. Servants ate ragi balls. £Á£ÀÄ zÁjAiÀÄ°è MAzÀÄ ºÁªÀÅ PÀAqÉ

I saw a snake on the way.

CªÀ£ÀÄ ºÉÆmÉÖ ºÀÄuÁÚUÀĪÀAvÉ £ÀUÀ°®è.

He didn't laugh himself to death

CªÀgÀÄ £À£ÀUÉ §ºÀĪÀiÁ£À PÉÆqÀ°®è

They didn't give me the prize.

£ÁªÀÅ ¸ÀªÀÄAiÀÄPÉÌ ¸ÀjAiÀiÁV ºÉÆgÀqÀ°®è.

We didn't start on time.

gÁVt ºÉƸÀ ¹ÃgÉ PÉƼÀî°®è.

Ragini didn't buy a new saree

2.7

136/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

2.8

ªÀĺÁvÀä UÁA¢üÃAiÀĪÀgÀÄ ¨sÁgÀvÀzÀ Mahatma Gandhi fought ¸ÁévÀAvÀæöåPÉÌ ºÉÆÃgÁrzÀgÀÄ. for the freedom of India. ¥ÀÄgÀAzÀgÀzÁ¸ÀgÀÄ §qÀªÀjUÉ L±ÀéAiÀÄð zÁ£À ªÀiÁrzÀgÀÄ.

Purandaradasa gave away his wealth as charity to the poor

PÀvÉÛUÀ¼ÀÄ vÀÄA¨Á eÉÆÃgÁV NrzÀªÀÅ.

The donkeys ran very fast.

«±ÉéñÀégÀAiÀÄå PÀȵÀÚgÁd¸ÁUÀgÀ PÀnÖ¹zÀgÀÄ.

Visweswaraiah constructed Krishana Raja Sagar.

£Á£ÀÄ QlQ ªÀÄÄaÑzÉ

I closed the window.

d£ÀvÁ ¥ÀPÀë ºÉƸÀ ¸ÀPÁðgÀ gÀa¹vÀÄ.

The Janatha party formed a new Government.

¤ÃªÀÅ ¤£Éß JµÀÄÖ UÀAmÉUÉ ªÀÄ®V¢j ?

At what time did you sleep Yesterday ?

¤ªÀÄä ±ÀlÄð J°è ºÉÆ°¹¢j ?

Where did you have your shirt made ?

¤Ã£ÀÄ ¤£Éß JµÀÖ£Éà ¥ÁoÀ N¢zÉ ?

2.9

Lesson 15/137

Which lesson did you read yesterday ?

CªÀ£ÀÄ ¤£Éß JµÀÄÖ ¹UÀgÉÃmï ¸ÉâzÀ ?

How many cigarates did he smoke yesterday ?

£Á£ÀÄ PÀxÉ ºÉýzÉ, CªÀgÀÄ PÉýzÀgÀÄ.

I narrated a story, they listened.

ºÀÄqÀÄUÀgÀÄ ºÀvÀÛ£Éà ¥ÁoÀ NzÀ°®è.

The boys didn't read the tenth lesson.

3.

CªÀ¼ÀÄ CªÀ£À£ÀÄß £ÀA§°®è

She didn't believe him.

¥ÀvÀæPÀvÀðgÀÄ ªÀÄÄRå ªÀÄAwæUÉ ¥Àæ±Éß PÉüÀ°®è.

The journalists didn't put questions to the Chief Minister.

£ÁªÀÅ E°è C°è ¸ÀÄvÁÛqÀ°®è.

We din't roam here and there.

Key to learners : Past tense -k - ; - T - ; - D - ; and -id- are introduced here. Unlike the past tense markers introduced in the previous lessons these past tense markers are conditioned in the following manner.

3.1 Verbs with cvc syllabic pattern, where the last consonant is -g- (e.g. n + a + g) take -k- as past - tense. Please note that 'c' stands for consonant and 'v' stands for short vowel. The final vowel - u doesn't have any value. Sig (u) + k + a = sikka nag (u) + k + a = naaka.

'he met (some one)' 'he laughed'

Note that when -k- is added, the last consonant -g- is assimilated with -k- resulting in -kk3.2 Verbs with (c) vc syllabic pattern, where the last consonant is D (e.g. i + D; k + e + D) take -T- as pasttense. biD (u) + T + e = bitte 'I left' iD (u) + T + e = itte 'I kept' -D- is assimilated with -T- when added.

138/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

Lesson 15/139

Although 'horaDu' doesn't have the same syllabic structure as the above words, its past tense form is however is 'horaTe' 3.3 There are only three verbs which take -D- as past tense mark. They are. kaaN(u) + D + e = kaNDe 'I saw' uNN(u) + D + e = uNDe 'I ate (meals)' koLLu koN/- D koN +D + e= koNDe. 'I bought' Notice the change form L to N in koLLu koLLu as a main verb means 'to buy'. This will also be used as an auxillary verb in refiexive construction. Refiexive indicates that the benefactor of the action of the verb is the performer himself. This is obtained by adding koLLu to the verbal prticiple of the main verb. avanu baTTe ogedu koLtaane 'he washes his clothes'

mucc(u) + id + e = muccide namb(u) = id + e = nambide

'I closed' 'I believed'

3.4.3 Multi syllabic The verbs with more than two syllables. Causatives also come under this category. toorisu + id + e = tooriside 'I showed' malagu + id + e = malagide 'I slept' maataaDu + id + e = maataDide 'I spoke' The verbs referred under the earlier past tense markers are exceptions to this rule as well. 3.5 anta is used in the construction of indirect speech. It occurs immediately after the reported clause. avanu bengaLuurige hoogtiini anta heeLida 'He said that he is going to Bangalore' 3.6 ante is reportive form apaghaatadalli nuuru jana sattarante 'It seems hundred persons died in accident'

avaLu aDige maaDikoLtaaLe' 'She cooks for herself'

avaru naaLe bartaarante 'It seems he is coming tomorrow'

3.4 -id- past tense takes three categories of verbs. 3.4.1 (c) V V syllabic pattern keeLu (u) + id + e = keeLide aaD (u) + id + e = aaDide

'I asked/listened' 'I played'

Note that VV stands for long vowel 3.4.2 CVCC syllabic pattern hatt (u) + id + e = hattide

4. Exercise : 4.1 Substitute and complete the sentence : 4.1.1 PÀ¼ÀîgÀÄ ¨Á¼É vÉÆÃlªÀ£ÀÄß ºÉÆPÀÌgÀÄ D£É ______________________ 4.1.2 ²æêÀÄAvÀgÀÄ §qÀªÀgÀ£ÀÄß ¸ÀÄlÖgÀÄ.

'I climbed'

£ÁªÀÅ ______________________

140/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

4.1.3 CªÀ£ÀÄ ªÉÄÃf£À ªÉÄÃ¯É ¥ÀĸÀÛPÀ ElÖ CªÀ¼ÀÄ _____________________ 4.1.4 £Á£ÀÄ §mÉÖ MUÉzÀÄPÉÆAqÉ CªÀgÀÄ _____________________ 4.1.5 CªÀ¼ÀÄ ºÀvÀÄÛ UÀAmÉUÉ ªÀÄ®VzÀ¼ÀÄ £Á¬Ä _____________________ 4.1.6 £ÁªÀÅ ¥ÀjÃPÉëUÉ ¦üøÀÄ PÀnÖzɪÀÅ £Á£ÀÄ _____________________ 4.1.7 ¨ÉPÀÄÌ ºÁ®Ä PÀÄr¬ÄvÀÄ ¨ÉPÀÄÌUÀ¼ÀÄ _____________________ 4.2 4.2.1 4.2.2 4.2.3 4.2.4 4.2.5

Transform the following sentences into past tense ªÀÄUÀÄ C¼ÀÄvÀÛzÉ CªÀgÀÄ eÉÆÃgÁV ªÀiÁvÁqÀÄvÁÛgÉ. £Á¼É gÁdÄ £À£ÀUÉ ¹PÀÄÌvÁÛ£É. CªÀ£ÀÄ £Á¼É HgÀÄ ©qÀÄvÁÛ£É. ªÀÄzÀÄªÉ ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄ°è vÀÄA¨Á ¸ÁªÀiÁ£ÀÄ «ÄUÀÄvÀÛzÉ.

4.3 4.3.1 4.3.2 4.3.3 4.3.4 4.3.5 4.3.6 4.3.7 4.3.8

Transform into negative ¤£Éß ªÀÄ¼É §AvÀÄ CªÀgÀÄ ªÀÄ£É ¨ÁV®Ä ªÀÄÄaÑzÀgÀÄ. PÉAUÀ¯ï ºÀ£ÀĪÀÄAvÀAiÀÄå «zsÁ£À¸ËzsÀ PÀnÖ¹zÀgÀÄ. CªÀ£ÀÄ £ÁlPÀ £ÉÆÃrzÀ£ÀÄ. gÀªÉÄñÀ ºÉƸÀ ZÀ¥Àà° PÉÆAqÀÄPÉÆAqÀ. £À£ÀUÉ £ÀªÀÄä vÀAzÉ ºÀt PÉÆlÖgÀÄ. CªÀ¼ÀÄ ¸ÀĪÀÄä£É £ÀPÀ̼ÀÄ. ªÉÄʸÀÆgÀ£ÀÄß vÀÄA¨Á d£À gÁdgÀÄ D½zÀgÀÄ.

Lesson 15/141

4.4 Translate into Kannada 4.4.1 How much advance did you pay for that house ? 4.4.2 I bought two shirts in Bangalore 4.4.3 What places did you see in Karnataka ? 4.4.4 We played volleyball till 6 o' clock. 4.4.5 She narrated a story. 4.5 4.5.1

Answer the following questions ¤ÃªÀÅ ¤£Éß AiÀiÁªÀ ¹¤ªÀiÁ £ÉÆÃr¢j ?

4.5.2

¤ÃªÀÅ PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ°è AiÀiÁªÀ ¸ÀܼÀ £ÉÆÃr¢j ?

4.5.3

«zsÁ£À¸ËzsÀ AiÀiÁgÀÄ PÀnÖ¹zÀgÀÄ ?

5. Vocabulary dǀ̣ˀ

5.1

'land'

¹UÀÄ

'to be available'

¸ÀÄvÁÛqÀÄ

'to wander'

®PÀë

'lakh'

Supplementary Vocabulary DvÀäºÀvÉå

'suicide'

EqÀÄ

'to keep'

GqÀÄ

'to put on clothes' - like saree, dhoti

GtÄÚ

'to eat meals'

L±ÀéAiÀÄð

'wealth'

142/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

PÀnÖ¸ÀÄ

'to build'

¥ÁoÀ - 16

PÀvÉÛ

'donkey'

1. Dialogue

PÀ¼Àî

'thief'

QlQ

'window'

PÉqÀÄ

'to be spoiled'

UÀÆAqÁUÀ¼ÀÄ

'hoodlums'

vÉÆqÀÄ

'to put on clothes'

zÁ£À

'charity'

£ÉqÀÄ

'to plant'

¥ÀvÀæPÀvÀðgÀÄ

'journalists'

§ºÀĪÀiÁ£À

'presentation'

¨Éð

'fence'

gÁV ªÀÄÄzÉÝ

'ragi balls'

¸ÀPÁðgÀ

'government'

¸ÀºÁªÁ¸À

'company'

¸ÁévÀAvÀæöå

'independence'

¸ÀÄqÀÄ

'to burn'

¸ÀÆAiÀÄð UÀæºÀtÅ

'solar eclipse'

ºÁªÀ

'snake'

ºÀÄtÄÚ

'wound'

ºÉÆmÉÖ

'stomach'

ªÀÄ£ÉÆÃeï : ¤ÃªÀÅ ¨É½UÉÎ UÀAmÉUÉ K½ÛÃj ?

JµÀÄÖ At what time do you get up in the morning ?

ªÉÆúÀ£ï : DgÀÄ UÀAmÉUÉ K½Ûä.

I get up at six o'clock.

ªÀÄ£ÉÆÃeï : JzÀÄÝ K£ÀÄ ªÀiÁrÛÃj ?

After getting up, what do you do?

ªÉÆúÀ£ï : JzÀÄÝ ªÁQAUï ºÉÆÃVÛä. ªÁQAUï ºÉÆÃV §AzÀÄ ºÀ®Äè GfÓPÉƽÛä. ºÀ®Äè GfÓ PÉÆAqÀÄ PÁ¦ü PÀÄrÃwä.

I go for a walk. After the walk, I brush my teeth and I drink coffee.

ªÀÄ£ÉÆÃeï : ºÀ®Äè GfÓPÉƼÀîzÉ PÁ¦ü Don't you drink coffee without brushing your teeth ? PÀÄrAiÀįÁé? ªÉÆúÀ£ï : E®è, £À£ÀUÉ C¨sÁå¸À E®è. PÁ¦ PÀÄrzÀÄ ¥ÉÃ¥Àgï M¢Ûä. ¥ÉÃ¥Àgï N¢ ¸ÁߣÀ ªÀiÁrÛä.

No, I have no such habits. After drinking coffee I read the news paper. After reading the news paper, I have my bath.

ªÀÄ£ÉÆÃeï : vÀtÂÚÃj£À°è ªÀiÁrÛgÉÆà ©¹¤Ãj£À°è ªÀiÁrÛÃgÉÆÃ?

Do you take bath in cold water or in hot water ?

ªÉÆúÀ£ï : ©¹ ¤Ãj£À°è ªÀiÁrÛä. I take bath in hot water .

Lesson 16/145

144/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

DªÉÄÃ¯É Hl Afterwards I eat my meal and I ªÀiÁrPÉÆAqÀÄ D¦üùUÉ go to office. ºÉÆgÀqÀÄwÛä. ªÀÄ£ÉÆÃeï : wAr w£ÀßzÉÃ?

Without eating breakfast ?

Yes I don't go home in the after ªÉÆúÀ£ï : ºËzÀÄ, ªÀÄzsÁåºÀß ªÀÄ£ÉUÉ ºÉÆÃUÀ®è. wAr noon. I carry tiffin with me. vÀUÉÆAqÀÄ ºÉÆÃVÛä.

ªÀÄ£ÉÆÃeï : D¦üùUÉ ºÉÃUÉ ºÉÆÃVÛÃj?

How do you go to office ?

By bus. Sometimes it is a ªÉÆúÀ£ï : §¸ÀÄì »rzÀÄ problem getting a bus. In that ºÉÆÃVÛä. PÉ®ªÉǪÉÄä §¸ÀÄì ¹UÀzÉ vÉÆAzÀgÉ case I go by auto. DUÀÄvÉÛ. DUÀ DmÉÆÃzÀ°è ºÉÆÃVÛä .

ªÀÄ£ÉÆÃeï : ¸ÀAeÉ ªÀÄ£ÉUÉ §AzÀÄ K£ÀÄ ªÀiÁrÛÃj?

What do you do in the evening after coming home ?

ªÉÆúÀ£ï : PÁ¦ü PÀÄrzÀÄ ¸ÉßûvÀgÀ eÉÆvÉ ºÀgÀmÉ ºÉÆrÃwä. ºÀgÀmÉ ºÉÆqÉzÀÄ ©lÄÖ JAlÄ UÀAmÉ vÀ£ÀPÀ K£ÁzÀÆæ N¢Ûä. N¢ Hl ªÀiÁr ªÀÄ®VÛä.

I drink coffee and chat with my friends. When I have finished chatting, I read something or other till eight o'clock. After reading I have meal and go to bed.

2. Pattern drill :

2.1 £Á£ÀÄ wAr wAzÀÄ PÁ¦ü PÀÄrÃwä.

After tiffin, I drink coffee.

£ÀªÀÄä vÀAzÉ ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆjUÉ §AzÀÄ zɺÀ°UÉ ºÉÆÃUÁÛgÉ.

My father will come to Bangalore and then goes to Delhi.

ªÀÄ¼É §AzÀÄ ¨É¼É ¨É¼É¬ÄvÀÄ.

When rained and the crops grew.

ªÀÄUÀÄ ªÀÄAZÀ¢AzÀ PɼÀUÉ ©zÀÄÝ The child fell from the cot and broke its teeth. ºÀ®Äè ªÀÄÄjzÀÄPÉÆArvÀÄ. CªÀgÀÄ PÀ£ÀßqÀ PÀ°vÀÄ ZÉ£ÁßV ªÀiÁvÁqÀÄvÁÛgÉ.

Having learnt kannada, they speak it well.

¨sÁgÀvÀ QæPÉnÖ£À°è ¸ÉÆÃvÀÄ vÀ¯É vÀVιvÀÄ.

India lost in cricket and bowed down its head.

gÀ«Ã±À PÁè¹£À°è £ÀPÀÄÌ CzsÁå¥ÀPÀjAzÀ ¨ÉʹPÉÆAqÀ.

Ravish laughed in the class and got a scolding from the teacher.

JvÀÄÛ vÉÆÃlPÉÌ ºÉÆPÀÄÌ ¨Á¼É VqÀ vÀA¢vÀÄ.

A bullock broke into the garden and ate the plantain tree.

CªÀ£ÀÄ ¸Á®PÉÌ §rØ PÉÆlÄÖ §qÀªÁzÀ.

He paid interest on the loan and became poor.

CªÀ¼ÀÄ VqÀ £ÉlÄÖ ©lÄÖ ¤ÃgÀÄ ºÁQzÀ¼ÀÄ.

She planted the plant and watered it.

£Á£ÀÄ ¸ÁߣÀ ªÀiÁrPÉÆAqÀÄ zÉêÀgÀ ¥ÀÆeÉ ªÀiÁrzÉ.

I took bath and worshipped God.

Lesson 16/147

146/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

CªÀ¼ÀÄ ºÉƸÀ ¹ÃgÉ PÉÆAqÀÄ PÉÆAqÀÄ §AzÀ¼ÀÄ. 2.2 CªÀgÀÄ ¹nUÉ ºÉÆÃV ¹¤ªÀiÁ £ÉÆÃr §AzÀgÀÄ.

She bought a new saree (and came)

£Á£ÀÄ nPÉmï vÉUÉzÀÄPÉƼÀîzÉ £ÁlPÀ £ÉÆÃqÀ°®è.

We didn't see the play without buying the tickets.

They went to city and saw a film (and came)

qÁPÀÖgï ºÀt vÉUÉzÀÄPÉƼÀîzÉ OµÀzsÀ PÉÆqÀ®è.

The doctor will not give medicne without taking money.

£ÁªÀÅ ¨ÁåAQUÉ ºÀt PÀnÖ §AzɪÀÅ.

We paid the money at the bank and came.

¤Ã£ÀÄ ¹UÀgÉÃmï ¸Éâ PÉ«ÄÛÃAiÀiÁ ?

Do you cough when you smoke cigarettes ?

EA¢gÁ UÁA¢ü ¨sÁµÀt PÉý d£À £ÀPÀÌgÀÄ.

People laughed listening to India Gandhi's speech.

CªÀ¼ÀÄ ºÀvÀÄÛ UÀAmÉUÉ ªÀÄ®V ºÀ£ÉßgÀqÀÄ UÀAmÉUÉ JzÀݼÀÄ.

She slept at ten o'clock and got up at twelve o'clock.

They went to Bangalore and 2.3 CªÀgÀÄ ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆjUÉ ºÉÆÃV «zsÁ£À¸ËzsÀ £ÉÆÃqÀzÉ §AzÀgÀÄ. came back without seeing Vidhana Soudha. zÉêÀgÀÄ CªÀjUÉ M¼ÉîAiÀÄzÀÄ ªÀiÁqÀzÉ EgÀ°.

May God do them no good.

¤Ã£ÀÄ ¥ÁoÀ NzÀzÉ GvÀÛgÀ §gÉzÉAiÀiÁ ?

Did you write the answer without reading the lesson?

CªÀ£ÀÄ ºÀÄqÀÄVAiÀÄ£ÀÄß £ÉÆÃqÀzÉ ªÀÄzÀĪÉUÉ M¦àPÉÆAqÀ.

He agreed to get marry without seeing the girl.

2.4 £Á£ÀÄ PÁ¦ü PÀÄrAiÀÄzÉ D¦üùUÉ ºÉÆgÀqÀ°®è.

I did not leave for the office without drinking coffee.

3. Key to learners 3.1 The past participle / verbal participle form is intro duced in the lesson. The function of the past participle is to show the completion of one action and an anticipation of another one. naanu avanannu nooDi bengaLuurige hoode. `having seen him, i went to Bangalore.' -u and -i are two past participle markers in Kannada. -u is added to the verbs which take -d-;-t-;-k-;-D-; and -T- as past tense markers. (ref. lessons 14 & 15) The structure is, verb root + past tense + verbal partilciple market tinnu + d + u = tindu. rameeSa kalleejige bandu sinimaakke hooda. Ramesh came to college and went to a film. IvaLu kannaDa kalitu haaDu haaDtaaLe She learns Kannada and sings a song. naanu laLemane biTTu hosa manege bande. I left the old house and came to a new house. avanu daariyalli sikku maattaDisida. He met me on the way and talked to me.

Lesson 16/149

148/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

ondu pustaka konDu bande. I bought a book (and came) -i- is added to the verbs which take -id- as past tense. But here -i- is added straightaway to the verb root. Thus the structure is, verb root + verbal participle maaDu + i = maaDi naanu + peeper oodi snaana maaDide. I read newspaper and took a bath. avanannu nambi naanu haaLaade. I believed him and got spoiled. magu nidde maaDi edditu The child slept and got up. avanu uurige hoogi ivattu banda. He went to his hometown and came today. `hoogu' and `aagu' through they take -d- as past tense, they take -i as past participle. Thease two are exeptions. 3.2 The verbal participle negation is -ade. It will be added to the verb root. naanu simimaa nooDade bande. I came without seeing a movie. avanu nanna maatu keeLade hooda. He went without listening to my words. avaLu bas caarj koDade prayaaNa maaDidaLu. She travelled without paying the bus fare. If the double negation is used, the positive meaning will be obtained.

Siita hallu ujjade kaafi kudiyalla. Sita don't drink coffee without brushing her teeth. nannu kaagada bareyade uurige hoogalilla. I didn't go to my hometown without writing a letter. 3.3 The verbal participle of the verb biDu is used some times with the past participle of the other verbs. This is used either for emphasis or with on specifi cation. avanu tinDi biTTu banda. naanu siTige hoogi biTTu baralilla. 4. Exercise 4.1 Fill in the blanks using the verbal participle forms of the verbs given in the brackets. 4.1.1 CªÀ£ÀÄ wAr _________, PÁ¦ü _________(w£ÀÄß, PÀÄr) 4.1.2 CªÀgÀÄ EªÀvÀÄÛ Hj¤AzÀ _______£Á¼É §gÁÛgÉ. (ºÉÆgÀqÀÄ) 4.1.3 D ºÀÄqÀÄUÀ ªÀÄ£É ____________ºÉÆÃzÀ..(©qÀÄ) 4.1.4 CªÀgÀÄ PÀ£ÀßqÀ _________________ ªÀiÁvÁrzÀgÀÄ. (PÀ°) 4.1.5 CªÀ¼ÀÄ D ¥ÀĸÀÛPÀ __________________ CvÀÛ¼ÀÄ. (NzÀÄ) 4.1.6 d£ÀvÁ ¥ÀPÀë ZÀĪÁuÉAiÀÄ°è ______ C¢üPÁgÀPÉÌ §AvÀÄ. (UÉ®Äè) 4.1.7 gÁªÀÄ gÁªÀt£À£ÀÄß__________eÉÊ°UÉ ºÉÆÃzÀ. (PÉÆ®Äè) 4.1.8 CªÀ¼ÀÄ CªÀ£À£ÀÄß _______________PÉlÖ¼ÀÄ. (£ÀA§Ä) 4.2 Combine the following sentences using the verbal participle marker. 4.2.1 ºÀÄqÀÄUÀgÀÄ zÀÄqÀÄØ PÉÆlÖgÀÄ. ºÀÄqÀÄUÀgÀÄ ¸ÀPÀð¸ï £ÉÆÃrzÀgÀÄ.

Lesson 16/151

150/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

4.2.2 ªÀÄAwæUÀ¼ÀÄ ªÉÄʸÀÆjUÉ §AzÀgÀÄ. CªÀgÀÄ ¨sÁµÀt ªÀiÁrzÀgÀÄ. 4.2.3 CªÀ¼ÀÄ ºÁqÀÄvÁÛ EzÀݼÀÄ. CªÀ¼ÀÄ PÁ¯ÉÃfUÉ ºÉÆÃzÀ¼ÀÄ. 4.2.4 £Á£ÀÄ PÉ®¸À ªÀiÁqÁÛ EzÉÝ. £Á£ÀÄ JA. J. N¢zÉ. 4.2.5 £Á£ÀÄ ¹UÀgÉÃmï ¸ÉâÛä. £Á£ÀÄ ¸ÀAvÉÆõÀ ¥ÀrÛä. 4.3 Split the following sentences into smaller sentences. 4.3.1 ¤Ã §AzÀÄ ¤AvÁUÀ ¤AvÀÄ ¤Ã £ÀPÁÌUÀ £ÀPÀÄÌ ¤Ã £À°zÁUÀ

£Á ¸ÉÆÃvÉ. 4.3.2 ºÁ¹UɬÄAzÀ JzÀÄÝ ºÀ®Äè GfÓ PÁ¦ü PÀÄrzÀÄ ¥ÉÃ¥Àgï NzÁÛgÉ. 4.3.3 D ¹¤ªÀiÁ £ÉÆÃr vÀ¯É£ÉÆêÀÅ §AzÀÄ qÁPÀÖgï ºÀwÛgÀ ºÉÆÃV OµÀ¢ü vÀUÉÆAqÀÄ PÀÄrzÉ. 4.4 Transform the following sentences into reflexive 4.4.1 CªÀ£ÀÄ ¨É½UÉÎ ºÀ®Äè GeÁÛ£É.

4.4.2 CªÀgÀÄ ¸ÀAeÉ PÉÊPÁ®Ä ªÀÄÄR vÉƽÃvÁgÉ. 4.4.3 CªÀ¼ÀÄ vÀ¯É ¨ÁZÁÛ¼É.

4.5.3 gÉÊ°£À°è nPÉmï ¹QÌ ¥ÀæAiÀiÁt ªÀiÁrzÉ. 4.5.4 CªÀ¼ÀÄ vÀ¯É ¨ÁaPÉÆAqÀÄ §AzÀ¼ÀÄ. 4.5.5 J®ègÀÆ CªÀ£À£ÀÄß £ÀA© PÉlÖgÀÄ. 4.5.6 CªÀ½UÉ ªÀÄzÀĪÉAiÀiÁV ºÀÄZÀÄÑ »r¬ÄvÀÄ. 4.5.7 CªÀ£ÀÄ ZÉ£ÁßV N¢ ¥Á¸ÁzÀ. 4.6 Change the follow sentences into double negation. 4.6.1 CªÀgÀÄ ¸ÀA§¼À vÉUÉzÀÄPÉÆAqÀÄ ªÀÄ£ÉUÉ ºÉÆÃzÀgÀÄ. 4.6.2 CªÀ¼ÀÄ HlªÀiÁr ¤zÉæ ªÀiÁrzÀ¼ÀÄ. 4.6.3 ªÀÄPÀ̼ÀÄ Dl Dr ¤ÃgÀÄ PÀÄrzÀgÀÄ. 4.6.4 £Á¬Ä ¨ÉÆUÀ½ PÀaÑvÀÄ. 4.7 Translate into Kannada. 4.7.1 He cooks his own food. 4.7.2 There is no drinking water without rains. 4.7.3 I got headache by seeing that movie. 4.7.4 I bought a book paying hundred rupees. 4.7.5 He is staying in that house without paying rent. 4.8 Answer th following questions. 4.8.1 ¤ÃªÀÅ ¸ÁߣÀ ªÀiÁqÀzÉ D¦üùUÉ ºÉÆÃVÛÃgÁ?

4.4.4 gÁªÀÄÄ §mÉÖ MVvÁ£É.

4.8.2 ¤ÃªÀÅ ªÀvÀðªÀiÁ£À ¥ÀwæPÉ NzÀzÉ EjÛÃgÁ?

4.4.5 PÀªÀÄ® ¥ÁoÀ §jÃvÁ¼É.

4.8.3 ¤ÃªÀÅ ¸ÀAeÉ ªÁQAUï ºÉÆÃVÛÃgÁ?

4.5 Transform into negative sentences using negative verbal participle 4.5.1 £Á£ÀÄ ¹¤ªÀiÁ £ÉÆÃr §AzÉ.

4.5.2 PÁUÀzÀ §gÉzÀÄ MAzÀÄ wAUÀ¼Á¬ÄvÀÄ.

4.8.4 ¤ÃªÀÅ ºÁqÁÛ ¸ÁߣÀ ªÀiÁrÛÃgÁ? 4.8.5 ¤ÃªÉà CrUÉ ªÀiÁrPÉƽÛÃgÁ? ¤ªÀÄä §mÉÖ ¤ÃªÉÃ

MUÉzÀÄPÉƽÛÃgÁ ?

Lesson 16/153

152/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

5. Vocabulary

¥ÀÆeÉ

`worship'

C¨sÁå¸À

`practice/habit'

§rØ

`interest'

PÉ®ªÉǪÉÄä

`sometime'

¨É¼É

`crop' (n)

vÀtÂÚÃgÀÄ

`cold water'

©¹ ¤ÃgÀÄ

`hot water'

¨Á¼ÉVqÀ

`plantain tree'

¸ÁߣÀ ªÀiÁqÀÄ

`to take bath'

¨ÉÆUÀ¼ÀÄ

`to bark'

ºÀgÀmÉ ºÉÆr

`to chat'

¨sÁµÀt

`Speech'

ºÀ®Äè

`teeth'

ªÀļÉ

`rain'

ºÀ®Äè GdÄÓ

`to brush the teeth'

ªÀÄAZÀ

`cot'

ªÀÄÄR

`face'

`bullock' (n)

¸Á®

`loan'

`to lift' (v)

ºÀt PÀlÄÖ

`to pay money'

OµÀzsÀ

`medicine'

ºÀÄZÀÄÑ

`madness'

PÀZÀÄÑ

`to bite'

P稀

`leg'

PɪÀÄÄä

`to cough'

PÉÊ

`hand'

VqÀ

`plant'

vÀ¯É

`head'

vÀ¯ÉvÀVθÀÄ

`to bow down one's head

zÀÄqÀÄØ

`money'

zÉêÀgÀÄ

`god'

5.1 Supplementary Vocabulary

JvÀÄÛ

`to grow' (v)

Lesson 16/155

154/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

¥ÁoÀ - 17 1. Dialogue:

PÀȵÀÚ : gÁd±ÉÃRgÀ FUÀ J°è PÉ®¸À ªÀiÁqÁÛ EzÁ£É ?

Where is Rajashekara work ing at present ?

gÀAUÀ : FUÀ ¥ÀæeÁªÁtÂAiÀÄ°è PÉ®¸À ªÀiÁqÁÛ EzÁ£É.

Now he is working in prajavani.

PÀȵÀÚ : C°è K£ÀÄ PÉ®¸À ªÀiÁqÀÛ EzÁ£É?

What is he doing there?

gÀAUÀ : j¥ÉÆÃlðgï DV PÉ®¸À ªÀiÁqÀÛ EzÁ£É.

He is working as a reporter.

PÀȵÀÚ : J°è? ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆj£À¯Éèà ªÀiÁqÁÛ EzÁ£Á?

Where? Is he working in Bangalore

gÀAUÀ : E®è. ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆj£À°è ªÀiÁqÁÛ E®è. ºÀħâ½î AiÀÄ°è ªÀiÁqÁÛ EzÁ£É.

No. He is not working in Bangalore. He is working at Hubli.

PÀȵÀÚ : ªÉÆzÀ®Ä J°è PÉ®¸À ªÀiÁqÁÛ EzÀÝ? gÀAUÀ : ªÉÄʸÀÆj£À°è PÉ®¸À ªÀiÁqÁÛ EzÀÝ.

gÀAUÀ : PÁ¯ÉÃf£À°è ªÀiÁqÁÛ EgÀ°®è. AiÀiÁªÀÅzÉÆà ¥ÉæöʪÉÃmï PÀA¥É¤AiÀÄ°è ªÀiÁqÁÛ EzÀÝ.

PÀȵÀÚ : DUÀ¯Éà CªÀ£ÀÄ PÀxÉ, PÀªÀ£À Was he writing stories and §jÃvÁ EzÀÝ£Á ? poems even at that time? gÀAUÀ : ºËzÀÄ. §jÃvÁ EzÀÝ.

Yes. He used to write.

PÀȵÀÚ : CªÀ£À vÀªÀÄä M§â EAf¤AiÀÄjAUï NzÁÛ EzÀÝ£Á?

Was one of his younger brothers studying Engineering?

gÀAUÀ : ºËzÀÄ. NzÁÛ EzÀÝ.

Where was he working earlier? He was working in Mysore.

PÀȵÀÚ : C°è AiÀiÁªÀÅzÁzÀgÀÆ Was he working there in some PÁ¯ÉÃf£À°è PÉ®¸À ªÀiÁqÁÛ college ? EzÁ£Á ?

He was not working in a college. He was working in some private company.

PÀȵÀÚ : FUÀ E°è EzÁ£É?

Yes. He was studying Where is he now ?

gÀAUÀ : FUÀ ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆj£À°è ºÉZï.JA.n.AiÀÄ°è PÉ®¸À ªÀiÁqÁÛ EzÁ£É.

He is now working in H.M.T in Bangalore.

PÀȵÀÚ : gÁd±ÉÃRgÀ FUÀ®Æ vÀÄA¨ÁPÀxÉ, PÀªÀ£À §jÃvÁ EgÁÛ£Á?

Does Rajashekara still write stories and poetry.?

gÀAUÀ : vÀÄA¨Á §jÃvÁ EgÀ®è. DUÁUÉå §jÃvÁ EgÁÛ£É.

He dosn't write much. He. writes now and then.

PÀȵÀÚ : ¤£Àß £ÉÆÃqÉÆÃzÀPÉÌ §gÁÛ EgÁÛ£Á?

Does he come to see you ?

gÀAUÀ : ªÉÆzÀ®Ä vÀÄA¨Á §gÁÛ EzÀÝ. FUÀ MAzÉÆAzÀÄ ¸Áj §gÁÛ EgÁÛ£É.

He used to come frequently earlier. Now he comes once in a while.

Lesson 17/157

156/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

1. Pattern drill

2.1 ªÉÄʸÀÆgÀ£ÀÄß MqÉAiÀÄgÀ ªÀA±À zÀªÀgÀÄ D¼ÀÄvÁÛ EzÀÝgÀÄ. ªÉÄʸÀÆj£À°è »AzÉ ªÀÄ»µÁ ¸ÀÄgÀ JA§ gÁPÀë¸À ªÁ¸À ªÀiÁqÁÛ EzÀÝ. ±ÁAvÀ¯É CzÀÄãvÀªÁV £Álå ªÀiÁqÀÛ EzÀݼÀÄ. £Á£ÀÄ w¥ÀlÆj£À°è ºÉʸÀÆÌ®Ä NzÁÛ EzÉÝ. ¤£Éß gÉÃrAiÉÆÃzÀ°è anÖ¨Á§Ä «ÃuÉ §gÁÛ EvÀÄÛ. ¤ÃªÀÅ ªÉÆzÀ®Ä E°è PÉ®¸À ªÀiÁqÁÛ E¢Ýj? ºÀj±ÀÑAzÀæ AiÀiÁªÁUÀ®Æ ¸ÀvÀå ºÉüÁÛ EzÀÝ. 2.2 ªÀÄPÀ̼ÀÄ Dl DqÁÛ EzÁgÉ. ²Ã® PÁzÀA§j NzÁÛ EzÁ¼É. gÉÊ®ÄUÀ¼ÀÄ ¸ÀªÀÄAiÀÄPÉÌ ¸ÀjAiÀiÁV NqÁÛ EªÉ. CªÀ¼ÀÄ £À£Àß vÀ¥À¸Àì£ÀÄß PÉr¸ÁÛ EzÁ¼É. ¸ÉƸÉÊnAiÀÄ°è ¸ÀPÀÌgÉ PÉÆqÁÛ EzÁgÉ.

The wodeyar dynasty used to rule Mysore. A demon by name Mahishasura lived in Mysore long ago. Shantala used to dance splendidly. I used to study in high school in Tiptur. Chittubabu's veena performance was broadcast over the radio yesterday. Where were you working earlier?

ªÀÄAwæUÀ¼ÀÄ ¨sÁµÀt ªÀiÁqÁÛ EzÁgÉ.

The Minister is making speeches.

2.3 CªÀ£ÀÄ ¢£Á D ºÉÆÃmÉ°UÉ He comes daily to that hotel. §gÁÛ EgÁÛ£É. ±ÁåªÀÄ® ¥Àæw ¢£À ¸ÀAeÉ LzÀÄ Shamala would be singing UÀAmÉUÉ ºÁqÀÄ ºÁqÁÛ EgÁÛ¼É. daily at five o' clock in the evening. D ºÀÄqÀÄUÀgÀÄ vÀÄA¨Á UÀ¯ÁmÉ Those boys will be making a lot of noise. ªÀiÁqÁÛ EgÁÛgÉ. CªÀgÀÄ AiÀiÁªÁUÀ®Æ E£ÉÆߧâgÀ£ÀÄß §AiÀiÁÛ EgÁÛgÉ.

He always will be blaming some one.

2.4 gÀ« ªÀÄAUÀ¼ÀÆj£À°è PÉ®¸À ªÀiÁqÁÛ EgÀ°®è.

Ravi was not working in Mangalore.

Harischandra was telling truth always.

C±ÉÆÃPÀ ¨ÉÃgÉ gÁdgÀ ºÁUÉ Ashoka didn't fight battles like other kings. AiÀÄÄzÀÝ ªÀiÁqÀÛ EgÀ°®è.

Children are playing.

ªÀÄ»µÁ¸ÀÄgÀ IĶUÀ½UÉ vÉÆAzÀgÉ PÉÆqÀÛ EgÀ°®è.

Mahishasura didn't disturb the sages.

CªÀgÀÄ ºÉÆÃmÉ°£À°è PÁ¦ü PÀÄrAiÀÄÄvÁÛ EgÀ°®è.

They didn't drink coffee in the hotel

gÀ« ¤zÉæ ªÀiÁqÁÛ E®è.

Ravi is not sleeping.

She is disturbing my penance.

CªÀ£ÀÄ £Á¼É ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆjUÉ ºÉÆÃUÁÛ E®è.

He is not going to Bangalore tomorrow.

Sugar is being given at consumers' society.

CªÀgÀÄ £À£ÀUÉ ¸ÀA§¼À PÉÆqÁÛ They are not paying me the salary. E®è.

Sheela is reading a novel. Trains are runningng in time.

Lesson 17/159

158/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

E°èUÉ ºÉZÀÄÑ §¸ÀÄìUÀ¼ÀÄ §gÁÛ E®è.

Enough buses are not coming here.

2.6 D ¨ÉPÀÄÌ ¢£Á £ÀªÀÄä ªÀÄ£ÉUÉ §gÁÛ EgÀ®è.

That cat will not be coming daily to our house.

CªÀgÀÄ ¢£Á PÀè©âUÉ ºÉÆÃUÁÛ EgÀ®è.

They are not going daily to the club.

CªÀ¼ÀÄ ¨É¼ÀV£À ºÉÆvÀÄÛ NzÁÛ EgÀ®è.

She will not be reading in the morning.

gÁeÉñÀ £ÀªÀÄä ªÀÄ£ÉUÉ ºÉZÀÄÑ §gÁÛ EgÀ®è.

Rajesh will not be coming frequently to our house.

3. key to learners 3.1 The continuous forms are introduced. Continuous forms are obtained by adding - taa (uttaa) to the verb. maaDu + taa (uttaa) = maaDtaa (maaDuttaa) tinnu + taa (uttaa) = tintaa (tinnutta) These continuous forms are followed by the finite form of auxillary verb iru. 3.2 The definite form of iru. Will be added to continuous verbs to obtain present continuous. maaDtaa idiini 'I am doing'. tintaa idaaLe

`She is eating'.

3.3 The past tense of iru is added to continuous verbs to obtain past continuous.

maaDtaa idda. tintaa idda.

`he was doing' `he was eating'.

3.4 By adding habitual form of verb - iru to the continuous verbs, habitual continuous form is obtained. maaDtaa irtiini `I will be doing' tintaa irtiini. `I will be eating' 3.5 The corresponding negative forms are obtained by adding illa, iralilla and iralla respectively to the continuous verbs. maadtaa illa. `not doing' tintaa illa. `not eating' madtaa iralilla. `was not doing' tintaa iralilla `was not eating' maaDtaa irall. `will not be doing' tintaa iralla. `will not be eating' 4. Exercise 4.1 Fill in the blanks using the appropriate continuous forms of the verbs given in the bracket 4.1.1 £Á£ÀÄ ºÀvÀÄÛ ªÀµÀðUÀ¼À »AzÉ vÀĪÀÄPÀÆj£À°è_____(NzÀÄ) 4.1.2 CªÀ£ÀÄ FUÀ ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆj£À°è PÉ®¸À____________(ªÀiÁqÀ) 4.1.3 £ÀªÀÄä vÀAzÉ FUÀ ¤zÉæ_________________(ªÀiÁqÀÄ) 4.1.4 CªÀgÀÄ ¢£Á £ÀªÀÄä ªÀÄ£ÉUÉ ___________(§gÀÄ) 4.1.5 aPÀÌzÉêÀgÁd ªÉÄʸÀÆgÀ£ÀÄß___________(D¼ÀÄ) 4.1.6 CªÀ¼ÀÄ ¢£Á ¸ÀAeÉ ºÁqÀÄ_______________(ºÁqÀÄ) 4.1.7 ªÀÄ»µÁ¸ÀÄgÀ ¥ÀæeÉUÀ½UÉ vÉÆAzÀgÉ____________(PÉÆqÀÄ)

Lesson 17/161

160/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

4.1.8 ²Ã® FUÀ ¥ÀĸÀÛPÀ_______________________(NzÀÄ) 4.1.9 CªÀgÀÄ wAr_____________________(w£ÀÄß) 4.1.10 CªÀ£ÀÄ ¢£Á CªÀ¼À£ÀÄß £ÉÆÃqÀĪÀÅzÀPÉÌ___________(§gÀÄ) 4.2 Transform the following sentences into present continuous forms 4.2.1 ªÀÄPÀ̼ÀÄ gÀ¸ÉÛAiÀÄ°è Dl DqÁÛ EzÀݪÀÅ. 4.2.2 £À£Àß PÀxÉ D ¥ÀwæPÉAiÀÄ°è §gÁÛ EvÀÄÛ. 4.2.3 ºÀÄqÀÄUÀgÀÄ vÀgÀUÀwAiÀÄ°è ¸ÀĪÀÄä£É £ÀUÁÛ EzÀÝgÀÄ. 4.2.4 gÁPÀë¸ÀgÀÄ IĶUÀ½UÉ vÉÆAzÀgÉ PÉÆqÁÛ EzÀÝgÀÄ. 4.2.5 gÀA¨sÉ HªÀð²AiÀÄgÀÄ IĶUÀ¼À vÀ¥À¸ÀÄì PÉr¸ÁÛ EzÀÝgÀÄ. 4.3 Transform the following sentences into present continuous 4.3.1 D ºÉAUÀ¸ÀgÀÄ dUÀ¼À DqÁÛ EzÁgÉ.

4.5 Transform the following sentences into their negative forms 4.5.1 £Á£ÀÄ ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆj£À°è PÉ®¸À ªÀiÁqÁÛ EzÀÝ. 4.5.2 CªÀgÀÄ ¤zÉæ ªÀiÁqÁÛ EzÁgÉ. 4.5.3 CªÀgÀÄ ªÉÆzÀ®Ä ¨ÁrUÉ ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄ°è ªÁ¸À ªÀiÁqÁÛ EzÀÝgÀÄ. 4.5.4 £À£ÀUÉ DUÁUÉÎ ºÉÆmÉÖ £ÉÆêÀÅ §gÁÛ EgÀÄvÉÛ. 4.5.5 ²Ã® UÀAqÀ£À eÉÆvÉ dUÀ¼À DqÁÛ EzÀݼÀÄ. 4.6 Answer the following questions 4.6.1 ¤ÃªÀÅ MAzÀÄ ªÀµÀðzÀ »AzÉ J°è PÉ®¸À ªÀiÁqÁÛ E¢Ýj? FUÀ J°è PÉ®¸À ªÀiÁqÁÛ E¢Ãj? 4.6.2 ¤ÃªÀÅ PÁ¯ÉÃdÄ J°è NzÁÛ E¢Ýj? 4.6.3 ¤ÃªÀÅ D¦üùUÉ / PÁ¯ÉÃfUÉ ºÉÃUÉ ºÉÆÃUÁÛ EjÛÃj?

4.3.2 PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ°è ºÀÄqÀÄVAiÀÄgɯÁè PÀgÁmÉ PÀ°AiÀÄÄvÁÛ EzÁgÉ.

4.6.4 ¤ªÀÄUÉ E°èUÉ §gÀĪÀÅzÀPÉÌ ªÀÄÄAZÉ PÀ£ÀßqÀ §gÁÛ EgÀ°®èªÁ?

4.3.3 §qÀªÀgÀÄ ºÀ¹«¤AzÀ ¸ÁAiÀiÁÛ EzÁgÉ.

4.6.5 ¤ÃªÀÅ zɺÀ°UÉ DUÁUÉÎ ºÉÆÃUÁÛ EjÛÃgÁ?

4.3.4 E°è vÀgÀPÁj PÀrªÉÄ ¨É¯ÉUÉ ¹UÁÛ EzÉ. 4.3.5 CªÀ¼ÀÄ CAUÀr¬ÄAzÀ ¸ÁªÀiÁ£ÀÄ vÀgÁÛ EzÁ¼É. 4.4 Transform the following sentences into habitual continuous 4.4.1 CªÀ£ÀÄ ¢£Á E°èUÉ §gÁÛ£É. 4.4.2 ªÀÄUÀÄ ¸ÀĪÀÄä£É C¼ÁÛ EzÉ. 4.4.3 gÉÊvÀgÀÄ ZÀ¼ÀĪÀ½ ªÀiÁqÁÛ EzÁgÉ. 4.4.4 E°è ¸Àé®à ¸Àé®à ªÀÄ¼É §gÁÛ EzÉ. 4.4.5 E°è §¸ÀÄìUÀ¼ÀÄ vÀÄA¨Á NqÁqÁÛ EªÉ.

5. Vocabulary

DUÁUÉÎ MAzÉÆAzÀÄ ¸Áj PÉ®¸À ªÀiÁqÀÄ

`now and then' `once in a while' `to work'

5.1 Sulpplementary Vocabulary

CzÀÄãvÀªÁV

`splendidly'

IĶ

`sage'

PÉr¸ÀÄ

`to spoil'

vÀ¥À¸ÀÄì

`penance'

162/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

£ÁlåªÀiÁqÀÄ

`to dance'

¨ÉPÀÄÌ

`cat'

AiÀÄÄzÀÝ

`battle'

gÁPÀë¸À

`demon'

ªÀA±À

`dynasty'

¸ÀPÀÌgÉ

`sugar'

¸ÀvÀå

`truth'

¥ÁoÀ - 18 1. Dialogue:

ªÀÄÆwð : ºÀ¯ÉÆà AiÀiÁgÀÄ ªÀiÁvÁqÉÆÃzÀÄ? Hello, Who is speaking?

gÁdÄ : £Á£ÄÀ, gÁdÄ ªiÀÁvÁqÆ É ÃzÀÄ. ªÀÄÆwð : K£ÀÄ ¸ÀªÀiÁZÁgÀ? gÁdÄ : ªÀÄzÀgÁ¹¤AzÀ £ÀªÀÄä CtÚ §A¢zÁÝ£É. ªÀÄÆwð : AiÀiÁªÁUÀ §AzÀ? gÁdÄ : £Á£ÀÄ D¦üùUÉ ºÉÆÃVzÉÝ. ªÀÄ£ÉUÉ §gÀĪÀÅzÀgÉƼÀUÉ §A¢zÀÝ. ªÀÄÆwð : ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄ°è EzÁ£Á? gÁdÄ : E®è, ºÉÆgÀUÉ ºÉÆÃVzÁ£É. ªÀÄÆwð : ¤ªÀÄä CwÛUÉ §A¢zÁgÁ?

It is me, Raju, speaking. What is the matter? My elder brother has come from Madras. When did he come? I had been to office. He had come before I returned. Is he at home ? No. He has gone out. Has your sister-in-law also come ?

No. she hasn't come Two gÁdÄ : E®è CwÛUÉ §A¢®è. of his friend have come eÉÆvÉAiÀÄ°è E§âgÀÄ ¸ÉßûvÀgÀÄ with him. §A¢zÁgÉ.

ªÀÄÆwð : K£ÁzÀgÀÆ PÉ®¸ÀzÀ ªÉÄÃ¯É §A¢zÁ£Á? gÁdÄ : ºËzÀÄ.

Has he come on any business? Yes.

Lesson 18/165

164/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

ªÀÄÆwð : EªÀvÀÄÛ ¸ÀAeÉ ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄ°è ¹PÁÛ£Á?

Will he be avilable at home this evening?

gÁdÄ : E®è ¸ÀAeÉ ¹nUÉ ºÉÆÃVgÁÛ£É. No. He would have gone £Á¼É ¨É½UÉÎ J®Æè ºÉÆÃVgÀ®è, to the city in the evening. He won't go anywhere §¤ß. tomorrow morning. please come. ªÀÄÆwð : JµÀÄÖ ¢£À EgÁÛ£É?

For how many days will he be here ?

gÁdÄ : MAzÀÄ ªÁgÀ EgÁÛ£É. ¨sÁ£ÀÄ He will be here for one ªÁgÀ ºÀ¼ÉéÃqÀÄ, ¨ÉîÆjUÉ week. They will go to Halebid and Belur on ºÉÆÃUÁÛgÉ. Sunday. ªÀÄÆwð : AiÀiÁPÉ? CªÀ£ÀÄ £ÉÆÃr¯Áé? gÁdÄ : CªÀ£ÀÄ £ÉÆÃr®è. MAzÀÄ ªÀµÀðzÀ »AzÉ ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀĪÀgÀÄ ºÉÆÃVzÉݪÀÅ. CªÀ£ÀÄ ªÀiÁvÀæ §gÀ°®è. FUÀ CªÀ£À ¸ÉßûvÀgÀÄ §A¢zÁÝgÉ. CªÀgÀÄ £ÉÆÃqÀ¨ÉÃPÀAvÉ.

ªÀÄÆwð : £Á¼É ¨É½UÉÎ §jÛä CAvÀ CªÀ¤UÉ ºÉüÀÄ.

Why ? Hasn't he seen them? No, he hasn't, All of us had been there a year ago. He alone hadn't come. He had stayed at home. Now his seems they have to see those places.

Tell him that I would come tomorrow morning

2. Pattern Drill

2.1 ¸Ágï, ¤ªÀÄUÉ ¥sÉÆÃ£ï §A¢zÉ. Sir, there is a phone call for you. qÁPÀÖgÀ£ÀÄß £ÉÆÃqÉÆÃPÉ gÉÆÃVUÀ¼ÀÄ Patients have come to see the doctor. §A¢zÁgÉ. ¹ÃvÁ vÀgÀPÁj vÀgÉÆÃPÉ ¹nUÉ Sita has gone to city to bring vegetables. ºÉÆÃVzÁ¼É. ªÀÄUÀÄ £Á¯ÁÌuÉ £ÀÄAVzÉ.

The child has swallowed a four annas coin.

CªÀgÀÄ ºÉƸÀ ªÀÄ£É PÀnÖ¹zÁgÉ.

He has built a new house.

£Á£ÀÄ ºÉƸÀ PÁgÀÄ PÉÆAqÀÄPÉÆAr¢Ýä.

I have bought a new car.

D ºÀÄqÀÄUÀ M¼ÉîAiÀÄ ¥Àæ§AzsÀ §gÉ¢zÁ£É.

That boy has written a good essay.

vÀªÀÄä vÀAzÉ M¼ÀUÉ ªÀÄ®VzÁgÉ.

My father is sleeping inside.

¤ªÀÄä vÀªÀÄä¤UÉ PÉ®¸À ¹QÌzÉAiÀiÁ?

Has you younger brother got a job ?

22. £Á£ÀÄ PÀ¼ÉzÀ ªÀµÀð zɺÀ°UÉ I went to Delhi last year. ºÉÆÃVzÉÝ. CªÀgÀÄ ªÉÆ£Éß ZÁªÀÄÄAr ¨ÉlÖPÉÌ They went to Chamundi hills day before yesterday. ºÉÆÃVzÀÝgÀÄ. £ÁªÀÅ ºÀvÀÄÛ ªÀµÀðzÀ »AzÉ We saw the film `Naandi' ten years ago. `£ÁA¢' ¹¤ªÀiÁ £ÉÆÃrzÉݪÀÅ. gÀªÉÄñÀ £À£ÀUÉ PÁUÀzÀ §gÉ¢zÀÝ.

Ramesh wrote me a letter

Lesson 18/167

166/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

¤ÃªÀÅ PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ ºÉÆÃV¢ÝgÁ? gÁdÄ ¨ÁA¨É¬ÄAzÀ ¸Éélgï vÀA¢zÁÝ£Á?

¥ÀæªÁ¸À Did you go on a tour of Karnataka? ¤£ÀUÉ Did Raju bring you a sweater from Bombay?

¤£Éß ¥ÉÃ¥Àgï£À°è UÁA¢üÃf Gandhijis photo had appeared in the paper ¥sÉÆÃmÉÆà §A¢vÀÄÛ. yesterday. 2.3 CªÀgÀÄ £Á¼É ¸ÁAiÀÄAPÁ® EµÀÄÖ They would have come by this time tommorrow evening. ºÉÆwÛUÉ §A¢gÁÛgÉ. ¸ÀÄgÉñÀ RArvÀ gÀªÉÄñÀ¤UÉ Suresh would have certianly £ÀÆgÀÄ gÀÆ¥Á¬Ä PÉÆnÖgÁÛ£É. paid hundred rupees to Ramesh ¤ÃªÀÅ £Á¼É JAlÄ UÀAmÉUÉ Will you reach Madras tommorrow by eight o' clock. ªÀÄzÁæ¸ï vÀ®Ä¦jÛÃgÁ? gÁdÄ ¥ÀjÃPÉëUÉ J¯Áè ¥ÁoÀUÀ¼À Raju would have read all the lessons for the examination. £ÀÄß N¢gÁÛ£É. 2.4 ¤ªÀÄUÉ AiÀiÁªÀÅzÀÆ §A¢®è.

PÁUÀzÀ No letter has come for you.

CªÀ g À £ À Ä ß £É Æ ÃqÉ Æ ÃzÀ P É Ì No body has come to see him. AiÀiÁgÀÄ §A¢®è. £À£Àß vÀªÀÄä ¹nUÉ ºÉÆÃV®è. Dl DqÉÆÃPÉ ºÉÆÃVzÁ£É.

My brother has not gone to city. He has gone to play.

¨ÁåAQ£ÀªÀgÀÄ £À£ÀUÉ E£ÀÆß ¸Á® PÉÆnÖ®è.

The bank has not yet given me a loan.

2.5 £ÁªÀÅ ªÉÆ£Éß ZÁªÀÄÄAr ¨ÉlÖPÉÌ ºÉÆÃVgÀ°®è.

We had not been to Chamundi hills day before yesterday.

D £Á¬Ä E£ÀÆß ¸ÀwÛgÀ°®è.

That dog hadn't died yet.

zsÁgÀªÁqÀzÀ°è ¨ÉÃAzÉæAiÀĪÀgÀÄ ¹QÌgÀ°®è.

We couldn't meet Bendre in Dharwar.

CªÀ£ÀÄ C¢üPÁjUÀ½UÉ ®AZÀ PÉÆnÖgÀ°®è.

He had not bribed the officers.

2.6 gÀªÉÄñÀ EµÀÄÖ ¨ÉÃUÀ ªÀÄ£ÉUÉ §A¢gÀ®è.

Ramesh would'nt have come hometown by tenth.

CªÀgÀÄ ºÀvÀÛ£Éà vÁjÃRÄ HjUÉ vÀ®Ä¦gÀ®è.

He wouldn't have reached his hometown by tenth.

zsÀªÀÄðgÁAiÀÄ£ÀAxÀªÀ£ÀÄ ¸ÀļÀÄî ºÉýgÀ®è.

A person like Dharmaraya wouldn't have uttered a lie.

PÀȵÀÚ£ÀAxÀªÀ£ÀÄ ªÉÆøÀ ªÀiÁrgÀ®è.

A person like krishna wouldn't have cheated.

F zÉñÀzÀ°è vÀÄA¨Á d£À §qÀªÀgÀÄ Hl ªÀiÁrgÀ®è.

Most of the poor people would not have taken food in this contry.

3. Key to learners : Present, past and future perfect forms and their corresponding negative forms are introduced. The stucture is, past participle form of the verb plus present, past and future tense form of the verb iru.

Lesson 18/169

168/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

3.1 present perfect bandu + idaare = bandidaare 'they have come' nooDi +idaane = nooDidaane 'they have seen' 3.2 past perfect bandu + idda = bandidda 'he had come nooDi + idda = nooDidda ' he had seen' 3.3 Future perfect bandu + irtaane = bandirtaane 'he would have come' nooDi + irtaane = noodirtaane 'he would have seen' 3.4 The corresponding negation is obtained by adding the negative from of the verb iru in present, past and future tense to the past participle form of the verb. bandu + illa = bandilla (one) 'hasn't come' nooDi + illa = nooDilla (one) 'hasn't seen' bandu + iralilla = bandiralilla (one) 'handn't come' nooDi + iralilla = nooDiralilla (one) 'handn't seen' bandu + iralla = bandiralla (one) 'would not have come' nooDi + iralla = nooDiralla (one) 'would not have seen'

4. Exercise : 4.1 Fill in the blanks using the perfect forms of the verbs given in the bracket. 4.1.1 EA¢gÀUÁA¢ü ºÉÆÃzÀ ªÁgÀ ªÉÄʸÀÆjUÉ________(§gÀÄ)

4.1.2 °Ã¯Á gÁwæ £À£ÀUÉ MAzÀÄ PÀ£À¸ÀÄ ____________(©Ã¼ÀÄ) 4.1.3 °Ã¯Á ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆjUÉ____________________(ºÉÆÃUÀÄ) 4.1.4 CªÀgÀÄ ¸ÀAeÉ LzÀÄ UÀAmÉUÉ ªÀÄ£ÉUÉ ____________(§gÀÄ) 4.1.5 £À£Àß ¸ÉßûvÀ ¤£Éß ¸ÀAeÉ zÁjAiÀÄ°è ____________(¹PÀÄÌ) 4.2 Transform in following sentences into past perfect tense. 4.2.1 ¸Ágï, ¤ªÀÄUÉ ¥sÉÆÃ£ï §A¢zÉ. 4.2.2 CªÀ£ÀÄ M¼Éî PÀxÉ §gÉ¢zÁÝ£É. 4.2.3 CªÀgÀÄ ZÁªÀÄÄAr ¨ÉlÖPÉÌ ºÉÆÃVzÁÝgÉ. 4.2.4 ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ PÀgÀUÀ ªÉʨsÀªÀ¢AzÀ DZÀj¸ÀÄvÁÛgÉ. 4.2.5 CªÀ£ÀÄ MAzÀÄ ºÉƸÀ ªÁZÀÄ PÉÆArzÁÝ£É. 4.3 Transform into present perfect. 4.3.1 ªÀÄAwæUÀ¼ÀÄ £ÀªÀÄä ¸ÀÆÌ°UÉ §gÁÛgÉ. 4.3.2 EªÀvÀÄÛ ¥ÀjÃPÁë ¥sÀ°vÁA±À §gÀÄvÀÛzÉ. 4.3.3 CªÀ£ÀÄ D ¹¤ªÀiÁ £ÉÆÃqÀÄvÁÛ£É. 4.3.4 ¤ÃªÀÅ AiÀiÁªÀ PÀxÉ N¢ÛÃj? 4.3.5 CªÀgÀÄ PÁUÀzÀ §gÉAiÀÄÄvÁÛgÉ. 4.4 Transform-into future perfect 4.4.1 gÁªÀÄ ¸ÀAeÉ LzÀÄ UÀAmÉUÉ §gÀÄvÁÛ£É. 4.4.2 CªÀgÀÄ Hl ªÀiÁqÀÄvÁÛ£É. 4.4.3 ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆj£À°è ªÀÄ¼É §gÀÄvÉÛ. 4.5 Transform into negative 4.5.1 ¨ÁzÁ«ÄUÉ aãÁ zÉñÀzÀ ¥ÀæªÁ¹ ºÀÄåAiÀÄ£ïvÁìAUï §A¢zÀÝ.

Lesson 18/171

170/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

4.5.2 PÉÃvÀªÀÄ®è ºÀ¼ÉéÃr£À zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£À PÀnÖ¹zÀÝ. 4.5.3 CªÀgÀÄ PÁj£À°è §A¢zÁÝgÉ. 4.5.4 CªÀgÀÄ gÁeïPÀĪÀiÁgï ºÁqÀÄ PÉüÀ®Ä ºÉÆÃVzÁÝgÉ. 4.5.5 £ÁUÀgÁeï ªÀÄ£ÉUÉ §A¢gÁÛ£É. 4.5.6 CªÀgÀÄ PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ¥ÀæªÁ¸À ºÉÆÃVzÀÝgÀÄ. 4.5.7 £Á£ÀÄ ©eÁ¥ÀÄgÀ £ÉÆÃrzÉÝãÉ. 4.5.8 gÀ« ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄ°è ªÀÄ®VgÁÛ£É. 4.6 Transform into Kannada. 4.6.1 Did you meet Ramesh in Dharawar? 4.6.2 Teachers from various states have come to learn Kannada. 4.6.3 Boys have gone to see the cricket match. 4.6.4 he had gone on office duty. 4.6.5 He would have come home by this time. 4.7 Answer the following questions. 4.7.1 ¤ªÀÄä vÀAzÉ vÁ¬Ä HjAzÀ §A¢zÁÝgÁ? 4.7.2 ¤ÃªÀÅ ºÉÆÃzÀ ªÀµÀð ©ÃzÀgïUÉ ºÉÆÃV¢ÝgÁ? 4.7.3 ¤ªÀÄä eÉÆÃUï d®¥ÁvÀ £ÉÆÃr¢ÝÃgÁ ? 4.7.4 ¤ÃªÀÅ AiÀiÁªÀÅzÁzÀgÀÆ PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¥ÀĸÀÛPÀ N¢¢ÝÃgÁ?

5. Vocabulary CwÛUÉ

`sister - in - law'

G½zÀÄPÉƼÀÄî `to stay' 5.1 Supplementary Vocabulary

C¢üPÁj

`officer'

£Á¯ÁÌuÉ

`four annas'

£ÀÄAUÀÄ

`to swallow'

¥Àæ§AzsÀ

`essay'

¥ÀæªÁ¸À

`tour'

ªÉÆøÀ

`cheating'

gÉÆÃV

`patient'

®AZÀ

`bribe'

¸Á®

`loan'

¸ÀļÀÄî

`lie'

Lesson 19/173

¥ÁoÀ - 19 1. Narration

ºÀ¼ÉéÃqÀÄ, ¨ÉîÆgÀÄ P£ À ÁðlPz À À ¥Àæ¹zÀÞ ªÁ¸ÀÄÛ ²®à PÉÃAzÀæUÀ¼ÀÄ. C°è ºÉÆAiÀÄì¼ÀgÀÄ PÀnÖ¹zÀ dUÀvÀàç¹zÀÞ zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀUÀ½ªÉ. F JgÀqÀÆ ¸ÀܼÀUÀ¼ÀÆ FV£À ºÁ¸À£À f¯É è A iÀ Ä °è ª É . ¨É A UÀ ¼ À Æ j¤AzÀ ºÀ¼ÉéÃrUÉ ¸ÀĪÀiÁgÀ Ä 250 Q¯ÉÆëÄÃlgï DUÀÄvÀÛzÉ. ºÀ¼ÉéÃr¤AzÀ ¨ÉîÆjUÉ 15 Q¯ÉÆëÄlgï. ºÀ¼ÉéÃr£À°ègÀĪÀ zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀzÀ ºÉ¸ÀgÀÄ ºÉÆAiÀÄì¼ÉñÀégÀ zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£À. ¨É à ®Æj£À ° è g À Ä ªÀ zÉ Ã ªÀ ¸ ÁÜ£À z À ºÉ¸ÀgÀÄ ZÉ£ÀßPÉñÀªÀ zÉêÁ®AiÀÄ. ¨ÉîÆgÀÄ zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀªÀ£ÀÄß PÀnÖ¹zÀ gÁd£À ºÉ ¸ À g À Ä ºÉ Æ AiÀ Ä ì¼À «µÀÄÚªÀzsÀð£À. EªÀ£ÀÄ gÁdå¨sÁgÀ ªÀiÁqÀÄvÁÛ EzÀÝ PÁ®zÀ°è PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ²®àPÀ¯ÉAiÀÄ°è ¸ÀĪÀtð AiÀÄÄUÀªÀ£ÀÄß PÀArvÀÄÛ. EªÀ£À ºÉAqÀw ±ÁAvÀ¯Á `£ÁlågÁt' JA§ ©gÄÀzÄÀ ¥q À z É ª À ¼ À ÄÀ. EªÀ¼ÀÄ £ÁlåPÀ¯ÉUÉ ¸À°è¹zÀ PÁtÂPÉ C¥ÁgÀ. ºÀ¼É©ÃqÀÄ zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£À PÀnÖ¹zÀªÀ£ÀÄ PÉÃvÀªÀÄ®è. CªÀ£ÀÄ «µÀÄÚªÀzsÀð£À£À zÀAqÀ£ÁAiÀÄPÀ DVzÀÝ.

Halebid and Belur are famous architectural centres of Karnataka. The world famous tempels built by Hoysalas, are there. These places are in the present Hassan district. Halebid is about 250 kms. from Bangalore. It is only 15 kms. from Halebid to Belur. The name of the temple at Helebid is Hoysaleswara temple. The name of the temple at Belur is Channakesava temple. The name of the king who built Belur temple is, Hoysala Vishnuvardhana. At the time when he was ruling, Karnataka saw the golden age in architecture. His wife Shantala had a title - `Queen of Dance'. Her contribution to the art or dance is remarkable. The man who built Halebid temple was Ketamalla. He was Commander-in-chief of Vishnuvardhana.

»AzÉ ºÀ¼ÉéÃrUÉ EzÀÝ ºÉ¸ÀgÀÄ zÁégÀ¸ÀªÀÄÄzÀæ CAvÀ. ºÉÆAiÀÄì¼ÀgÀ gÁdzsÁ¤AiÀiÁVzÀÝ zÁégÀ¸ÀªÀÄÄzÀæ CAvÀ. ºÆ É AiÄÀå¼g À À gÁdzÁs¤AiiÀÁVzÝÀ zÁg é ¸ À ª À ÄÀÄzæÀ ªÆ É U® À gÀ DPª æÀ ÄÀt¢AzÀ ºÁ¼Á¬ÄvÀÄ. ºÁ¼ÁzÀ HjUÉ ºÀ¼ÉéÃqÀÄ CAvÀ ºÉ¸ÀgÀÄ §AvÀÄ. `ªÃɯÁ¥ÄÀg'À JAzÄÀ ¥ÄÀgÁtU¼ À ° À è ¥¹ æÀ zÞÀªÁzÀ ¥z æÀ ÃɱÀ FUÀ ¨ÃÉ®ÆgÄÀ JAzÁVz.É

The earlier name of Halebid was Dwarasamudra, which was the capital of Hoysalas and ruined by the Mogal invasion. The town got the name Halebid (old township). The place which was famous as 'Velapura' in mythology is now called Belur.

DUÁUÎÉ zÁ½ ªiÀÁqÁÛ EzÝÀ ªÆ É U® À jAzÀ d£g À ÄÀ Erà zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀªÀ£ÀÄß ªÀÄgÀ½¤AzÀ ªÀÄÄaÑ gÀQë¹zÀgÀÄ. ºÁUÉ G½zÀ zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀUÀ¼Éà EAzÀÄ PÀ¯ÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß ªÀÄgÉAiÀÄÄvÁÛ ¤AwªÉ.

The people protected the temples from the frequent invasions of Moghals by covering them with sand. The temples thus saved stand proclaiming their artistry even today.

F zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ¤«Äð¹zÀ ²°àUÀ¼À ºÉ¸ÀgÀÄ dPÀÌt ªÀÄvÀÄÛ qÀAPÀt CAvÀ d£À ºÉüÀÄvÁÛgÉ. DzÀgÉ zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀzÀ PÀlÖqÀzÀ°è ªÀÄ°èvÀªÀÄä JA§ ºÉ¸ÀgÀÄ EzÉ.

People say that the architects who built these temples are Jakkana and Danakana. But there is another name `Mallitamma' on the building.

F zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀUÀ¼À ¸ËAzÀAiÀÄð £É Æ ÃrAiÉ Ä Ã C£À Ä ¨s À « ¸À ¨ É Ã PÀ Ä . ²°àUÀ¼ÀÄ ªÀiÁrgÀĪÀ PÀĸÀÄj PÉ®¸À CzÀÄãvÀªÁVzÉ. CµÀÄÖ ¸ÀÆPÀëöäªÁzÀ PÀĸÀÄj PÉ®¸À ªÀiÁqÀĪÀÅzÀPÉÌ §¼À¥ÀzÀ PÀ®Äè G¥AÀiÆ É ÃV¹zÁÝg.É zÃɪ¸ À ÁÜ£z À À ºÉÆgÀUÉÆÃqÉAiÀÄ°ègÀĪÀ gÁªÀiÁAiÀÄt

One can know the beauty of these temples only by seeing them. The subtle carvings of the sculptors are marvellous. To achieve such a delicacy in carving they have used soapstone. The scenes from the Ramayana and the

Lesson 19/175

174/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

ªÀĺÁ¨sÁgÀvÀzÀ zÀȱÀåUÀ¼ÀÄ, ±ÁAvÀ¯Á £Álå ªÀiÁqÁÛ EzÀÝ ªÀÈvÁÛPÁgÀzÀ PÀ®Äè, ««zsÀ ¨sÀAVAiÀÄ°è £Álå ªÀiÁqÀÛ EgÀĪÀ ²¯Á¨Á°PÉAiÀÄgÀÄ, £ÀAiÀĪÁV PÉwÛzÀ §¸ÀªÀ EªÉ®è ²°àUÀ¼ÀÄ £ÀªÀÄUÉ ¤ÃrzÀ PÁtÂPÉ.

Mahabharata on the walls of the temple, the round stone on which Shantala used to dance, the Shilaballikas in various dancing postures, finely carved bull, all these are gifts of sculptors.

F zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ±ÉÊ°AiÀÄ°è PÀnÖzÁÝgÉ. EzÀÄ zÁæ«qÀ ºÁUÀÄ GvÀÛgÀzÀ £ÁUÀgÀ ±ÉÊ°AiÀÄ ¸ÀAUÀªÀÄ. £ÀPÀëvÁæPÁgÀzÀ dUÀ°AiÀÄ ªÉÄÃ¯É Cw JvÀÛgÀªÀÇ C®èzÀ Cw aPÀÌzÀÆ C®èzÀ zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£À EzÉ.

These temples are built in the Karnataka style. The Karnataka style is combination of the Dravida and the northern nagara style. On a star shaped plat from there is a temple which is neither too large nor too small.

F JgÀqÀÆ zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀUÀ¼À°è CzÀQÌAvÀ EzÀÄ, EzÀQÌAvÀ CzÀÄ ±ÉæõÀ× C£ÀÄߪÀ ºÁUÉ E®è. CªÀÅUÀ¼À£ÀÄß £ÉÆÃr D£ÀA¢¸À¨ÉÃPÀÄ. AiÀiÁªÀÅzÀÄ ±ÉæõÀ× JAzÀÄ ¤tð¬Ä¸ÀĪÀÅzÀPÉÌ ºÉ Æ ÃUÀ ¨ ÁgÀ z À Ä . CªÀ Å UÀ ¼ À £ À Ä ß £ÉÆÃqÀzÀ ªÀåQÛ £ÀvÀzÀȵÀÖ. F zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß £ÉÆÃqÀ®Ä C°èUÉ ¢£Á §gÀĪÀªÀgÀÄ £ÀÆgÁgÀÄ d£À. PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ°è F zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£À UÀ¼À£ÀÄß £ÉÆÃqÀzÀªÀgÀÄ C¥ÀgÀÆ¥À. MªÉÄä §AzÀªÀjUÉ ªÀÄvÉÛ §gÀ¨ÉÃPÀÄ J£ÀÄߪÀAvÁUÀÄvÀÛzÉ. MAzÀÄ ¸Áj £É Æ ÃrzÀ ª À j UÉ ªÀ Ä vÉ Û ªÀ Ä vÉ Û

It is not possible to say that this temple is greater than that or that is a superior to this. one should see them to enjoy them. one shouldn't try to decide which is superior on who hasn't see them is an unfortunate man indeed. The number of people who come there daily to see these temples are in hundreds. In Karnataka the people who haven't seen these temples are rere indeed. Those who come once feel like coming again. It

£ÉÆÃrzÀgÀÆ ¨ÉøÀgÀªÁUÀĪÀÅ¢®è. ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆj¤AzÀ §gÀĪÀªÀjUÉ FUÀ ºÉaÑ£À §¸ï ¸ËPÀAiÀÄð EzÉ. FUÀ C°èUÉ §gÀĪÀªÀgÀ ¸ÀASÉå eÁ¹Û EgÀĪÀÅzÀjAzÀ ¥ÀæªÁ¹UÀjUÉ J¯Áè C£ÀÄPÀÆ® PÀ°à¸À¯ÁVzÉ.

is not boring to see these again and again. Now there is good bus service for those who come from Bangalore. As the number of visitors has increased now all facilities have been provided.

2. Pattern drill

21. £ÁªÀÅ £ÉÆÃqÀ®Ä ºÉÆÃUÁÛ EgÀĪÀ ¸ÀܼÀUÀ¼ÀÄ ºÀ¼ÉéÃqÀÄ, ¨ÉîÆgÀÄ.

The places that we are going to see are Halebid and Belur.

CªÀgÀÄ vÀj¸ÁÛ EgÀĪÀ ¥ÉÃ¥Àgï ¥ÀæeÁªÁtÂ.

The newspaper that they are getting is prajavani.

CªÀ¼ÀÄ NzÁÛ EgÀĪÀ ¥ÀĸÀÛPÀ ªÀÄgÀ½ ªÀÄtÂÚUÉ.

The book that she is reading is `Maralimannige'

22. ¨ÉîÆj£À°ègÀĪÀ zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀzÀ The name of the temple ºÉ¸ÀgÀÄ ZÉ£ÀßPÉñÀªÀ zÉêÁ®AiÀÄ. which is at Belur is Channakeshava temple. £ÁªÀÅ EªÀvÀÄÛ £ÉÆÃqÀĪÀ The movie that we are going to see today is `Chomana ¹¤ªÀiÁ ZÉÆêÀÄ£À zÀÄr. Dudi' CªÀgÀÄ PÉüÀĪÀ ¥Àæ±Éß ¸ÀjAiÀÄ®è. 2.3 ¤ÃªÀÅ

£ÉÆÃrzÀ

The question that he asks is not correct.

¹¤ªÀiÁ Which is the film that you

Lesson 19/177

176/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

AiÀiÁªÀÅzÀÄ?

saw?

¤£Éß ªÀiÁrzÀ ¥ÁoÀ N¢.

Read the lesson which was done yesterday.

CªÀgÀÄ PÉÆlÖ ªÀiÁrzÉ.?

ºÀt

K£ÀÄ What did you do with the money which he paid ?

2.4 EzÀÄ ±ÁAvÀ¯Á £Álå ªÀiÁqÁÛ This is the place where Shantala used to dance. EzÀÝ eÁUÀ. CªÀ¼ÀÄ PÉ®¸À ªÀiÁqÁÛ EzÀÝ The college where she was PÁ¯ÉÃdÄ ªÀĺÁgÁd PÁ¯ÉÃdÄ. working is Maharaja's College

¥À Ä lÖ ¥ À à £ À ª À g À Ä §gÉ A iÀ Ä zÀ There is no literary form in which puttappa has not ¸Á»vÁå ¥ÀæPÁgÀ E®è. written. 2.7 ¤ªÀ Ä ä°è CgÀ ª À Ä £É A iÀ Ä £À Ä ß Who is the one among you who has not seen the palace ? £ÉÆÃqÀzÀªÀgÀÄ AiÀiÁgÀÄ ? EªÀvÀÄÛ ºÉÆÃA ªÀPïð §gÉAiÀÄ Who are those who have not written home-work today? zÀªÀgÀÄ AiÀiÁgÀÄ? ¤ ª À Ä ä ° è £ Á ¼ É l Æ g ï Who are the ones who are not going for tour tomorrow? ºÉÆÃUÀzÀªÀgÀÄ AiÀiÁgÀÄ?

£ÁªÀÅ ªÁ¸À ªÀiÁqÁÛ EzÀÝ The place where we were living was Tiptur. HgÀÄ w¥ÀlÆgÀÄ.

2.8 £ÀªÀÄä D¦üù£À°è PÀ£ÀßqÀ There are ten person in our office who do not know §gÀzÀªÀgÀÄ ºÀvÀÄÛ d£À EzÁgÉ. Kannada.

2.5 ºÉÆAiÀÄì¼ÀgÀ gÁdzsÁ¤AiÀiÁVzÀÝ Dwarasamudra, which was zÁégÀ¸ÀªÀÄÄzÀæ ºÁ¼Á¬ÄvÀÄ. the capital of Hoysalas, was ruined. ¤ªÀÄä ªÀÄ£ÉUÉ §A¢zÀÝ ºÀÄqÀÄV Who was the girl who had come to your home ? AiÀiÁgÀÄ ?

£ÀªÀÄä ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄ°è NzÀzÀªÀ¼ÀÄ The only one who has not studied in our hose is my £À£Àß vÀAV M§â¼É. younger sister.

¤ÃªÀÅ PÀ¼ÀÄ»¹zÀ ºÀt JµÀÄÖ? 2.6 DqÀÄ ªÀÄÄlÖzÀ ¸ÉƦà®è. CªÀ¤UÉ UÉÆwÛ®èzÀ «µÀAiÀÄ«®è. CªÀ¼ÀÄ £ÉÆÃqÀzÀ ¹¤ªÀiÁ E®è.

What was the amount that you sent? There is no plant which a goat doesn't touch. There is nothing which he doesn't know. There are no films which she doesn't see.

£ÀªÀÄä ªÀÄAwæªÀÄAqÀzÀ°è PÀ£ÀßqÀ There are two in our cabinet §gÉAiÉÆÃPÉ §gÀzÀªÀgÀÄ E§âgÀÄ who do not know to write Kannada EzÁÝgÉ. 2.9 CzÀÄ ¤Ã£ÀÄ ªÀiÁqÀzÀ PÉ®¸À It is not something which you have never done. C®è. It is not something which he EzÀÄ CªÀ£ÀÄ PÉüÀzÀ «µÀAiÀÄ hasn't heard before. C®è.

2.10CzÀÄ PÉ®¸ÀPÉÌ §gÀzÀ ¥É£ÀÄß.

It is a pen that is of no use.

Lesson 19/179

178/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

CzÀÄ ªÁ¸ÀPÉÌ ªÀÄ£É.

AiÉÆÃUÀåªÀ®èzÀ It is a house which is unfit for living.

PÀ£ÀßqÀ ªÀiÁvÀ£ÁqÀĪÀªÀgÀ ¸ÉßúÀ Don't give up the company of ©qÀ¨ÉÃr. those who speak Kannada.

CªÀgÀÄ CzÀPÉÌ®è »AdjAiÀÄzÀ He is not a person who would flinch at all that. ªÀåQÛ.

£ÀªÀÄä ºÁ¸ÉÖ°£À°è PÀ¸À UÀÄr¸ÀĪÀ We have awoman in our hostel to sweep. ªÀ¼ÀÄ EzÁݼÉ.

2.11 ºÉüÀzÀ ºÉÆgÀvÀÄ EªÀ£ÀÄ K£ÀÆ He won't do anything unless he is told. ªÀiÁqÉÆâ®è.

2.14¤ªÀÄä°è PÀ£ÀßqÀ PÀ°AiÀÄÄvÁÛ How many among you are EgÀĪÀªÀgÀÄ EµÀÄÖ d£À? learning Kannada?

¤ÃªÀÅ PÀgÉAiÀÄzÀ ºÉÆgÀvÀÄ CªÀ£ÀÄ Unless you call him he won't come. §gÀĪÀÅ¢®è.

£ÀªÀÄä ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄ°è ¸ÀAVÃvÀ One who is learning music in PÀ°AiÀÄÄvÁÛ EgÀĪÀªÀ¼ÀÄ PÀªÀÄ®. our family is Kamala.

¤ÃªÀÅ NzÀzÀ ºÉÆgÀvÀÄ ¥ÀjÃPÉë Unless you read you won't get through in the examination. AiÀÄ°è ¥Á¸ÁUÀĪÀÅ¢®è.

eÉÆÃgÁV NzÀÄvÁÛ EgÀĪÀªÀ£ÀÄ One who is reading loudly is my son. £À£Àß ªÀÄUÀ.

2.12§mÉÖ MUÉAiÀÄĪÀªÀ£ÀÄ CUÀ¸À.

.

One who washes clothes is a was her man.

¥ÁoÀ ªÀiÁqÀĪÀªÀ£ÀÄ CzsÁå¥ÀPÀ. One who teaches is a teacher. ªÀÄgÀUÉ®¸À ªÀiÁqÀĪÀªÀ£ÀÄ §qÀV. One who does wood work is a carpenter. ZÀ ¥ À à ° ºÉ Æ °AiÀ Ä ÄªÀ ª À £ À Ä One who makes chappals is a cobbler. ZÀªÀiÁägÀ. §mÉÖ ºÉÆ°AiÀÄĪÀªÀ£ÀÄ zÀfð. ªÀÄqÀPÉ ªÀiÁqÀĪÀªÀ£ÀÄ PÀÄA¨ÁgÀ. ¥ÀzÀå §gÉAiÀÄĪÀªÀ£ÀÄ PÀ«.

2.13 £ÀqÉAiÀĪÀªÀ£ÀÄ JqÀªÀÅvÁÛ£É.

One who makes clothes is a tails One who makes post is a potter.

2.15¤ªÀÄUÉ ªÀÄ£É ¨ÁrUÉ PÉÆlÖªÀgÀÄ Who rented you the house ? AiÀiÁgÀÄ. £À£ÀUÉ ¥ÀvÀæ §gÉzÀªÀ£ÀÄ D ºÀÄqÀÄUÀ.

One who wrote me a letter is that boy.

¤£Àß ¸ÀAeÉ ¸ÀAVÃvÀ ºÁrzÀ One who sang yesterday evening is my younger sister. ªÀ¼ÀÄ £À£Àß vÀAV. 2.16£À£Àß ªÀiÁwUÉ £ÀUÁÛ EzÀݪÀ£ÀÄ One who used to laugh at me £À£Àß gÀƪÀiïªÉÄÃmï. was my room mate. £ÀªÀÄUÉ NzÉÆÃPÉ ºÀt PÉÆqÁÛ One who was paying for our EzÀݪÀgÀÄ £ÀªÀÄä aPÀÌ¥Àà. studies was my uncle. 3. Key to learners :

One who writes poetry is a poet. One who walks trips.

Relative participle constructions, negative relative participle constractions, participle nuns and negative participle nouns are introduced in this lesson.

Lesson 19/181

180/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

3.1 Relative participle constructions : -a is the relative participle maker in Kannada. The structure of the relative participle in Kannada changes according to tense. 3.1.1 Non-past-relative participle The structure is, hoogu + a = hooguva. bare + a = bareyuva. kuDi + a = kuDiyuva. avanu hooguva sthaLa kemmaNNuguNDi. the place to which he goes is Kemmannugundi. avaLu bareyuva kathe saNNadu. the story the she writes is a short one. avaru kuDiyuva kaafi bru kaafi. Coffee they drink is bru coffee. Note the addition of - v-and-uva-when-u-and-i, -e, ending verbs added to R.P

naavu tinda jaamuunu cennaagittu. the jamun that we are eat was good. naanu hayskuulinalli kalita ingliish maretu hooytu. I forgot the English which I learnt in High School. niinu koTTa haNa kharchaaytu. he money which you paid was spent. anannannu nooDi nakka huDuga ivane. He is the boy who laughed at me. niivu hoosadaagi konDa kaaru heegide? How is the car which you newly bought? naavu nooDida sinnimaa cennaagide. The film which we saw is good. 3.1.3 Perfect Tense : 3.1.3.1 Present perfect : The structure is, Verbal participle stem + iru + R.P.

3.1.2 Past : The structure is, Past tense stem + R. P. tind + a = tinda kalit + a = kalita koTT + a = koTTa nakk + a = nakka koND + a = koNDa nooDid + a = nooDida.

nooDi + iru + a = nooDiruva. bandu + iru + a = bandiruva. nimma magaLige nooDiruva huDuganige eenu kelasa? What is the occupation of the boy whom you have seen (for marriage alliance) for your daughter? assaamininda bandiruva I.A.S. adhikaari ivaree. He is the I.A.S. officer who has come form Assam.

182/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

3.1.3.2 Past perfect : The structure is, Verbal participle stem + id + R.P. koTTu + id + a = koTTidda. bandu + id + a = bandidda. naanu ninage koTTidda pennu elli? Where is the pen which I had given you? rushyashrunga maysuurige bandidda varsha maLe cennaage bandittu. The year in which Rishyashringa had come to Mysore, it rained well. 3.1.4 Continuous Tense: 3.1.4.1 Present continuous : The structure is, Continuous stem + iru + R.P. maaDutta + iru + a = maadutta iruva. oodutta + iru + a = oodutta iruva alli kelsa maaDutta iruva huDuga nanna tamma. The boy who is working there is my younger brother. avanu oodutta iruva pustaka samskaara. The book that he is reading is Samskara. 3.1.4.2 Past continuous : The structure is, Continuos stem + id + R.P. hoogutta + id + a = hoogutta idda. bareyutta + id + a = bareyutta idda.

Lesson 19/183

naanu hoogutta idda bas nadige bittu. The bus in which I was going fell ingo a river. avaru bareyuttaa idda Kaadambari mugidilla. The novel he was writing has not yet been completed. Note that the R.P. construction is always followed by a noun. This is otherwise called as adjectival Participle. R.P. is always used as subordinate class which is follwed by a finite main clause. 3.2 Nagative R. P. -add is the negative R. P. maker. By adding -add to the verb root, negative R.P. is obtained. This negation applies to all tenses except for perfect tenses. nooDu + ada = nooDada. naanu nooDada sinima adonde. That is the only movie which I have not seen. Whereas, the structure for past perfect tense is, negative verbal participle stem + iru + R.P. maaDade + id + a = maaDade idda. heeLade + id + a = heeLade idda. avanu maaDade idda kelasa naanu maaDide. I did the work which he didn't do. Kaangres heeLade idda satyaana Kamyuunis Taru heelidaru Communists said the truth, which the Congress hadn't said. The structure of present perfect is,

Lesson 19/185

184/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

negative verbal participle stem + iru + R.P. nooDade + iru + a = nooDade iruva. koDade + iru + a = koDade iruva. adhyaapakaru nooDade iruva pustakaana vidyaarthigaLu nooDabaaradu. Students shouldn't see the books which the teachers haven't seen. avaru koDade iruva pustakaana nanu nimage heege koDali? How can I lend you a book which he hasn't lent you? 3.3 Participle nouns : participle nouns are obtained by adding third person human pronouns to the R.P. form of the verb. The participle nouns can be added to all tenses. 3.3.1. Non-past baruva + avanu = baruvavanu. taruva + avaLu = taruvavaLu. koDuva + avaru = koDuvavaru. ivattu namma manege baruvavanu nanna sneethita. The one who comes to my house today is my friend. nanage habbakke SarT taruvavaLu nanna akka. The one who brings shirt for me for festival is my elder sister. samaarambhadalli sarTifikkeT koDuvavavaru mantrigaLu.

The one who gives the certificates at the function is minister. 3.3.2 past tense : gaandhiyannu kondavanu gooDse. The one who killed Gandhi was Godse. halavaaru janarannu kondavaLu phuulan deevi. The one who killed many people is Pholan Devi. nimage ii pustaka koTTavaru yaaru? Who is the one who gave you this book? 3.3.3 Perfect tense : 3.3.3.1 Present! namma maneyalli taajmahal nooDiruvavanu naanobbane. I am the only one in my family who has seen Tajmahal. ii skuulinalli paasaagiruvavaLu kamala obbaLe. The only one who has passed in this school is Kamala. nimmalli paTTadakallu nooDiruvavaru yaaru? Who is the one among you who has seen Pattadakallu? 3.3.3.2 Past : ii pustaka tandiddavanu raaju. The one who had brought this book was Raju. nanage kaagada barediddavaLu sudha. The one who had written me a letter was Sudha.

Lesson 19/187

186/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

keeraLadinda bandiddavaru elli? where are those who had come from Kerala? 3.3.4 Continuous tense 3.3.4.1 Present alli ooDuttaa iruvavanu ranga. The one who is running there is Ranga. aa kelasa maaDutta iruvavaLu vanaja. The one who is doing that work is Vanaja. alli hooguttaa iruvavaru saynikaru. Those who are going there are soldiers. 3.3.4.2 Past ninne ninna jote baruttaa iddavanu yaru? Who is the one who was coming with you yester day? avana jote haaDutta iddavaLu yaaru? Who is the one who was singing with him? daariyalli galaaTe maaDuttaa iddavaru caLavaLigaararu. Those who were making noise on the road were agitators. 3.4 The negative participle noun is obtained by adding third person human pronouns to negative R.P. There is no tense distinction. nooDada + avanu = nooDadavanu + avaLu = nooDadavaLu + avaru = nooDadavaru nimmalli 'Sankar guru' sinimaa nooDadavaru yaaru? Who is the one among you who has not seen the movie Shankar Guru?

4. Exercise 4.1.1 Rewrite as directed. 4.1.1 CªÀgÀÄ §gÉ¢gÀĪÀ PÀxÉ ZÉ£ÁßVzÉ. (into past perfect) 4.1.2 ¨ÉîÆgÀÄ zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀªÀ£ÀÄß PÀnÖ¹zÀ gÁd «µÀÄÚªÀzsÀð£À. (into past perfect) 4.1.3 CªÀ£ÀÄ ºÉüÁÛ EgÀĪÀ «µÀAiÀÄ ¤d C®è. (into past) 4.1.4 DAzsÀæ ¥ÀæzÉñÀ¢AzÀ §A¢zÀÝ «zÁåyðUÀ¼ÀÄ J°èzÁÝgÉ?. (into past perfect) 4.1.5 ¤ÃªÀÅ £ÉÆÃqÀĪÀ ¹¤ªÀiÁ ZÉ£ÁßVzÉAiÀiÁ. (into past) 4.1.6 ºÉÆgÀUÀqÉ ªÀiÁvÀ£ÁqÀÄwÛgÀĪÀªÀgÀÄ AiÀiÁgÀÄ. (into non past) 4.1.7 £ÀªÀÄä ªÀÄ£ÉUÉ §AzÀªÀ£ÀÄ D ºÀÄqÀÄUÀ. (into past perfect) 4.1.8 D ºÀÄqÀÄVAiÀÄ£ÀÄß £ÉÆÃqÀĪÀªÀgÀÄ §ºÀ¼À d£À. (into past) 4.2 Combine the following sentences 4.2.1 CªÀgÀÄ ¥ÁoÀ ªÀiÁqÀÄvÁÛgÉ. CªÀgÀÄ CzsÁå¥ÀPÀgÀÄ. 4.2.2 EªÀ£ÀÄ ZÀ¥Àà° ºÉÆ°AiÀÄÄvÁÛ£É. EªÀ£ÀÄ ZÀªÀiÁägÀ. 4.2.3 CªÀ£ÀÄ PÀ©âtzÀ PÉ®¸À ªÀiÁqÀÄvÁÛgÉ. CªÀ£ÀÄ PÀªÀiÁägÀ. 4.2.4 CªÀ£ÀÄ §mÉÖ MUÉAiÀÄĪÀÅ¢®è. CªÀ£ÀÄ CUÀ¸À£À®è. 4.2.5 CªÀ£ÀÄ PÀ«vÉ §gÉAiÀÄĪÀÅ¢®è. CªÀ£ÀÄ PÀ«AiÀÄ®è. 4.2.6 CªÀ¼ÀÄ ¨ÁåAQ£À°è PÉ®¸À ªÀiÁqÀÛ EzÁ¼É.

Lesson 19/189

188/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

CªÀ¼ÀÄ £ÀªÀÄä ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄ ¥ÀPÀÌzÀ°è EzÁ¼É. 4.2.7 CªÀgÀÄ OµÀ¢ü PÉÆqÁÛgÉ. CªÀgÀÄ ªÉÊzÀågÀÄ. 4.3 Transform into double negative 4.3.1 ¤ÃªÀÅ N¢zÀ ¥ÀĸÀÛPÀ EzÀÄ. 4.3.2 CªÀgÀÄ ªÀiÁqÀĪÀ PÉ®¸À vÀÄA¨Á EzÉ. 4.3.3 CªÀ£ÀÄ ºÉüÀĪÀ «µÀAiÀÄUÀ¼ÀÄ C£ÉÃPÀ EªÉ. 4.3.4 £À£ÀUÉ N¢zÀ ºÀÄqÀÄV EµÀÖ. 4.4 Transform into double negative 4.4.1 DqÀÄ ªÀÄÄlÄÖªÀ ¸ÉÆ¥ÀÄà EzÉ. 4.4.2 PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ°è PÀ£ÀßqÀ ªÀiÁvÀ£ÁqÀĪÀªÀgÀÄ EzÁgÉ. 4.4.3 ºÀ¼ÉéÃqÀÄ zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£À £ÉÆÃqÀĪÀªÀgÀÄ EzÁgÉ. 4.5 Answer the following questions. 4.5.1 ºÀ¼ÉéÃqÀÄ, ¨ÉîÆgÀÄ AiÀiÁªÀ f¯ÉèAiÀÄ°èªÉ? 4.5.2 ºÀ¼ÉéÃr¤AzÀ ¨ÉîÆjUÉ JµÀÄÖ zÀÆgÀ? 4.5.3 ºÀ¼ÉéÃqÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¨ÉîÆj£À°ègÀĪÀ zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀUÀ¼À ºÉ¸ÀgÀÄ K£ÀÄ? CªÀÅUÀ¼À£ÀÄß PÀnÖ¹zÀªÀgÀÄ AiÀiÁgÀÄ? 4.5.4 d£ÀgÀÄ AiÀiÁjAzÀ ºÉÃUÉ zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß gÀQë¹zÀgÀÄ? 4.5.5 zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ¤«Äð¹zÀ ²°àUÀ¼ÀÄ AiÀiÁgÀÄ? 4.5.6 ±ÁAvÀ¯ÁUÉ EzÀÝ ©gÀÄzÀÄ K£ÀÄ?

4.5.9 zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£À PÀlÄÖªÀÅzÀPÉÌ JAxÀ PÀ®Äè §¼À¹zÁÝgÉ? 4.5.10 ²®àUÀ¼ÀÄ ©lÄÖ ºÉÆÃVgÀĪÀ PÁtÂPÉ K£ÀÄ? 4.5.11 ªÁ¸ÀÄÛ ²®àzÀ°è PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ±ÉÊ° JAzÀgÉãÀÄ? 5. Vocabulary

C£ÀĨsÀªÀ

`experience'

C¥ÀgÀÆ¥À

`rear'

C¥ÁgÀ

`plenty'

DPÀæªÀÄt

`attack'

D£ÀA¢¸ÀÄ

`to enjoy'

PÀlÄÖ

`to build'

PÁtÂPÉ

`gift'

PÀĸÀÄj PÉ®¸À

`subtle carving'

PÉÃAzÀæ

`centre'

dUÀvÀàç¹zÀÞ

`world famous'

dUÀ°

`platfrom'

zÀAqÀ£ÁAiÀÄPÀ

`commander in chief'

zÁ½ ªÀiÁqÀÄ

`to invade'

zÀȱÀå

`scene'

zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£À

`temple'

4.5.7 AiÀiÁgÀ PÁ®zÀ°è PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ²®àPÀ¯ÉAiÀÄ°è ¸ÀĪÀtðAiÀÄÄUÀªÀ£ÀÄß PÀArvÀÄÛ?

£ÀvÀzÀȵÀÖ

`unfortunate person'

£ÀAiÀÄ

`fine, soft'

4.5.8 ºÀ¼ÉéÃqÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¨ÉîÆjUÉ »AzÉ EzÀÝ ºÉ¸ÀgÉãÀÄ?

£ÀPÀëvÁæPÁgÀ

`star shape'

Lesson 19/191

190/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

£ÁlåPÀ¯É

`art of dance'

±ÉÊ°

`style'

£ÁlågÁtÂ

`queen of dance'

ºÁ¼ÁUÀÄ

`to ruin'

¤tð¬Ä¸ÀÄ

`to decide'

5.2 Supplementary vocabulary.

¥ÀqÉ

`to possess'

CUÀ¸À

`washerman'

§¸ÀªÀ

`bull'

DqÀÄ

`goat'

§¼À¥ÀzÀ PÀ®Äè

`soap stone'

Jq˻ˁ

`to trip over'

©gÀÄzÀÄ

`titile'

PÀ¸À UÀÄr¸ÀÄ

`to sweep'

¨ÉøÀgÀ

`boredom'

PÀÄA¨ÁgÀ

`potter'

ªÀÄgÀ¼ÀÄ

`sand'

ZÀªÀiÁägÀ

`cobbler'

ªÉÄgÉ

`to proclaim'

PÀªÀiÁägÀ

`blacksmith'

gÁdå¨sÁgÀ ªÀiÁqÀÄ

`to rule'

zÀfð

`tailor'

ªÁ¸ÀÄÛ²®à

`architecture'

£ÀqÉ

`to walk'

««zsÀ ¨sÀAV

`various postures'

§qÀV

`carpenter'

ªÀÈvÁÛPÁgÀ

`ciruclar'

ªÀÄqÀPÉ

`pot'

¸ÀAUÀªÀÄ

`confluence'

ªÀÄAwæ ªÀÄAqÀ®

`cabinet'

¸ÀĪÀtðAiÀÄÄUÀ

`golden age'

AiÉÆÃUÀå

`fit'

¸ËPÀAiÀÄð

`facility'

¸Á»vÀå

`literary form'

²°à

`sculptor'

»Adj

`to flinch'

²°àPÀ¯É

`architecture'

²¯Á¨Á°PÉ

`maidens carved in stone'

±ÉæõÀ×

`superior'

Lesson 20/193

¥ÁoÀ - 19

PÀªÀÄ® : mÉæöÊ£ÀÄ JµÀÄÖ UÀAmÉUÉ EzÉ?

At what time is there a train?

1. Dialogue:

PÀªÀÄ® : FUÀ ºÉÆÃzÀgÉ ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆjUÉ If i go now can I get a bus to Bangalore ? §¸ÀÄì ¹UÀÄvÁÛ?

²Ã® : ºÀ£ÉÆßAzÀÄ UÀAmÉUÉ EzÉ.

It is at eleven o' clock.

²Ã® : vÀPÀët ºÉÆÃUÀzÉ EzÀÝgÉ ¹UÀ®èªÁ?

If you go immediately you will get it.

PÀªÀÄ® : vÀÄA¨Á ¯ÉÃmÁUÀÄvÉÛ. £Á£ÀÄ ¨ÉÃUÀ ºÉÆÃUÀzÉ EzÀÝgÉ £À£Àß ¸ÉßûvÉ ¹UÀ®è.

PÀªÀÄ® : vÀPÀët ºÉÆÃUÀzÉ EzÀÝgÉ ¹UÀ®èªÁ?

If I don't go immediately won't it be available ?

²Ã® : ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆjUÉ ºÉÆÃzÀgÉ EªÀvÉÛà ªÁ¥À¸ï §jÛÃgÁ?

If you go to Bangalore will you come back today itself?

²Ã® : E®è, vÀPÀët ºÉÆÃUÀzÉ EzÀÝgÉ ¹UÀ®è.

No, If you don't go immediatly you won't get it.

PÀªÀÄ® : PÉ®¸À DzÀgÉ §jÛä. DUÀzÉ EzÀÝgÉ £Á¼É ¸ÀAeÉ §jÛä.

If the work is over I shall come back. If it is not over. I shall come tomorrow evening.

PÀªÀÄ® : ªÀÄÄA¢£À §¸ÀÄì JµÀÄÖ UÀAmÉUÉ At what time is the next EzÉ. bus? ²Ã® : ªÀÄÄA¢£À §¸ÀÄì ºÀ£ÉßgÀqÀÄ UÀAmÉUÉ EzÉ.

The next one is at 12o' clock.

PÀªÀÄ® : CzÀPÉÌ ºÉÆÃzÀgÉ ¯ÉÃmÁUÀÄvÉÛ. If I go by that, it will be late. ²Ã® : vÀÄA¨Á CeÉðAmï PÉ®¸À EzÉAiÀiÁ? PÀªÀÄ® : ºËzÀÄ. £À£Àß ¸ÉßûvÉ PÁAiÀiÁÛ EgÁÛ¼É. ²Ã® : F §¸ÀÄì ¹UÀzÉ EzÉæ mÉæöʤUÉ ºÉÆÃV.

Do you have urgent work? Yes my friend get this bus you can go by train. If you don't get this bus you can go by train.

It will be too late. If I don't go early me friend won't be available.

²Ã® : £Á¼É §gÁÛ EzÝÀgÉ ££ À U À ÉÆAzÀÄ If you are coming tomorrow ¸ÀºÁAiÀÄ ªÀÄrÛÃgÁ? will you do me a favour? PÀªÀÄ® : K£ÀÄ ? ²Ã® : £À£ÀUÉÆAzÀÄ ¥ÀĸÀÛPÀ ¨ÉÃPÀÄ. PÀªÀÄ® : AiÀiÁªÀÅzÀÄ? ²Ã® : gÁªÀiÁAiÀÄtzÀ±Àð£ÀA. PÀªÀÄ® : J°è ¹UÀÄvÉÛÃ?

What is that? I want a book. Which one ? Ramayana Darshanam. Where is it available?

²Ã® : ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ §ÄPï §ÆågÉÆÃUÉ If you go to Bangalore Book Bereau, it is available ºÉÆÃzÀgÉ ¹UÀÄvÉÛ. there. PÀªÀÄ® : C°è ¹QÌzÀgÉ vÀjÛä. ¹UÀzÉ

If it is available there I will

Lesson 20/195

194/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

EzÀÝgÉ K£ÀÄ ªÀiÁqÀ°?. PÀªÀÄ® : ¹UÀzÉ EzÀÝgÉ ¨ÉÃr.

bring it. If it is not avail able there, what shall I do? If it is not available don't bother.

2. Pattern drill 2.1 CªÀ£ÀÄ §¸ï ¹QÌzÀgÉ §ÈAzÁªÀ£ÀPÉÌ §gÁÛ£É.

If he gets a bus he will come to Brindavan.

¤Ã£ÀÄ zÀÄqÀÄØ PÉÆlÖgÉ £Á£ÀÄ If you give me money I will go to a movie. ¹¤ªÀiÁPÉÌ ºÉÆÃVÛä. £Á£ÀÄ ¥sÀ¸ïÖ PÁè¹£À°è If I get through in first class ¥Á¸ÁzÀgÉ JA. J¸ï.¹.UÉ I shall join M.sc. ¸ÉÃjÛä. 2.2 gÁdÄ §A¢zÀÝgÉ PÀj.

If Raju has come call him.

¤ÃªÀÅ PÀ£ÀßqÀ PÀ°wzÀÝgÉ If you have learnt Kannada speak in it. PÀ£ÀßqÀzÀ¯Éèà ªÀiÁvÀ£Ár. ¤ÃªÀÅ ¥ÁoÀ §gÉ¢zÀÝgÉ If you have written the lesson you may go. ºÉÆÃUÀ§ºÀÄzÀÄ. 2.3 ¤ à ª À Å ¨ É A U À ¼ À Æ j U É If you are going to Bangalore tell me. ºÉÆÃUÁÛ zÀÝgÉ ºÉý. ¤ÃªÀÅ PÁUÀzÀ §jÃvÁ If you start writing a letter, it will be late. PÀÆvÀgÉ ¯ÉÃmÁUÀÄvÉÛ. CªÀ£ÀÄ ¥ÁoÀ ªÀiÁqÁÛ If he is teaching one gets sleepy. EzÀÝgÉ ¤zÉæ §gÀÄvÉÛ.

2.4 ºÁ®Ä C¼À®è.

PÀÄr¹zÀgÉ

ªÀÄUÀÄ

If the baby is fed it won't cry.

FUÀ ªÀÄ£É ©lÖgÉ CAxÀ ªÀÄ£É ¹PÀÌ®è.

If you give up the house you are in now, you won't get such an one.

£ÁªÃÉ CrUÉ ªiÀÁrPÉÆAqÀgÉ ºÉZÀÄÑ RZÀÄð §gÀ®è.

If we cook our own food, it won't be expensive.

2.5 ªÀģɬÄAzÀ PÁUÀzÀ §AzÀgÉ HjUÉ ºÉÆÃVÛÃAiÀiÁ?

If you get a letter from home will you go to your home town?

¨É¼ÀUÉÎ ºÉÆgÀlgÉ ¤ªÀÄä HjUÉ JµÀÄÖ UÀAmÉUÉ ¸ÉÃjÛÃj?

If you start in the morning at what time will you reach your home town ?

£Á£ÀÄ ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆjUÉ §AzÀgÉ ¤ªÀÄä£ÀÄß J°è £ÉÆÃqÀ°?

If I come to Bangalore where can I see you?

2.6 £Á£ÀÄ ¸Á¬ÄÛä ¨ÉÃqÀ CAvÁgÉ.

CAzÀgÉ

If I say I will die, they will say don't.

¤£ÀUÉ PÉ®¸À ¹UÀ°®è CAzÀgÉ K£ÁärÛÃAiÀÄ?

If you don't get a job what will you do?

2.7 £Á£ÀÄ C°èUÉ ºÉÆÃUÀzÉ EzÀÝgÉ ZÉ£ÁßVgÀ®è.

It won't be nice, if I don't go there.

¤ÃªÀÅ §gÀzÉ EzÀÝgÉ CªÀgÀÄ §gÀ®è.

If you don't come, they won't come.

nPÉmï ¹UÀzÉ EzÀÝgÉ £ÁªÀÅ ¹¤ªÀiÁPÉÌ ºÉÆÃUÀ®è.

If we don't get the tickets, we won't go to the movie.

2.8 ¤ªÀÄUÉ vÉÆAzÀgÉ DUÀzÉ

If it is not trouble to you

Lesson 20/197

196/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

EzÀÝ°è zÀAiÀÄ«lÄÖ §¤ß.

please do come.

ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄ°è ¯ÉÃmÁUÀzÉ EzÀÝgÉ If we are not delayed at home, ¹nUÉ ºÉÆÃUÀ§ºÀÄzÀÄ. we can go to city. CªÀ¤UÉ PÉ®¸À ¹PÀÌzÉ EzÀÝgÉ If he does'nt get a job let him ªÁå¥ÁgÀ ªÀiÁqÀ°. do business. £ÀªÀÄUÉ §¸ÀÄì ¹PÀÌzÉ EzÀÝgÉ DmÉÆÃzÀ°è ºÉÆÃUÉÆÃt.

If we don't get a bus, let us go by an auto.

2.9 £À£Àß ¸ÉßûvÀgÀÄ ªÀÄ£ÉUÉ §gÀzÉ If my friends do not come EzÀÝgÉ £Á£ÀÄ ¹nUÉ §jÛä. home, I will come to city. CªÀgÀ ºÉAqÀw HjUÉ If his wife does not go to her ºÉÆÃUÀzÉ EzÀÝgÉ CªÀgÀÄ £ÀªÀÄä home town, he will come with us. eÉÆvÉAiÀÄ°è §gÁÛgÉ. £ÁªÀÅ gÁªÀÄ£À ªÀÄ£ÉUÉ ¨ÉÃUÀ If we do not go to Ramu's ºÉÆgÀqÀ¢zÀÝgÉ CªÀ£Éà E°èUÉ house early he himself will come here. §gÁÛ£É. 2.10

CªÀ£ÀÄ K£ÀÆ ªÀiÁqÁÛ E®èzÉ EzÀÝgÉ ªÀÄ®V PÉƼÉÆîÃPÉ ºÉüÀÄ.

If he is not doing anythig ask him to sleep.

¸ÀÄgÉñÀ HjUÉ ºÉÆÃUÁÛ E®èzÉ EzÀÝgÉ £Á£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃVÛ¤.

If Suresh is not going to his home town I shall go.

3. Key to learners : The simple conditional construction is introduced in this lesson. -are is the conditional marker. This conditinal maker is added to different tenses.

3.1 Non past The stucture is, past stem + conditional marker. nakk + are = nakkare. Kamala bandare kari. 'If kamala comes call her'. nanna nooDi nakkare ninna hallu muriitiini. 'If you laugh at me, I shall break your teeth'. 3.2 Continuous The structure is, continuous stem + conditional of 'iru' bartaa + iddare = bartaa iddare. avanu bartaa iddare kari. 'IF he is coming call him.' avaLu nagtaa iddare aLu baratte. 'If she is laughing I feel like weeping'. 3.3 Perfect tense The structure is, verbal participle stem + conditional of iru. bandu + iddare = bandiddare. ninage laaTari bandiddare nanage sviiT koDisu. 'If you have won the lottery get me sweets.' Note that the conditional constructions is mentioned above refer to non-past events. 3.4 The simple negative conditional is obtained by adding iddare to the verbal participle negation. obdade + iddare = oodade iddare niinu cennaagi oodade iddare feelaagtiiye.

Lesson 20/199

198/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

If you don't read well you will fai. avaru barade iddare naanu hoogalla. 'If he doesn't come I won't go.' 3.5 The continuous negative conditional is obtained by adding illade iddare or irade iddare to the continuous stem. avanu oodutta illade iddare / irade iddare barooke heeLu. 'If he is not studying ask him to come'.

4.2.4 ªÀÄzsÁåºÀß Hl ªÀiÁrÛä. ZÉ£ÁßV ¤zÉæ §gÀvÉÛ. 4.2.5 CªÀgÀÄ zÀÄqÀÄØ PÉÆqÁÛgÉ. £Á£ÀÄ ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆjUÉ ºÉÆÃVÛä. 4.3 Transform into negative conditional : 4.3.1 PÉlÖ PÉ®¸À ªÀiÁrzÀgÉ §AiÀiÁÛgÉ. 4.3.2 £Á£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃzÀgÉ CªÀgÀÄ §gÁÛgÉ. 4.3.3 ¨sÁUÀå D ¥ÀĸÀÛPÀ N¢zÀgÉ M¼ÉîAiÀÄzÀÄ.

4. Exercise 4.1. Fill in the blanks using the conitional form of the verbs given in the bracket. 4.1.1 ¤Ã£ÀÄ ____________ £Á£ÀÄ ¥ÀĸÀÛPÀ PÉÆrÛä (¨Á) 4.1.2 gÁdÄ OµÀ¢ü_____________ dégÀ PÀrªÉÄAiÀiÁUÀÄvÉÛ (PÀÄr) 4.1.3 HjUÉ PÁUÀzÀ _________________ºÀt PÀ½¸ÁÛgÉ. (§gÉ) 4.1.4 ¹¤ªÀiÁ _______________vÀ¯É£ÉÆêÀÅ §gÀÄvÉÛ. (£ÉÆÃqÀÄ) 4.2 Combine the following sentences using conditional form : 4.2.1 EªÀvÀÄÛ ªÀÄ¼É §gÀvÉÛ ©¹®Ä PÀrªÉÄAiÀiÁUÀÄvÉÛ.

4.3.4 CzsÁå¥ÀPÀgÀÄ ¥Àæ±Éß PÉýzÀgÉ ¨ÉÃeÁgÀÄ. 4.4 Transform the following sentences into double negative: 4.4.1 ªÀÄUÀÄ JzÀÝgÉ ºÁ®Ä PÀÄrAiÀÄÄvÉÛ. 4.4.2 ¤ÃªÀÅ ¹» wAr PÉÆlÖgÉ §jÛä. 4.4.3 CªÀgÀÄ §A¢zÀÝgÉ PÀjwä. 4.4.4 PÀµÀÖ ¥ÀlÖgÉ ¸ÀÄR EzÉ. 4.4.5 PÉÊ PɸÀgÁzÀgÉ ¨Á¬Ä ªÉƸÀgÁUÀvÉÛ. 4.5 Answer the following quesions. 4.5.1 ¤ªÀÄUÉ vÀ¯É£ÉÆêÀÅ §AzÀgÉ K£ÀÄ ªÀiÁrÛÃj? 4.5.2 ¤ªÀÄUÉ Hj¤AzÀ PÁUÀzÀ §gÀzÉ EzÀÝgÉ ¨ÉÃeÁgÁUÀÄvÁÛ?

4.2.2 £Á¬Ä ¨ÉÆUÀ¼ÁÛ EzÉ. . E°è PÀ¼ÀîgÀÄ §gÀĪÀÅ¢®è.

4.5.3 ¤ÃªÀÅ D¦üùUÉ ¯ÉÃmÁV ºÉÆÃzÀgÉ ¤ªÀÄä D¦üøÀgï §AiÀiÁÛgÁ?

4.2.3 CªÀgÀÄ ¥ÀĸÀÛPÀ vÀA¢zÁÝgÉ. £Á£ÀÄ CªÀjUÉ ºÀt PÉÆqÀ¨ÉÃPÀÄ.

4.5.4 ¤ªÀÄUÉ ¯ÁljAiÀÄ°è MAzÀÄ ®PÀë gÀÆ¥Á¬Ä §AzÀgÉ K£ÀÄ ªÀiÁrÛj?

Lesson 21/201

¥ÁoÀ - 21 1. Dialogue:

D£ÀAzÀ : ¤ÃªÀÅ ¨ÉÃUÀ §A¢zÀÝgÉ Hand you come earlier, we JAlÄ UÀAmÉUÉ gÉ樀 ¹UÁÛ would have got the eight o'clock train. EvÀÄÛ. gÁªÀÄ : gÉ樀 ºÉÆÃV©qÁÛ?

Has the train left?

D£ÀAzÀ: FUÀ vÁ£É ºÉÆÃAiÀÄÄÛ. F gÉÊ°UÉ ºÉÆÃVzÀÝgÉ ºÀ£ÉÆßAzÀÄ UÀAmÉUÉ ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ vÀ®Ä¥ÁÛ EzÉÝêÀÅ.

If has just left. Had we gone by this train we whoul have reached Bangalore by eleven o'clock.

gÁªÀÄÄ: ªÀÄÄA¢£À mÉæöÊ£ÀÄ JµÀÄÖ UÀAmÉUÉ?

At what time is the next train?

D£ÀAzÀ: ºÀvÀÆÛªÀgÉ UÀAmÉUÉ. CzÀPÉÌ ºÉÆÃzÀgÉ MAzÀƪÀgÉUÉ vÀ®Ä¦Ûë. ºÉÆÃzÀgÀÆ G¥ÀAiÉÆÃUÀ E®è.

It is at ten thirty. If we go by that we will reach at one thirty. Even if we go by that there is no use.

gÁªÀÄÄ: ºËzÀÄ EzÀPÉÌ ºÉÆÃVzÀÝgÉ Yes. Had we gone by this ºÀ£ÉÆßAzÀÄ UÀAmÉUÉ «zsÁ£À we would have reached Vidhana soudha by eleven ¸ËzsÀPÉÌ ºÉÆÃUÁÛ EzÉݪÀÅ. o'clock. D£ÀAzÀ: ºÀ£ÉßgÀqÀÄ UÀAmÉUÉ «zÁå ªÀÄAwæUÀ¼ÀÄ ¹PÁÛ EzÀÝgÀÄ.

We would have met the Education Minister at 12 o'clock.

gÁªÀÄ: CªÀgÀÄ ¹QÌzÀÝgÉ CªÀgÀ eÉÆvÉ «ªÀgÀªÁV ªÀiÁvÁqÀ §ºÀÄ¢vÀÄÛ.

Had we met him, we could have talked to him in deatil.

D£ÀAzÀ: CªÀgÀ eÉÆvÉ «ªÀgÀªÁV ªÀiÁvÁrzÀÝgÉ CªÀgÀÄ £ÀªÀÄä ¸ÀªÀiÁgÀA¨sÀPÉÌ §gÉÆÃPÉ M¥ÁÛ EzÀÝgÀÄ.

Had we talked to him in detail, he would have agreed to come to our function.

gÁªÀÄ: CªÀgÀÄ M¦àzÀÝgÉ ¨ÉÃgÉ AiÀiÁgÀ£ÁßzÀgÀÆ CzsÀåPÀëvÉUÉ PÉüÀ§ºÀÄ¢vÀÄÛ. M¥ÀàzÉ E¢ÝzÀÝgÉ ¨ÉÃgÉ ªÀÄAwæUÀ¼À£ÀÄß £ÉÆÃqÀ§ºÀÄ¢vÀÄÛ.

Had he agreed we colud have asked someone else to Preside. Supposing he didn't agree then we could have asked some other minister.

D£ÀAzÀ: DªÉÄÃ¯É C°èAzÀ gÀ«AiÀÄ ªÀÄ£ÉUÉ ºÉÆÃUÀ§ºÀÄ¢vÀÄÛ. gÀ«UÉ PÁUÀzÁ£ÀÆ §gÉ¢¢Ã¤.

Then we could have gone to Ravi's house. We have written him a letter also.

gÁªÀÄ: CªÀgÀ ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄ°è DgÁªÀĪÁV PÀĽvÀÄ Hl£ÁzÀgÀÆ ªÀiÁqÀ§ºÀÄ¢vÀÄÛ.

We could have sat leisurely there and had our food.

D£ÀAzÀ: CªÀ£À ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄ°è ¸ÀAeÉ vÀ£ÀPÀ EzÀÄÝ ¸ÀAeÉ ºÉÆgÀqÀ§ºÀÄ¢vÀÄÛ.

We could have stayed there till evening and started then.

gÁªÀÄÄ: ¸ÀAeÉ DgÀÄ UÀAmÉ gÉÊ°UÉ ºÉÆgÀnzÀÝgÉ MA§vÀÄÛ

Had we started by the six o'clock train, we would have

Lesson 21/203

202/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

UÀAmÉUÉ ªÁ¥Á¸ï §gÁÛ EzÉݪÀÅ.

come back at nine o'clock.

§g¢ É zÝÀgÉ ¥Á¸ÁUÁÛ EzÀÝ.

D£ÀAzÀ: gÀ«UÉ PÁUÀzÀ §gÉAiÀÄzÉà E¢ÝzÀÝgÉ £Á£ÀÄ ¨ÉøÀgÀ ªÀiÁrPÉƼÁÛ EgÀ°®è. CªÀ£ÀÄ PÁAiÀiÁÛ EgÁÛ£É.

If we had'nt written to Ravi, I wouldn't have worried. He will be waiting.

CªÀ¼ÀÄ ZÉ£ÁßV Hl Had she eaten well she would ªÀiÁrzÀÝgÉ E£ÀÆß zÀ¥Àà have become still fatter. DUÁÛ EzÀݼÀÄ.

gÁªÀÄ: AiÀiÁªÀÅzÁzÀgÀÆ §¸ÀÄì ¹UÀ§ºÀÄzÁ, §¸ï ¸ÁÖöåArUÉ ºÉÆÃzÀgÉ?

Will there be any bus available, if we go to the bus stand?

D£ÀAzÀ: §¸ï ¸ÁöÖåArUÉ ºÆ É ÃzÀgÀÆ F §¸ï ¹UÀ®è. §¸ï ¹QÌzÀgÀÆ ¹ÃlÄ ¹UÀ®è. DzÀÝjAzÀ ºÉÆÃUÉÆÃzÀÄ G¥ÀAiÉÆÃUÀ E®è.

Even if we go to the bus stand, we won't get one. Even if we get one we won't get a seat. Therefore there is no use in going.

¤£ÉßÃ£É §ÄPï ªÀiÁr¹zÀÝgÉ Had we booked yesterday we would have got the tickets. nPÉmï ¹UÁÛ EvÀÄÛ. 2.3 CªÀ£ÀÄ ¨ÉÃgÉ ¢£À vÀqÀªÁV Had he come late on any other §A¢zÀÝgÉ £À£ÀUÉ ¹lÄÖ §gÁÛ day, I wouldn't have got angry. EgÀ°®è. CªÀ£ÀÄ CªÀ¼À£ÀÄß ªÀÄzÀÄªÉ Had he married her he DVzÀ Ý gÉ ºÀ Ä ZÀ Ñ £ ÁUÁÛ wouldn't have gone mad. EgÀ°®è. 2.4 £ÁªÀÅ PÁUÀzÀ §gÉAiÀÄzÉ EzÀÝzÀÝgÉ ºÉÆÃUÀzÉ EgÀ§ºÀÄ¢vÀÄÛ.

2. Pattern drill

examination he would have got through.

Hadn't we written him a letter we could have stayed back.

CªÀ¼ÀÄ CªÀ£À£ÀÄß ªÀÄzÀÄªÉ AiÀiÁUÀzÉ E¢ÝzÀÝgÉ ¸ÀÄRªÁV EgÀ§ºÀÄ¢vÀÄÛ.

Had she not married him she would have been happy.

£Á£ÀÄ K¼ÀÄ UÀAmÉ §¹ìUÉ Had we gone by the eight ºÉÆÃVzÀÝgÉ MAzÉà ¢£ÀzÀ°è o'clock bus we could have returned the same day. ªÁ¥À¸ï §gÀ§ºÀÄ¢vÀÄÛ.

£Á£ÀÄ HjUÉ ºÉÆÃUÀzÉ E¢ÝzÀÝgÉ ¤ªÀÄä ªÀÄ£ÉUÉ §gÀ§ºÀÄ¢vÀÄÛ.

Had I not gone to my home town, I could have come to your house.

Had I got an auto I would have come early.

2.5 £Á£ÀÄ D ¥ÀĸÀÛPÀ PÉÆqÀzÉ E¢ÝzÀÝgÉ CªÀ£ÀÄ CzÀ£ÀÄß NzÁÛ EgÀ°®è.

Had I not given him that book he wouldn't have read it.

2.1 ¤Ã£ÀÄ LzÀÄ ¤«ÄµÀ ¨ÉÃUÀ §A¢zÀÝgÉ JAlÄ UÀAmÉ §¹ìUÉ ºÉÆÃUÀ§ºÀÄ¢vÀÄÛ.

2.2 MAzÀÄ DmÉÆãÁzÀgÀÆ ¹QÌzÀgÉ ¨ÉÃUÀ §gÁÛ EzÉÝ.

Had you come five minutes early, we could have gone by the eight o'clock bus.

CªÀ£ÀÄ ¥ÀjÃPÉëAiÀÄ°è ZÉ£ÁßV Had he written well in the

Lesson 21/205

204/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

¤ÃªÀÅ ¸ÀªÀÄAiÀÄPÉÌ ¸ÀjAiÀiÁV Had you not come in time that §gÀzÉ E¢ÝzÀÝgÉ D PÉ®¸À work couldn't have been done. DUÁÛ EgÀ°®è. 2.6 £Á£ÀÄ ªÀÄ£ÉUÉ §A¢zÀÝgÉ Had I come home you would ¤ÃªÀÅ ¹éÃmïì PÉÆr¸À¨ÉÃPÁ have had to offer me sweets. VvÀÄÛ. CªÀgÀÄ £ÀªÀÄä ªÀÄ£ÉUÉ Had he come to my house, I §A¢zÀÝgÉ PÁ¦ü PÉÆqÀ would have had to give him coffee. ¨ÉÃPÁVvÀÄÛ. 2.7 ¤ÃªÀÅ ZÉ£ÁßV NzÀzÉ EzÀÝgÉ ¥ÀjÃPÉë PÀlÖ¨ÁgÀzÁVvÀÄÛ.

If you had not studied well you shouldn't have appeared for examination.

¤ªÀÄUÉ C©ü£ÀAiÀÄ §gÀzÉ If you you do not know acting EzÀÝgÉ £ÁlPÀzÀ°è ªÀiÁqÀ you shouldn't have acted in the play. ¨ÁgÀzÁVvÀÄÛ. ¤ÃªÀÅ vÀ¥ÀÄà ªÀiÁqÀzÉ EzÀÝgÉ If you had not made a mistake, your should't have admitted it. M¦àPÉƼÀî¨ÁgÀ¢vÀÄÛ. 2.8 FUÀ §¸ï¸ÁÖöåArUÉ ºÉÆÃzÀgÀÆ §¸ï ¹UÀ®è. CªÀ£ÀÄ PÀ£ÀßqÀ PÀ°wzÀÝgÀÆ ªÀiÁvÁqÉÆÃPÉ §gÀ®è.

Even if we go to the bus stand now we won't get a bus. Even though he has learnt Kannada he is unable to speak it.

gÀªÉÄñÀ ¢£Á D ºÀÄqÀÄVãÀ Even though Ramesh is £ÉÆÃqÁÛ EzÀÝgÀÆ CªÀ¼À£ÀÄß seeing that girl everyday he hasn't talked to her. ªÀiÁvÁr¹®è. gÁdå¥Á®gÀÄ £Á¼É

Even though the Governor is

¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆjUÉ §AzÀgÀÆ AiÀiÁgÀ£ÀÆß £ÉÆÃqÀ®è.

coming to Bangalore tomorrow he won't see anybody.

°Ã¯Á £Á¼É zɺÀ°UÉ ºÉÆÃzÀgÀÆ ºÉÆÃUÀ§ºÀÄzÀÄ.

Leela might go to Delhi tomorrow.

3. Key to learnrs 3.1 The unful filled past conditional (with built in negative implication) sentences are introduced in this lesson. These sentences have two clauses ; viz. the conditional clause and the main clause. The conditional clause contains a conditional verb in past perfect. The main clause my be a model verb or a finite verb. The finite verb in the main clause verb or a finite verb. The finite verb in the main clause would always be in the past continuous. niinu pustaka koTTidare oodtaa idde. 'If you had given me the book. I would have read it.' If the verb in the main class containing model verb, it will be followed by ittu, avanu bandiddare sinimaakke hoogabahudittu. 'Had he come we could have gone to a movie.' beereyavaru aa kelasa maaDiddare niivu hattu ruupaayi jaasti koDabeekittu. 'Had some one else done that work, you would have had to pay ten rupees more'. nimage jvara bandiddare aafiisige barabaradittu. 'If you had fever, you shouldn't have come to office.

Lesson 21/207

206/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

3.2

The negation in the unfulfilled past conditional are of two types.

3.2.1 Negation of conditional clause. The structure of type (1) is, Negative verbal participle + id + conditional of iru. barade + ide + iddare = barade iddiddare. avaru barade iddiddare naanu barta idde. 'If he had not come, I would have come'. Type (2) gets negated in both the clauses. avanu pustaka kodade iddiddare naanu haNa kodtaa iralilla. 'Had he not given me the book, I wouldn't have paid him money. This type contain double negation and so it gives positive meaning. 3.3 The concessive form in Kannada is obrained by addinguu to the conditional verb. It gives the meaning "even if......". avanu ashTondu oodiddarauu avanige buddhi illa. Even if he has read so much, he doesn't have common sense. with 'bahuda' it gives the probability meaning. avanu naaLe bengaLuurige bandaruu barabahudu. He might come to Bangalore tomorrow.

4. Exercise 4.1 Transform the following sentences into unfulfilled past conditional 4.1.1 zÀÄqÀÄØ PÉÆlÖgÉ vÀgÀPÁj vÀjÛä. 4.1.2 ¨ÉÃUÀ ºÉÆÃzÀgÉ §¸ÀÄì ¹UÀÄvÉÛ. 4.1.3 HjUÉ ºÉÆÃzÀgÉ vÉAV£ÀPÁ¬Ä vÀgÀ§ºÀÄzÀÄ. 4.1.4 £Á£ÀÄ ¥ÀĸÀÛPÀ PÉÆlÖgÉ ¤Ã£ÀÄ £À£ÀUÉ ¥É£ÀÄß PÉÆqÀ¨ÉÃPÀÄ. 4.1.5 ¨ÉÃUÀ ªÀÄ£ÉUÉ ºÉÆÃzÀgÉ ¤zÉæ ªÀiÁqÀ§ºÀÄzÀÄ. 4.2 Transform into double negative. 4.2.1 ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆjUÉ ºÉÆÃVzÀÝgÉ 'UÁA¢ü' ¹¤ªÀiÁ £ÉÆÃqÁÛ EzÉÝ. 4.2.2 CªÀ¼ÀÄ £À£Àß ªÀiÁvÁr¹zÀÝgÉ £Á£ÀÆ ªÀiÁvÁqÁÛ EzÉÝ. 4.2.1 £Á£ÀÄ §A¢zÀÝgÉ ¤ÃªÀÅ ºÀt PÉÆqÀ¨ÉÃPÁVvÀÄÛ. 4.3 Transform the conditional clause into negative 4.3.1 ¤Ã£ÀÄ §A¢zÀgÉ £À£ÀUÉ ¸ÀAvÉÆõÀ DVÛvÀÄÛ.

4.2.2 ªÀÄ¼É ©¢ÝzÀÝgÉ ¨É¼É ¨É½ÃvÁ EgÀ°®è. 4.3.3 ¥Àæw¢£Á vÀÄA¨Á zÀÆgÀ £ÀqÉ¢zÀÝgÉ DgÉÆÃUÀå ZÉ£ÁßVjÛvÀÄÛ. 4.4 Translate the following into English. gÁdÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ gÁªÀÄ E§âgÀÆ M¼Éî ¸ÉßûvÀgÀÄ. CªÀgÀÄ E§âgÀÆ ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆj£À°è NzÀÄvÁÛ EzÁÝgÉ. gÁdÄ vÀĪÀÄPÀÆj£ÀªÀ£ÀÄ. gÁªÀÄ ªÀÄzÀgÁ¹£ÀªÀ£ÀÄ. gÁªÀĤUÉ ZÉ£ÁßV PÀ£ÀßqÀ §gÀÄwÛgÀ°®è. gÁdÄ CªÀ¤UÉ PÀ£ÀßqÀ PÀ°¸À®Ä ¥ÁægÀA©ü¹zÀ. ªÉÆzÀªÉÆzÀ®Ä gÁªÀĤUÉ PÀ£ÀßqÀ PÀ°AiÀÄĪÀÅzÀÄ PÀµÀÖªÁ¬ÄvÀÄ. DzÀgÀÆ ¥ÀæAiÀÄvÀß ©qÀzÉ PÀ°AiÀÄ®Ä vÉÆqÀVzÀ. ¸ÉßûvÀgÀÄ eÉÆvÉ PÀ£ÀßqÀzÀ¯Éèà ªÀiÁvÁqÀÄwÛzÀÝ. eÉÆvÉUÉ §gÉAiÀÄĪÀÅzÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ NzÀĪÀÅzÀÄ PÀ°vÀ.

Lesson 21/209

208/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

FUÀ PÀµÀÖ¥ÀlÄÖ PÀ£ÀßqÀ ªÀvÀðªÀiÁ£À ¥ÀwæPÉ N¢ CxÀðªÀiÁrPÉƼÀÄîvÁÛ£É. gÁdÄ«£À eÉÆvÉ ¢£ÀPÉÌ ¸Àé®à ºÉÆvÁÛzÀgÀÆ PÀ£ÀßqÀzÀ°è ªÀiÁvÁqÀzÉ EzÀÝgÉ CªÀ¤UÉ vÀÈ¦Û E®è. CªÀ£ÀÄ »ÃUÉ PÀ°vÀgÉ E£ÀÄß PÉ®ªÉà ¢£ÀUÀ¼À°è PÀ£ÀßqÀ ZÉ£ÁßV ªÀiÁvÀ£ÁqÀ§ºÀÄzÀÄ.

5. Vocabulary

CzsÀåPÀëvÉ

`presiding'

DgÁªÀÄ

`leisurely'

«zÁåªÀÄAwæ

`education minister'

«ªÀgÀªÁV

`in detail'

C©ü£ÀAiÀÄ

`to enjoy'

z˴ˈ

`fat'

4.5.2 There are a number of places in Mysore which are worth seeing.

¥ÁvÀæ

`character'

gÁdå¥Á®

`governor'

4.5.3 Srirangapattana was the earlier capital of Mysore Wodeyars.

¸ÀÄRªÁV

`happily'

ºÀÄZÀÄÑ

`mad'

4.5 Translate the following sentences into Kannada. 4.5.1 Mysore is a famous cultural centre in Karnataka.

4.5.4 The weather in Mysore is congenial. 4.5.5 I have purchased a new house in Bangalore. 4.5.6 If I meet Raju in Bangalore I will convey your regards. 4.5.7 Please ask him to write me a letter 4.5.8 The person who spoke me over the telephone the other day has come to see me. 4.5.9 Though he had been to meet the Prime minister, he couldn't meet him. 4.5.10It is easier to forget a language than learning it.

Lession 22/211

¥ÁoÀ - 22 PÀ£ÁðlPÀ PÀ£ÁðlPÀPÉÌ »AzÉ EzÀÝ ºÉ¸ÀgÀÄ ªÉÄʸÀÆgÀÄ gÁdå. EzÀÄ ¨sÁgÀvÀzÀ zÀQët ¨sÁUÀzÀ°èzÉ. E°èAiÀÄ d£ÀgÀ ªÀÄÄRå ¨sÁµÉ PÀ£ÀßqÀ. PÀ£ÀßqÀ ªÀÄÄRå ¨sÁµÉAiÀiÁzÀgÀÆ vÀ«Ä¼ÀÄ, vÉ®ÄUÀÄ, ªÀÄ®AiÀiÁ¼ÀA, ªÀÄgÁp, »A¢, GzÀÄð, EAVèµï ªÀiÁvÀ£ÁqÀĪÀ d£ÀgÀÆ EzÁÝgÉ. PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ°è MlÄÖ ªÀÄƪÀvÀÄÛ f¯ÉèUÀ½ªÉ. ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ gÁdzsÁ¤. E°è£À ºÀªÁªÀiÁ£À vÀÄA¨Á »vÀPÀgÀªÁVzÀÄÝ ªÁ¸ÀPÉÌ AiÉÆÃUÀåªÁVzÉ. E°è£À d£ÀgÀÄ ¸ÀĸÀA¸ÀÌøvÀgÀÄ, ¸ÀºÀ£Á²Ã®gÀÄ. PÀ£ÁðlPÀPÉÌ vÀÄA¨Á ºÀ¼ÉAiÀÄzÁzÀ ¸ÁA¸ÀÌøwPÀ ¥ÀgÀA¥ÀgÉ EzÉ. gÁdgÀÄ, PÀ«UÀ¼ÀÄ, ¸ÀªÀiÁd ¸ÀÄzsÁgÀPÀgÀÄ, zsÁ«ÄðPÀ ªÀÄÄRAqÀgÀÄ PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¸ÀA¸ÀÌøwAiÀÄ£ÀÄß ¥ÉÆö¹PÉÆAqÀÄ §A¢zÁÝgÉ. PÀzÀA§, ZÁ¼ÀÄPÀå, gÁµÀÖçPÀÆl, UÀAUÀ, ºÉÆAiÀÄì¼À, «dAiÀÄ£ÀUÀgÀzÀ CgÀ¸ÀgÀÄ, ªÉÄʸÀÆj£À MqÉAiÀÄgÀÄ F gÁdåªÀ£ÀÄß D½zÁÝgÉ. EªÀÄär ¥ÀÄ°PÉò, CªÉÆÃWÀªÀµÀð £ÀÈ¥ÀvÀÄAUÀ, «µÀÄÚªÀzsÀð£À PÀȵÀÚzÉêÀgÁAiÀÄ, aPÀÌzÉêÀgÁd, PÀȵÀÚgÁd MqÉAiÀÄgï ªÀÄÄAvÁzÀªÀgÀÄ ¸Á»vÀå, ¸ÀA¸ÀÌøwUÀ¼À£ÀÄß CdgÁªÀÄgÀUÉƽ¹zÀgÀÄ. ¥ÀÄ°PÉò Erà zÀQët ¨sÁgÀvÀzÀ°è vÀ£Àß ¸ÁªÀiÁædå ¸Áܦ¹zÀ. £ÀÈ¥ÀvÀÄAUÀ ¸Á»vÀåPÉÌ ¤ÃrzÀ PÁtÂPÉ C¥ÁgÀ. «µÀÄÚªÀzsÀð£À ²®àPÀ¯ÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß ¥ÉÆæÃvÁ컹zÀ. PÀȵÀÚzÉêÀgÁAiÀÄ£À PÁ®zÀ°è a£ÀߪÀ£ÀÄß ©Ã¢AiÀÄ°è C¼ÉzÀÄ ªÀiÁgÀÄwÛzÀÝgÀAvÉ. ªÉÄʸÀÆj£À MqÉAiÀÄgÀÄ d£ÀgÀ »vÁ¸ÀQÛAiÀÄ£ÀÄß PÁ¥ÁrzÀgÀÄ. PÀ£ÀßqÀzÀ°è ±ÉæõÀ× PÀ«UÀ¼À ¥ÀgÀA¥ÀgÉAiÉÄà §AzÀÄ ºÉÆÃVzÉ. D¢PÀ« ¥ÀA¥À EA¢UÀÆ PÀ£ÀßqÀzÀ PÀÄ®UÀÄgÀÄ. gÀ£Àß, PÀĪÀiÁgÀªÁå¸À, ºÀjºÀgÀ, gÁWÀÀªÁAPÀ, ®QëöäñÀ, gÀvÁßPÀgÀªÀtÂð ªÀÄÄAvÁzÀªÀgÀ PÁªÀåUÀ¼ÀÄ PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¸Á»vÀåªÀ£ÀÄß ²æêÀÄAvÀUÉƽ¹ªÉ. §¸ÀªÀtÚ, C®èªÀÄ¥Àæ¨sÀÄ, CPÀ̪ÀĺÁzÉë ªÀÄÄAvÁzÀ ªÀZÀ£ÀPÁgÀgÀÄ £ÀªÀÄä PÁæAw ¥ÀÄgÀĵÀgÀÄ. DqÀĪÀiÁvÀ£ÀÄß ¸Á»vÀåzÀ ªÀÄlÖPÉÌ Kj¹zÀªÀgÀÄ CxÀªÁ ¸Á»vÀåzÀ ¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß DqÀĪÀiÁwUÉ

E½¹zÀªÀgÀÄ. eÁwªÀÄvÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß «ÄÃj ¨É¼ÉzÀªÀgÀÄ. ¥ÀÄgÀAzÀgÀzÁ¸À, PÀ£ÀPÀzÁ¸À ªÀÄÄAvÁzÀªÀgÀÄ zsÁ«ÄðPÀ ZËPÀnÖ£À°è ¸ÀªÀiÁdzÀ zÉÆõÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß w¢ÝzÀªÀgÀÄ. ¸ÀªÀiÁdzÀ ¯ÉÆÃ¥ÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß PÀlĪÁV «ªÀIJð¹zÀ ¸ÀªÀðdÕ PÀ£ÀßqÀ£ÁqÀÄ PÀAqÀ M§â £ÁqÁr PÀ«. DzsÀĤPÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¸Á»vÀå EAzÀÄ vÀÄA¨Á ¥Àæ§ÄzÀÞªÁV ¨É¼É¢zÉ. ©.JA. ²æÃPÀAoÀAiÀÄå, UÉÆëAzÀ ¥ÉÊ, PÉ.«. ¥ÀÄlÖ¥Àà, zÀ.gÁ. ¨ÉÃAzÉæ, ªÀiÁ¹Û ªÉAPÀmÉñÀ CAiÀÄåAUÁgï, ²ªÀgÁªÀÄ PÁgÀAvÀ, C.£À. PÀȵÀÚgÁAiÀÄ, UÉÆÃ¥Á®PÀȵÀÚ CrUÀ ªÀÄÄAvÁzÀªÀgÀÄ ¥ÀæªÀÄÄRgÀÄ. ¨sÁgÀvÀzÀ CvÀåAvÀ ±ÉæõÀ× ¸Á»vÀå ¥Àæ±À¹ÛAiÀiÁzÀ `eÁÕ£À¦ÃoÀ' ¥Àæ±À¹Û PÀ£ÀßqÀzÀ°è JAlÄ ªÀÄA¢UÉ §A¢zÉ. PÉ.«. ¥ÀÄlÖ¥Àà, zÀ.gÁ.¨ÉÃAzÉæ, ²æà ²ªÀgÁªÀÄ PÁgÀAvÀ, ªÀiÁ¹Û ªÉAPÀmÉñÀ CAiÀÄåAUÁgï, AiÀÄÄ.Dgï. C£ÀAvÀªÀÄÆwð, Vjñï PÁ£Áðqï ªÀÄvÀÄÛ qÁ. ZÀAzÀæ±ÉÃRgÀ PÀA¨ÁgÀ CªÀgÉà F ¥Àæ±À¹ÛAiÀÄ£ÀÄß ¥ÀqÉzÀªÀgÀÄ. PÀ£ÁðlPÀ £ÉʸÀVðPÀ ¸ÀA¥ÀwÛ¤AzÀ PÀÆrzÉ. E°è CgÀtå ºÁUÀÆ R¤d ¸ÀA¥ÀvÀÄÛUÀ¼ÀÄ ºÉÃgÀ¼ÀªÁV zÉÆgÀPÀÄvÀÛªÉ. PÉÆïÁgÀzÀ ºÀwÛgÀ a£ÀßzÀ UÀtÂUÀ½ªÉ. ¨sÀzÁæªÀw, vÀĪÀÄPÀÆgÀÄ, §¼Áîj, PÀÄzÀÄgɪÀÄÄRUÀ¼À°è PÀ©ât ºÁUÀÆ ªÀiÁåAUÀ¤Ã¸ï CzÀÄj£À UÀtÂUÀ½ªÉ. ¨sÀzÁæªÀwAiÀÄ°è PÀ©ât, ¹ªÉÄAmï, PÁUÀzÀzÀ PÁSÁð£ÉUÀ½ªÉ. zÁªÀtUÉgÉAiÀÄ°è ºÀwÛ VgÀtÂUÀ¼ÀÄ, ªÉÄʸÀÆj£À°è UÀAzsÀ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ gÉõÉä PÁSÁð£É, ºÉƸÀ¥ÉÃmÉAiÀÄ°è ¸ÀPÀÌgÉ PÁSÁð£,É ¨¼ É U À Á«AiÄÀ°è C®Äå«Ä¤AiÄÀA PÁSÁð£U É ½ À ª.É ¨AÉU¼ À Æ À gÄÀ PÊÉUÁjPÁ £U À g À ª À AÉzÃÉ ¥¹ æÀ ¢Þ ¥q À ¢ É z.É C°è §Èºv À ï PÊÉUÁjPÁ Wl À PU À ¼ À ÄÀ Eª.É PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ ¥À²ÑªÀÄ ¨sÁUÀzÀ°è zÀlÖªÁzÀ CgÀtå EzÉ. F CgÀtåzÀ°è ¨É¯É¨Á¼ÀĪÀ ²æÃUÀAzsÀ, vÉÃUÀ, ºÉÆ£Éß ªÀÄÄAvÁzÀ ªÀÄgÀUÀ¼ÀÄ ¨É¼ÉAiÀÄÄvÀÛªÉ. D£É, fAPÉ, PÁqɪÉÄä, agÀvÉ ªÀÄÄAvÁzÀ ¥ÁætÂUÀ¼ÀÄ E°è ªÁ¹¸ÀÄvÀÛªÉ. E°è£À ¥ÀæªÀÄÄR £À¢UÀ¼ÉAzÀgÉ PÁªÉÃj, PÀ¦®, vÀÄAUÀ¨sÀzÀæ, ±ÀgÁªÀw, PÀȵÀÚ. F £À¢UÀ¼À ¤ÃgÀ£ÀÄß PÀȶUÉ ºÁUÀÄ «zÀÄåZÀÒQÛ GvÁࢸÀĪÀÅzÀPÉÌ §¼À¹PÉƼÀî¯ÁVzÉ. PÁªÉÃj £À¢UÉ ªÉÄʸÀÆj£À ºÀwÛgÀ PÀ£ÀßA¨Ár JA§ ¸ÀܼÀzÀ°è CuÉPÀmÉÖ

212/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

PÀlÖ¯ÁVzÉ. CzÀ£ÀÄß PÀȵÀÚgÁd¸ÁUÀgÀ JAzÀÄ PÀgÉAiÀÄÄvÁÛgÉ. E°è MAzÀÄ ¸ÀÄAzÀgÀªÁzÀ ºÀÆzÉÆÃl«zÉ. CzÀgÀ ºÉ¸ÀgÀÄ §ÈAzÁªÀ£À. EzÀÄ ¥ÀæªÁ¹UÀ½UÉ zÉÆqÀØ DPÀµÀðuÉ. ±ÀgÁªÀw £À¢UÉ °AUÀ£ÀªÀÄQÌ JA§°è CuÉPÀmÉÖ PÀnÖ «zÀÄåvï GvÁࢸÀ¯ÁUÀÄwÛzÉ. vÀÄAUÀ¨sÀzÁæ £À¢UÉ ºÉƸÀ¥ÉÃmÉ §½ CuÉPÀmÉÖ PÀnÖ ¤ÃgÁªÀj §¼À¹PÉƼÀî¯ÁVzÉ. PÀȵÁÚ£À¢UÀÆ CuÉPÀmÉÖ ºÁPÀ¯ÁVzÉ. £ÀA¢¨ÉlÖ, PɪÀÄätÄÚUÀÄAr PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ ¥Àæ¹zÀÞ VjzsÁªÀÄUÀ¼ÀÄ, §Ar¥ÀÄgÀ, £ÁUÀgÀºÉÆ¼É C¨sÀAiÀiÁgÀtåUÀ¼ÀÄ. ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ gÁdzsÁ¤ ºÁUÀÆ zÉÆqÀØ£ÀUÀgÀ. E°è C£ÉÃPÀ PÉÃAzÀæ ¸ÁªÀÄåzÀ PÁSÁð£ÉUÀ½ªÉ. E°è «zsÁ£À¸ËzsÀzÀ°è gÁdåzÀ PÁAiÀiÁð®AiÀÄ«zÉ. «zsÁ£À ¸À¨sÉ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ «zsÁ£À ¥ÀjµÀvÀÄÛ E°è ¸ÉÃgÀÄvÀÛªÉ. ªÉÄʸÀÆgÀÄ, ºÀħâ½î, ªÀÄAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ, UÀÄ®âUÁð EvÀgÀ ªÀÄÄRå ¥ÀlÖtUÀ¼ÀÄ. ªÉÄʸÀÆgÀÄ ¥ÀæªÀÄÄR ¥ÀlÖt ºÁUÀÆ ªÁå¥ÁgÀ PÉÃAzÀæ. »AzÉ EzÀÄ MqÉAiÀÄgÀ gÁdzsÁ¤AiÀiÁVvÀÄÛ. ºÀħâ½î GvÀÛgÀ PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ ¥ÀæªÀÄÄR ¥ÀlÖt ºÁUÀÆ ªÁå¥ÁgÀ PÉÃAzÀæ. ªÀÄAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ PÀgÁªÀ½ PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ ¥ÀæªÀÄÄR ªÁå¥ÁgÀ PÉÃAzÀæ. E°è ¸ÀĸÀfÓvÀªÁzÀ §AzÀgÀÄ EzÉ. PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ®°vÀ PÀ¯ÉUÀ½UÉ ¥Àæ¹zÀÞªÁzÀÄzÀÄ. ªÁ¸ÀÄÛ²®àzÀ°è `PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ±ÉÊ°' JA§ ºÉƸÀ ±ÉÊ°AiÉÆAzÀ£ÀÄß ¸ÀȶֹzÀ vËgÀÄ£ÁqÀÄ. LºÉƼÉ, ¥ÀlÖzÀPÀ®Äè, ¨ÁzÁ«Ä, ºÀ¼ÉéÃqÀÄ, ¨ÉîÆgÀÄ, ºÀA¥ÉAiÀÄ°ègÀĪÀ zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀUÀ¼ÀÄ F ±ÉÊ°AiÀÄ M¼ÉîAiÀÄ ªÀiÁzÀjUÀ¼ÀÄ. ©eÁ¥ÀÄgÀ, UÀÄ®âUÀð, gÁAiÀÄZÀÆgÀÄ, ²æÃgÀAUÀ¥ÀlÖtUÀ¼À°ègÀĪÀ UÉÆîUÀĪÀÄälUÀ¼ÀÄ, zÀUÁðUÀ¼ÀÄ ªÀÄĹèªÀÄgÀÄ ªÁ¸ÀÄÛ²®àPÉÌ ¤ÃrzÀ PÁtÂPÉ. ±ÀæªÀt¨É¼ÀUÉƼÀzÀ°è UÉƪÀÄämÉñÀégÀ£À KPÀ²¯Á «UÀæºÀ CzÀÄãvÀªÁVzÉ. PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ°è ºÀ®ªÁgÀÄ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄUÀ½ªÉ. ªÉÄʸÀÆj£À°è ªÉÄʸÀÆgÀÄ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ, PÀ£ÁðlPÀ gÁdå ªÀÄÄPÀÛ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆj£À°è ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ, PÀȶ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ,

Lession 22/213

gÁfêÀUÁA¢ü ªÉÊzÀåQÃAiÀÄ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ, zsÁgÀªÁqÀzÀ°è PÀ£ÁðlPÀ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ PÀȶ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ, UÀÄ®âUÁðzÀ°è UÀÄ®§UÁð «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ, ªÀÄAUÀ¼ÀÆj£À°è ªÀÄAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ, ²ªÀªÉÆUÀÎzÀ°è PÀĪÉA¥ÀÄ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ, vÀĪÀÄPÀÆj£À°è vÀĪÀÄPÀÆgÀÄ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ, ¨ÁUÀ®PÉÆÃmÉAiÀÄ°è vÉÆÃlUÁjPÉ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¨É¼ÀUÁA£À°è «±ÉéñÀégÀAiÀÄå vÁAwæPÀ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄUÀ½ªÉ. C®èzÉ ºÁªÉÃjAiÀÄ°è eÁ£À¥ÀzÀ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀĪÀ£ÀÄß DgÀA©ü¸À¯ÁVzÉ. PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ ªÀÄÄRå ¨É¼É gÁV, ¨sÀvÀÛ, eÉÆüÀ, PÀqÀ¯É, vÉÆUÀj, PÀ§Äâ, PÁ¦ü, ºÀwÛ, K®QÌ, UÉÆqÀA© ªÀÄÄAvÁzÀªÀÅ ªÁtÂdå ¨É¼ÉUÀ¼ÀÄ. C¨sÁå¸À 1.

PɼÀV£À ¥ÀzÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß UÀªÀĤ¹ : ¸ÀA¸ÀÌøw «eÁÕ£À EwºÁ¸À ZÀjvÉæ ¨sÀÆUÉÆüÀ ²PÀët

2.

à à à à à à

¸ÁA¸ÀÌøwPÀ ªÉÊeÁÕ¤PÀ LwºÁ¹PÀ ZÁjwæPÀ ¨sËUÉÆýPÀ ±ÉÊPÀëtÂPÀ

«gÀÄzÁÞxÀðUÀ¼À£ÀÄß UÀªÀĤ¹ : Kj¸ÀÄ X E½¸ÀÄ DqÀĪÀiÁvÀÄ X UÀæAxÀ¸ÀÜ ¨sÁµÉ »vÀ X C»vÀ ¸ÀĸÀA¸ÀÌøvÀ X PÀĸÀA¸ÀÌøvÀ C¥ÁgÀ X PÀrªÉÄ §ÈºÀvï PÉÊUÁjPÉ X ¸ÀtÚ PÉÊUÁjPÉ

214/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

3.

PɼÀV£À ¥Àæ±ÉßUÀ½UÉ GvÀÛj¹ :

Lession 22/215

3.1 PÀ£ÁðlPÀPÉÌ »AzÉ EzÀÝ ºÉ¸ÀgÉãÀÄ ?

3.20 PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ CgÀtåUÀ¼À°è ªÀÄgÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß w½¹.

3.2 PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ¨sÁgÀvÀzÀ AiÀiÁªÀ ¢QÌ£À°èzÉ ?

3.21 PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ ¥ÀæªÀÄÄR £À¢UÀ¼ÀÄ AiÀiÁªÀŪÀÅ ?

3.3 PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ ªÀÄÄRå ¨sÁµÉ AiÀiÁªÀÅzÀÄ ?

3.22 PÀ£ÀßA¨ÁrAiÀÄ°è AiÀiÁªÀ £À¢UÉ CuÉPÀmÉÖ ºÁPÀ¯ÁVzÉ ?

3.4 PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ°è ¨ÉÃgÉ AiÀiÁªÀ ¨sÁµÉ ªÀiÁvÀ£ÁqÀĪÀ d£À EzÁÝgÉ ?

3.23 PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ VjzsÁªÀÄUÀ¼ÀÄ, C¨sÀAiÀiÁgÀtåUÀ¼ÀÄ AiÀiÁªÀŪÀÅ?

3.5 PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ°è JµÀÄÖ f¯ÉèUÀ½ªÉ? 3.6 PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ ºÀªÁªÀiÁ£À ºÉÃVzÉ? 3.7 PÀ£ÁðlPÀ d£À JAvÀºÀªÀgÀÄ ? 3.8 PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ ¸ÀA¸ÀÌøwAiÀÄ£ÀÄß AiÀiÁgÀÄ AiÀiÁgÀÄ ¥ÉÆö¹zÁÝgÉ? 3.9 PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ PÉ®ªÀÅ gÁdªÀÄ£ÉvÀ£ÀzÀ ºÉ¸ÀgÀÄ ºÉý. 3.10 zÀQët ¨sÁgÀvÀzÀ°è ¸ÁªÀiÁædå ¸Áܦ¹zÀ PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ gÁd AiÀiÁgÀÄ? 3.11 AiÀiÁgÀ PÁ®zÀ°è a£ÀߪÀ£ÀÄß ©Ã¢AiÀÄ°è C¼ÉAiÀÄÄwÛzÀÝgÀÄ ? 3.12 PÀ£ÀßqÀzÀ PÉ®ªÀÅ PÀ«UÀ¼À ºÉ¸ÀgÀ£ÀÄß w½¹? 3.13 ªÀZÀ£ÀPÁgÀgÀ°è §AzÀ PÁæAw ¥ÀÄgÀĵÀgÀÄ AiÀiÁgÀÄ ?

¨É¼ÉAiÀÄĪÀ

¨É¯É¨Á¼ÀĪÀ

3.24 ªÉÄʸÀÆgÀÄ AiÀiÁgÀ gÁdzsÁ¤AiÀiÁVvÀÄÛ ? 3.25 `PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ±ÉÊ°'AiÀÄ zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀUÀ¼ÀÄ J°èªÉ ? 3.26 UÉƪÀÄäl£À «UÀæºÀ J°èzÉ? 3.27 PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ°ègÀĪÀ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄUÀ¼ÀÄ AiÀiÁªÀŪÀÅ ? 3.28 PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ ªÀÄÄRå ¨É¼ÉUÀ¼ÀÄ AiÀiÁªÀŪÀÅ ? 4. PÀpt ¥ÀzÀUÀ¼À CxÀð : CdgÁªÀÄgÀ

'immortal'

CuÉPÀmÉÖ

'dam'

CzÀÄgÀÄ

'ore'

3.14 ¸Á»vÀåzÀ ¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß DqÀĪÀiÁw£À ªÀÄlÖPÉÌ E½¹zÀªÀgÀÄ AiÀiÁgÀÄ?

C¨sÀAiÀiÁgÀtå

'game sanctury'

C¼É

`to measure'

3.15 PÀ£ÀßqÀ £ÁqÀÄ PÀAqÀ «ªÀıÀðPÀ PÀ« AiÀiÁgÀÄ ?

DqÀÄ ªÀiÁvÀÄ

' spoken language'

3.16 PÀ£ÀßqÀzÀ°è AiÀiÁgÀÄ AiÀiÁjUÉ eÁÕ£À¦ÃoÀ ¥Àæ±À¹Û §A¢zÉ?

D¢

'beginning, first'

3.17 PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ°è a£ÀßzÀ UÀt J°èzÉ ?

E½¸ÀÄ

'to bring down'

3.18 ¨sÀzÁæªÀwAiÀÄ°ègÀĪÀ PÁSÁð£ÉUÀ¼ÀÄ AiÀiÁªÀŪÀÅ ?

GvÁࢸÀÄ

'to produce'

3.19 zÁªÀtUÉgÉ, ºÉƸÀ¥ÉÃmÉ, ªÉÄʸÀÆj£À°ègÀĪÀ PÁSÁð£ÉUÀ¼ÀÄ AiÀiÁªÀŪÀÅ?

K®QÌ

'cardamom'

Kj¸ÀÄ

'to raise'

216/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

Lession 22/217

PÀlĪÁV

'bitterly'

fAPÉ

'deer'

PÀqÀ¯É

'bengal Gram'

eÉÆüÀ

'jowar'

PÀ©ât

'iron'

wzÀÄÝ

'to correct'

PÀ§Äâ

`sugar cane'

vÉÃUÀ

`teak'

PÀgÁªÀ½

' costal'

zÀlÖªÁzÀ

' dense'

PÁSÁð£É

'factory'

zÉÆgÀPÀÄ

'available'

PÁqɪÉÄä

'bison'

zÉÆõÀ

'flaw'

PÁ¥ÁqÀÄ

'to protect'

zsÁjäPÀ ªÀÄÄRAqÀgÀÄ

'religious leaders '

PÁAiÀiÁð®AiÀÄ

'secretariat'

£ÁqÁr

'itenerant'

PÁæAw ¥ÀÄgÀĵÀgÀÄ

'revolutionary men'

£ÉʸÀVðPÀ

'natural'

PÀÄ®UÀÄgÀÄ

'patron saint'

¥ÀgÀA¥ÀgÉ

'tradition'

PÉÊUÁjPÉ

'industry'

¥Àæ§ÄzÀÞ

'mature'

R¤d

'mineral'

¥Àæ±À¹Û

'award'

UÀAzsÀzÀ JuÉÚ PÁSÁð£É 'Sandalwood oil factory'

¥ÉÆö¸ÀÄ

'to nourish'

VjzsÁªÀÄ

'hill station '

¥ÉÆæÃvÁ컸ÀÄ

'to encourage '

UÉÆÃqÀA©

'cashew'

§AzÀgÀÄ

'harbour'

WÀlPÀ

'unit'

§ÈºÀvï PÉÊUÁjPÉ

'large scale industry'

a£Àß

'gold'

¨É¯É¨Á¼ÀĪÀ

'valuable'

agÀvÉ

'cheeta'

¨sÀvÀÛ

'paddy'

ZËPÀlÄÖ

'frame'

ªÀÄlÖ

'level'

eÁw

'caste'

ªÀÄvÀ

'religion'

218/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

Lession 22/219

ªÀiÁzÀj

'model'

ºÀwÛ

'cotton'

«ÄÃgÀÄ

'to transcend'

ºÀwÛ VgÀtÂ

'cotton mill'

AiÉÆÃUÀå

'worthy'

ºÀªÁ

'weather'

gÁV

`ragi'

»vÀPÀgÀ

'congenial'

®°vÀ PÀ¯É

' fine arts'

»vÁ¸ÀQÛ

'benificial'

¯ÉÆÃ¥À

'lapse'

ºÉÃgÀ¼À

'in plenty'

ªÁtÂdå

'commercial'

ºÉÆ£Éß

`yellow teak'

«zÀÄåZÀÒQÛ

'electricity'

«zsÁ£À ¥ÀjµÀvï

'legislative council'

«zsÁ£À¸À¨sÉ

'legislative assembly'

«±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ

'university'

¸ÀA¥ÀvÀÄÛ

'wealth'

¸ÀªÀiÁd ¸ÀÄzsÁgÀPÀgÀÄ

'social reformers'

¸ÀºÀ£Á²Ã®gÀÄ

'tolerant'

¸ÁªÀiÁædå

'kingdom '

¸ÀĸÀA¸ÀÌøvÀ

'cultured person'

¸ÀĸÀfÓvÀªÁzÀ

'well equipped'

²¯Á «UÀæºÀ

'stone idol'

Lession 23/221

¥ÁoÀ - 23 PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨sÁµÉ ¥ÀæªÀÄÄR zÁæ«qÀ ¨sÁµÉUÀ°è PÀ£ÀßqÀªÀÇ MAzÀÄ. EvÀgÀ ªÀÄÆgÀÄ ¥ÀæªÀÄÄR ¨sÁµÉUÀ¼ÉAzÀgÉ vÀ«Ä¼ÀÄ, vÉ®ÄUÀÄ, ªÀÄ®AiÀiÁ¼ÀA. vÀ«Ä¼ÀÄ ¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ £ÀAvÀgÀzÀ ¥ÁæaãÀ zÁæ«qÀ ¨sÁµÉAiÉÄAzÀgÉ PÀ£ÀßqÀ. PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨sÁµÉUÉ CvÀåAvÀ ºÀ¼ÉAiÀÄ EwºÁ¸À«zÉ. ¸ÀĪÀiÁgÀÄ Qæ¸ÀÛ±ÀPÀ ªÀÄÆgÀ£Éà ±ÀvÀªÀiÁ£ÀzÀ°èAiÉÄà PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨sÁµÉ §¼ÀPÉAiÀÄ°èvÉÛAzÀÄ «zÁéA¸ÀgÀÄ C©ü¥ÁæAiÀÄ ¥ÀnÖzÁÝgÉ. DzÀgÉ £ÀªÀÄUÉ ¹QÌgÀĪÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ ªÉÆzÀ® DzsÁgÀªÉAzÀgÉ ºÀ°är ±Á¸À£À. ºÁ¸À£À f¯ÉèAiÀÄ ºÀ°är JA§ UÁæªÀÄzÀ°è ¹QÌgÀĪÀ F ±Á¸À£ÀzÀ PÁ® Qæ.±À. 450. EzÀgÀ°è PÀ£ÀßqÀ ±À§ÝUÀ¼ÀÄ ºÁUÀÆ gÀZÀ£ÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß PÁt§ºÀÄzÀÄ. ¨sÁµÉ ¤AvÀ ¤ÃgÀ®è. CzÀÄ PÁ®¢AzÀ PÁ®PÉÌ §zÀ¯ÁUÀÄvÁÛ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÀÛzÉ. PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨sÁµÉAiÀÄÆ ¸ÀºÀ PÁ®¢AzÀ PÁ®PÉÌ §zÀ¯ÁUÀÄvÁÛ §A¢zÉ. PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ §zÀ¯ÁzÀ ¸ÀégÀÆ¥ÀªÀ£ÀÄß UÀªÀÄ£ÀzÀ°èlÄÖPÉÆAqÀÄ CzÀ£ÀÄß LwºÁ¹PÀªÁV ¥ÀƪÁðzsÀð ºÀ¼ÉUÀ£ÀßqÀ, ºÀ¼ÉUÀ£ÀßqÀ, £ÀqÀÄUÀ£ÀßqÀ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ DzsÀĤPÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀ JAzÀÄ £Á®ÄÌ ¨sÁUÀUÀ¼ÁV «zÁéA¸ÀgÀÄ «¨sÁV¹zÁÝgÉ. ¥ÀƪÀðzÀ ºÀ¼ÉUÀ£ÀßqÀzÀ PÁ® ±Á¸À£ÀUÀ¼À PÁ®. ±Á¸À£ÀUÀ¼À°è ¹UÀĪÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß UÀªÀÄ£ÀzÀ°èlÄÖPÉÆAqÀÄ EzÀ£ÀÄß ±Á¸À£ÀUÀ¼À ¨sÁµÉ JAzÀÆ PÀgÉAiÀÄÄvÁÛgÉ. ¸ÀĪÀiÁgÀÄ LzÀ£Éà ±ÀvÀªÀiÁ£À¢AzÀ MA¨sÀvÀÛ£Éà ±ÀvÀªÀiÁ£ÀzÀªÀgÉUÉ EzÀgÀ CªÀ¢ü EzÉ. F CªÀ¢üAiÀÄ°è PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ°è ºÉÃgÀ¼ÀªÁzÀ ±Á¸À£ÀUÀ¼ÀÄ ¹Q̪É. ºÀ¼ÉUÀ£ÀßqÀ PÁ® ºÀvÀÛ£Éà ±ÀvÀªÀiÁ£À¢AzÀ ºÀ£ÉÆßAzÀ£Éà ±ÀvÀªÀiÁ£ÀzÀ PÀqÉAiÀĪÀgÉUÉ. F CªÀ¢üAiÀÄ°è ¥ËæqsÀªÁzÀ UÀæAxÀUÀ¼ÀÄ ºÉÆgÀ§AzÀªÀÅ. ¥ÀA¥À,

¥ÉÆ£Àß, gÀ£ÀߣÀAvÀºÀ PÀ«UÀ½zÀÝgÀÄ. F ¸ÀªÀÄAiÀÄzÀ°è PÀ£ÀßqÀzÀ ªÉÄÃ¯É ¸ÀA¸ÀÌøvÀzÀ ¥Àæ¨sÁªÀ CwAiÀiÁVvÀÄÛ. ¥ÀArvÀ ªÀiÁ£ÀåªÁzÀ ¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß §¼À¸ÀĪÀÅzÀÄ CA¢£À ¥ÀæwµÉ×AiÀÄ ¸ÀAPÉÃvÀªÁVvÀÄÛ. £ÀqÀÄUÀ£ÀßqÀzÀ PÁ® ºÀ£ÉßgÀqÀ£Éà ±ÀvÀªÀiÁ£À¢AzÀ ºÀvÉÆÛA§vÀÛ£Éà ±ÀvÀªÀiÁ£ÀzÀªÀgÉUÉ EzÉ. F CªÀ¢üAiÀÄ°è PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨sÁµÉ vÀÄA¨Á §zÀ¯ÁªÀuÉUÉ M¼À¥ÀnÖvÀÄ. ¸ÀA¸ÀÌøvÀzÀ ¥Àæ¨sÁªÀ PÀrªÉÄAiÀiÁUÀĪÀÅzÀgÀ eÉÆvÉUÉ DqÀĪÀiÁvÀÄ ºÉZÀÄÑ §¼ÀPÉUÉ §gÀvÉÆqÀVvÀÄ. ¥ÀArvÀ ªÀiÁ£Àå ¨sÁµÉ ªÀZÀ£ÀPÁgÀgÀÄ, PÀĪÀiÁgÀªÁå¸À, ¸ÀªÀðdÕ ªÀÄÄAvÁzÀªÀgÀ PÉÊUÉ ¹QÌ ¸ÁªÀiÁ£ÀåjUÀÆ CxÀðªÁUÀĪÀ ºÁUÉ §zÀ¯ÁªÀuÉUÉÆArvÀÄ. ¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ ¸ÀégÀÆ¥ÀzÀ°è ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ªÁåPÀgÀt ¤AiÀĪÀÄzÀ°è §zÀ¯ÁªÀuÉUÀ¼ÁzÀªÀÅ. E¥ÀàvÀÛ£Éà ±ÀvÀªÀiÁ£ÀzÀ EwÛÃa£À ¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß DzsÀĤPÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀ JAzÀÄ PÀgÉAiÀÄÄvÁÛgÉ. ºÀ¼ÀUÀ£ÀßqÀ ºÉÃUÉ ¸ÀA¸ÀÌøvÀ¢AzÀ ¥Àæ¨sÁªÀUÉÆArvÉÆÛà ºÁUÉ DzsÀĤPÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀ EAVèµï, GzÀÄð ¨sÁµÉUÀ½AzÀ ¥Àæ¨sÁªÀUÉÆArzÉ. EAVèÃµï ²PÀët ¨sÁgÀvÀzÀ°è DgÀA¨sÀUÉÆAqÁUÀ ºÉƸÀ fêÀ£À PÀæªÀĪÉà DgÀA¨sÀªÁ¬ÄvÀÄ. vÁAwæPÀ ²PÀëtzÀ DgÀA¨sÀ, ªÉÊeÁÕ¤PÀ zÀȶÖPÉÆãÀ, ¥Á±ÁÑvÀå ¸Á»vÀåzÀ ¥Àæ¨sÁªÀ EªÉ¯Áè ¸ÉÃj PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨sÁµÉ ºÉƸÀ gÀÆ¥ÀªÀ£Éßà ¥ÀqɬÄvÀÄ. DzsÀĤPÀ ¯ÉÃRPÀgÀÆ ¸ÀºÀ EAzÀÄ vÀªÀÄä PÀÈwUÀ¼À°è DqÀĪÀiÁvÀ£ÀÄß §¼À¸ÀÄwÛzÁÝgÉ. ¨sÁµÉAiÉÄA§ÄzÀÄ UÀæAxÀ¸ÀÜ ªÀiÁvÀæªÀ®è, ªÀÄÆ®vÀB ªÀiÁvÀ£ÁqÀĪÀÅzÀÄ JA§ C©ü¥ÁæAiÀÄ J¯Áè PÀqÉ ¨É¼ÉAiÀÄÄwÛzÉ. DzsÀĤPÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀzÀ°è ºÀ®ªÁgÀÄ G¥À¨sÁµÉUÀ½ªÉ. EªÀÅUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ªÀÄÆ®vÀB ¸ÀÆÜ®ªÁV ªÉÄʸÀÆgÀÄ PÀ£ÀßqÀ, ªÀÄAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ PÀ£ÀßqÀ, zsÁgÀªÁqÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ UÀÄ®âUÁð PÀ£ÀßqÀ JAzÀÄ «¨sÁV¸À§ºÀÄzÀÄ. ªÉÄʸÀÆgÀÄ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ ºÁUÀÆ E¤ßvÀgÀ ºÀ¼Éà PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ°è ªÀiÁvÀ£ÁqÀĪÀ G¥À¨sÁµÉ ªÉÄʸÀÆgÀÄ PÀ£ÀßqÀ. ªÉÄʸÀÆgÀÄ PÀ£ÀßqÀ MAzÀÄ jÃwAiÀÄ°è ²µÀÖ ¨sÁµÉUÉ ºÀwÛgÀzÀÄÝ. ¸ÀªÀÄƺÀ ªÀiÁzsÀåªÀÄUÀ¼À°è EAzÀÄ §¼À¸ÀĪÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀPÀÆÌ EzÀPÀÆÌ ºÉZÀÄÑ ªÀåvÁå¸À«®è. PÀgÁªÀ½ ¥ÀæzÉñÀzÀ°è ªÀiÁvÀ£ÁqÀĪÀ

222/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

G¥À¨sÁµÉ ªÀÄAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ PÀ£ÀßqÀ. F G¥À¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ ªÉÄÃ¯É vÀļÀÄ ºÁUÀÆ PÉÆAPÀt ¨sÁµÉUÀ¼À ¥Àæ¨sÁªÀ«zÉ. ¨ÁA¨É PÀ£ÁðlPÀ CxÀªÁ ºÀħâ½î, zsÁgÀªÁqÀ, ¨É¼ÀUÁ« ¥ÀæzÉñÀzÀ°è ªÀiÁvÀ£ÁqÀĪÀ G¥À¨sÁµÉ zsÁgÀªÁqÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀ. F G¥À¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ ªÉÄÃ¯É ªÀÄgÁp ¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ ¥Àæ¨sÁªÀ«zÉ. ©eÁ¥ÀÄgÀ, UÀÄ®âUÁð, ©ÃzÀgï, gÁAiÀÄZÀÆgÀÄ ªÀÄÄAvÁzÀ ºÉÊzÀgÁ¨Ázï PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ°è ªÀiÁvÀ£ÁqÀĪÀ G¥À¨sÁµÉ UÀÄ®âUÁð PÀ£ÀßqÀ. F G¥À¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ ªÉÄÃ¯É ºÉZÀÄÑ GzÀÄð ¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ ¥Àæ¨sÁªÀ«zÉ. PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨sÁµÉ EAzÀÄ CvÀåAvÀ ¸ÀªÀÄxÀð ¨sÁµÉAiÀiÁV ¨É¼ÉzÀÄ ¤AwzÉ. ²PÀët ªÀiÁzsÀåªÀĪÁV, ªÉÊeÁÕ¤PÀ ¨sÁµÉAiÀiÁV DqÀ½vÀ ¨sÁµÉAiÀiÁV ¸ÁA¸ÀÌøwPÀ ¨sÁµÉAiÀiÁV CzÀ£ÀÄß §¼À¸ÀĪÀ dªÁ¨ÁÝj £ÀªÀÄäzÀÄ. C¨sÁå¸À 1.

PɼÀV£À ¥Àæ±ÉßUÀ½UÉ GvÀÛj¹. 1.1

¥ÀæªÀÄÄR zÁæ«qÀ ¨sÁµÉUÀ¼ÀÄ AiÀiÁªÀŪÀÅ ?

1.2 CvÀåAvÀ ¥ÁæaãÀ zÁæ«qÀ ¨sÁµÉ AiÀiÁªÀÅzÀÄ ? 1.3 PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨sÁµÉ JµÀÖ£Éà ±ÀvÀªÀiÁ£À¢AzÀ EvÉÛAzÀÄ «zÁéA¸ÀgÀÄ C©ü¥ÁæAiÀÄ ¥ÀqÀÄvÁÛgÉ ? 1.4 PÀ£ÀßqÀzÀ ªÉÆzÀ® ±Á¸À£À AiÀiÁªÀÅzÀÄ ? CzÀgÀ PÁ® JµÀÄÖ ? 1.5 PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß JµÀÄÖ ¨sÁUÀUÀ¼ÁV «¨sÁV¸À§ºÀÄzÀÄ? CªÀÅ AiÀiÁªÀŪÀÅ? CªÀÅUÀ¼À PÁ® AiÀiÁªÀÅzÀÄ ? 1.6 DzsÀĤPÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀzÀ°è JµÀÄÖ G¥À¨sÁµÉUÀ½ªÉ? 2.

PÀpt ¥ÀzÀUÀ¼À CxÀð: Cw CxÀðªÁUÀÄ

'too much' 'to understand'

Lession 23/223

C©ü¥ÁæAiÀÄ CªÀ¢ü DqÀ½vÀ ¨sÁµÉ DzsÁgÀ DgÀA¨sÀ EwÛÃa£À G¥À¨sÁµÉ M¼À¥ÀqÀÄ Qæ¸ÀÛ±ÀPÀ PÀÈw UÀªÀÄ£À UÀæAxÀ UÁæªÀÄ dªÁ¨ÁÝj fêÀ£À PÀæªÀÄ vÁAwæPÀ ²PÀët £ÀqÀÄUÀ£ÀßqÀ ¤AiÀĪÀÄ ¥ÀæwµÉ× ¥Àæ¨sÁªÀ ¥Àæ¨sÉÃzÀ ¥ÀArvÀ ¥Á±ÁÑvÀå ¸Á»vÀå ¥ÀƪÀðzÀ ºÀ¼ÀUÀ£ÀßqÀ ¥ËæqsÀ

`opinion' `period' `administrative language' `source' `begin' `recent' `dialect' `undergo' `A.D' `work of art' `attention' `book' `village' `responsibility' `life style' `technical education' `medieval kannada' `principle' `pride' `influence' `variety' `scholar' `western literature' `pre old kannada' `mature, learned'

224/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

ªÀiÁ£Àå

`acceptable'

ªÀÄÆ®¨sÀÆvÀ

`fundamental'

gÀÆ¥À

`shape'

ªÀåvÁå¸À

`difference'

ªÁåPÀgÀt

`grammar'

ªÁPÀågÀZÀ£É

`sentence construction'

«avÀæ

`peculiar '

«zÁéA¸À

`scholar'

«¨sÁV¸ÀÄ

`to divide'

ªÉÊeÁÕ¤PÀ zÀȶÖPÉÆãÀ

`scientific outlook'

¸ÀAPÉÃvÀ

`symbol'

¸ÀªÀÄxÀð

`capable'

¸ÀªÀÄƺÀ ªÀiÁzsÀåªÀÄ

`mass media'

¸ÀégÀÆ¥À

`form'

¸ÁªÀiÁ£ÀågÀÄ

`ordinary people'

¸ÀÆÜ®ªÁV

`in brief'

±À§Ý

`sound'

±Á¸À£À

`inscription'

²PÀët ªÀiÁzsÀåªÀÄ

`educational medium'

²µÀÖ ¨sÁµÉ

`standard language'

ºÀ¼ÉUÀ£ÀßqÀ

`old kannada'

¥ÁoÀ - 24 ªÀiÁ£À vÀgÀĪÀ ¸ÀAUÀw C®è ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ £ÀUÀgÀzÀ AiÀiÁªÀ ¨sÁUÀªÀÇ EAzÀÄ ¥ÀæeÉUÀ¼À ¥Á°UÉ ¸ÀÄgÀQëvÀªÀ®è. AiÀiÁgÀÄ AiÀiÁgÀ£ÀÄß ¨ÉÃPÁzÀgÀÆ zÉÆÃZÀ§ºÀÄzÀÄ, ¥Àæw¨sÀn¹zÀªÀjUÉ ZÀÆj ºÁPÀ§ºÀÄzÀÄ. ªÉÄʪÉÄðgÀĪÀ £ÀUÀ£ÁtåUÀ¼À£ÀÄß PÀ¹zÀÄPÉÆAqÀÄ PÀA© QüÀ§ºÀÄzÀÄ. ºÁqÀÄ ºÀUÀ¯Éà ªÀÄ£ÀUÉ £ÀÄVÎ ZÁPÀÄ vÉÆÃj¹ ¤ªÁ¹UÀ¼À£ÀÄß §rzÀÄ ¨ÉzÀj¹ ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄ°ègÀĪÀÅzÀ£É߯Áè ªÀÄÆmÉ PÀnÖPÉÆAqÀÄ ¥À¯ÁAiÀÄ£À ªÀiÁqÀ§ºÀÄzÀÄ. EAxÀ PÁPÀ¥ÉÆÃPÀgÀ ºÁªÀ½AiÀÄ «gÀÄzÀÞ £ÀUÀgÀªÁ¹UÀ½UÉ gÀPÀëuÉ ¤ÃqÀĪÀ ¥ÀæxÀªÀÄ PÀvÀðªÀåªÀ£ÀÄß £ÉgÀªÉÃj¸ÀĪÀÅzÀÆ ¸ÀPÁðgÀ¢AzÀ ¸ÁzsÀå«®èªÁVzÉ. PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ gÁdzsÁ¤AiÀÄ°èAiÉÄà EAxÀ ¨sÀAiÀiÁ£ÀPÀ ¥Àj¹ÜwAiÀiÁzÀgÉ gÁdåzÀ EvÀgÀ ¨sÁUÀUÀ¼À°è£À ¸À¤ßªÉñÀªÀ£ÀÄß ºÉüÀĪÀÅzÀÄ ¨ÉÃqÀ. ªÉÆ£Éß, £ÀUÀgÀzÀ §£À±ÀAPÀj ¥ÀæzÉñÀzÀ°è £ÀqÉ¢gÀĪÀ ºÀUÀ®Ä zÀgÉÆÃqÉ ¥ÀæPÀgÀt £ÀUÀgÀªÁ¹UÀ¼ÀÄ JzÀÄj¸ÀÄwÛgÀĪÀ ¢£ÀUÀAqÀ PÀëtUÀAqÀzÀ CgÀQëvÀ §zÀÄPÀ£ÀÄß dUÀeÁÓ»ÃgÀÄ ªÀiÁqÀÄvÀÛzÉ. EzÀÄ EwÛÃZÉUÉ £ÀqÉ¢gÀĪÀ LzÀ£ÉAiÀÄ zÀgÉÆÃqÉ ¥ÀæPÀgÀt. EzÉà £ÀªÉA§gï E¥ÀàvÉÛöÊzÀgÀAzÀÄ PÉÆÃgÀªÀÄAUÀ® §qÁªÀuÉAiÀÄ°è £Á®ÄÌ ªÀÄA¢ DUÀAvÀÄPÀ ªÀÄ£ÉAiÉÆAzÀPÉÌ £ÀÄVÎ ¸Á«gÁgÀÄ gÀÆ. ¨É¯ÉAiÀÄ ¥ÀzÁxÀðUÀ¼À£ÀÄß zÉÆÃaPÉÆAqÀÄ Nr ºÉÆÃzÀgÀÄ. JgÀqÉà ¢£ÀUÀ¼À £ÀAvÀgÀ, E¥ÀàvÉÛüÀgÀAzÀÄ UÀAUÉãÀºÀ½îAiÀÄ°è, r¸ÉA§gï JgÀqÀgÀAzÀÄ «dAiÀÄ£ÀUÀgÀ §qÁªÀuÉAiÀÄ°è; CzÉà ¢£À ªÀÄvÉÛ PÁqïðgÉÆÃqï ¥À²ÑªÀÄzÀ°è EAxÀzÉà ¥ÀæPÀgÀtUÀ¼ÀÄ £ÀqÉzÀªÀÅ. ¸ÀtÚ ¥ÀÄlÖ C¥ÀgÁzsÀUÀ½UÉ®è ªÀÄÄUÀÞ d£ÀgÀ£ÀÄß »rzÀÄ ¨ÉzÀj¸ÀĪÀ ¥ÉưøÀjUÉ F ºÀUÀ®Ä zÀgÉÆÃqÉUÁgÀgÀ£ÀÄß ªÉÄlÄÖªÀÅzÀÄ ªÀiÁvÀæ ¸ÁzsÀåªÁV®è. PÀ¼ÉzÀ K¦æ¯ï£À°è dAiÀÄ£ÀUÀgÀ ¨sÁUÀzÀ°è E§âgÀÄ ¥ÁzÀZÁjUÀ¼À£ÀÄß zÉÆÃZÀ¯Éwß¹zÀ E§âgÀÄ ¸ÀÆÌlgï ¸ÀªÁgÀgÀ£ÀÄß »rAiÀÄ®Ä ºÉÆÃzÀÄzÀPÁÌV ªÀÄĤPÀȵÀÚ¥Àà ZÀÆj EjvÀ¢AzÀ ¥Áæt vÉgÀ¨ÉÃPÁ¬ÄvÀÄ. PÉÆ¯É ¥ÁvÀPÀgÀÄ EzÀĪÀgÉUÀÆ ¥ÀvÉÛAiÀiÁzÀAvÉ PÁtĪÀÅ¢®è. ¥À Ä AqÀ Ä ¥É Æ ÃPÀ j UÀ ½ UÉ ²PÁë zÀ A qÀ z À ¨s À A iÀ Ä ªÉ Ã

226/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

vÀ¦àºÉÆÃVgÀĪÀ EA¢£À ¥Àj¹Üw AiÀiÁªÀ ¸ÀgÀPÁgÀPÀÆÌ ªÀiÁ£À vÀgÀĪÀ ¸ÀAUÀw C®è. (¸ÀA¥ÁzÀQÃAiÀÄ, ¥ÀæeÁªÁtÂ, 7. 12. 1982)

Lesson 24/227

1.4

¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ £ÀUÀgÀ EAzÀÄ AiÀiÁgÀ ¥Á°UÉ ¸ÀÄgÀQëvÀªÁV®è ?

C¨sÁå¸À 1.1 PɼÀV£À ¥ÀzÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ¤ªÀÄä ¸ÀéAvÀ ªÁPÀåUÀ¼À£ÀÄß §¼À¹.

PÁPÀ¥ÉÆÃPÀgÀ ºÁªÀ½ K£É®è ªÀiÁqÀÄwÛzÉ ?

¥Àæw¨sÀn¸ÀÄ, £ÀUÀ£Átå, PÀA©QüÀÄ, ¥À¯ÁAiÀÄ£À ªÀiÁqÀÄ, ¨sÀAiÀiÁ£ÀPÀ ¥Àj¹Üw, dUÀeÁÓ»ÃgÀÄ ªÀiÁqÀÄ 1.2

1.3

¸ÀPÁðgÀ PÁPÀ¥ÉÆÃPÀgÀ ¸ÁzsÀåªÁVzÉAiÉÄà ?

¤zÉÃð±À£ÀzÀAvÉ §gɬÄj. ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ £ÀUÀgÀzÀ AiÀiÁªÀ ¨sÁUÀªÀÇ EAzÀÄ ¥ÀæeÉUÀ¼À ¥Á°UÉ ¸ÀÄgÀQëvÀªÀ®è. (into positive) ªÉÄʪÉÄðgÀĪÀ £ÀUÀ£ÁtåUÀ¼À£ÀÄß PÀ¹zÀÄPÉÆAqÀÄ PÀA© QüÀ§ºÀÄzÀÄ. (into prohibitive) ºÁqÀĺÀUÀ¯Éà ªÀÄ£ÉUÉ £ÀÄVÎ ZÁPÀÄ vÉÆÃj¹ ¤ªÁ¹UÀ¼À£ÀÄß §rzÀÄ ¨ÉzÀj¹ ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄ°ègÀĪÀÅzÀ£É߯Áè ªÀÄÆmÉ PÀnÖPÉÆAqÀÄ ¥À¯ÁAiÀÄ£À ªÀiÁqÀ§ºÀÄzÀÄ. (split into simple sentences) £Á®ÄÌ ªÀÄA¢ DUÀAvÀÄPÀgÀÄ ªÀÄ£ÉAiÉÆAzÀ£ÀÄß £ÀÄVÎ ¸Á«gÁgÀÄ gÀÆ. ¨É¯ÉAiÀÄ ¥ÀzÁxÀðUÀ¼À£ÀÄß zÉÆÃaPÉÆAqÀÄ NrºÉÆÃzÀgÀÄ (change into double negative without changing meaning ) PÁqïð gÉÆÃqï ¥À²ÑªÀÄzÀ°è EAxÀªÉà ¥ÀæPÀgÀtUÀ¼ÀÄ £ÀqÉzÀªÀÅ. (negate) PɼÀV£À «gÀÄzÁÞxÀð ¥ÀzÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß UÀªÀĤ¹. CªÀÅUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ¤ªÀÄä ¸ÀéAvÀ ªÁPÀåzÀ°è §¼À¹. ªÀiÁ£À X CªÀªÀiÁ£À ¸ÀÄgÀQëvÀ X C¸ÀÄgÀQëvÀ ºÀUÀ®Ä zÀgÉÆÃqÉ X gÁwæ zÀgÉÆÃqÉ DUÀAvÀPÀ X ¥ÀjavÀ

PɼÀV£À ¥Àæ±ÉßUÀ½UÉ GvÀÛj¹.

«gÀÄzÀÞ

d£ÀjUÉ

gÀPÀëuÉ

¤ÃqÀ®Ä

§£À±ÀAPÀjAiÀÄ°è £ÀqÉzÀ zÀgÉÆÃqÉ ¥ÀæPÀgÀt JµÀÖ£ÉAiÀÄ ¥ÀæPÀgÀt ? PÉÆÃgÀªÀÄAUÀ® §qÁªÀuÉAiÀÄ°è DUÀAvÀPÀgÀÄ K£ÀÄ ªÀiÁrzÀgÀÄ ? ªÀÄĤPÀȵÀÚ¥Àà KPÉ ¥Áæt vÉgÀ¨ÉÃPÁ¬ÄvÀÄ ? 2

PÀpt ±À§ÝUÀ¼À CxÀð C¥ÀgÁzsÀ C¸ÀÄgÀQëvÀ DUÀAvÀÄPÀgÀÄ EjvÀ PÀA©QüÀÄ PÀvÀðªÀå PÀ¹ PÁPÀ¥ÉÆÃPÀgÀÄ PÉƯɥÁvÀPÀgÀÄ PÀëtUÀAqÀ ZÁPÀÄ ZÀÆj dUÀeÁÓ»ÃgÀÄ ¢£ÀUÀAqÀ

`crime' `un protected' `strangers' `stabbing' `to take to ones heels' `duty' `snatch' `lawless' `murderers' `diasaster at every moment' `knife' `knife' `proclaim to the world' `daily diasaster'

228/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

zÉÆÃZÀÄ

`to loot'

£ÀUÀgÀªÁ¹UÀ¼ÀÄ

`citizens'

£ÀUÀ£Átå

`jewellery and cash'

£ÉgÀªÉÃj¸ÀÄ

`to perform'

¥ÀæPÀgÀt

`incident'

¥Àæw¨sÀn¸ÀÄ

`to protest'

¥ÀvÉÛ

`detection'

¥À¯ÁAiÀÄ£À

`escape'

¥ÁzÀZÁjUÀ¼ÀÄ

`pedestrains'

¥Á®Ä

`share'

¥ÀÄAqÀÄ¥ÉÆÃPÀjUÀ¼ÀÄ

`lawless men'

§qÁªÀuÉ

`extension'

§r

`to beat'

¨ÉzÀj¸ÀÄ

`to threaten'

¨sÀAiÀiÁ£ÀPÀ

`horrifying'

¨sÁUÀ

`part'

ªÀÄÄUÀÞ d£À

`innocent people'

ªÀÄÆmÉ PÀlÄÖ

`pack up'

¸ÀªÁgÀgÀÄ

`riders'

²PÁëzÀAqÀ

`punishment'

ºÀUÀ®Ä zÀgÉÆÃqÉ

`day light robbery '

ºÁqÀÄ ºÀUÀ®Ä

`broad day light'

¥ÁoÀ - 25 ¨ÉÃPÀÄ ¨ÉÃqÀUÀ¼ÀÄ £Á£ÀÄ ªÀiÁvÀ£ÁqÀĪÀÅzÀ£ÀÄß PÉý PÀ£ÀßrUÀgÀÄ £ÀPÀÌgÉ JA§ ¨sÀAiÀÄ ¤ªÀÄVzÉAiÉÄÃ? ¥ÁægÀA¨sÀzÀ°è ¤ªÀÄä ¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß PÉý CªÀgÀÄ £ÀUÀÄvÁÛgÉ ¤d. ¤ÃªÀÅ CªÀgÀ eÉÆvÉ £ÀPÀÄÌ ©r. DzÀgÉ ¤gÀÄvÁì»UÀ¼ÁUÀ¨ÉÃr. ¤ªÀÄä ¥ÀæAiÀÄvÀß MAzÀÄ ªÀÄUÀÄ«£À ¥ÀæAiÀÄvÀßzÀAvÉ. DzÀgÉ £É£À¦r; ¤ÃªÀÅ ªÀ i ÁvÀ £ ÁqÀ Ä ªÀ Å zÀ £ À Ä ß PÀ ° AiÀ Ä ¨É à PÁzÀ g É ¨É à gÉ A iÀ Ä ªÀ g À eÉ Æ vÉ ªÀiÁvÀ£ÁqÀĪÀzÀgÀ ªÀÄÆ®PÀªÉÃ. ¨ÉÃgÉ ¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß ZÉ£ÁßV ªÀiÁvÀ£ÁqÀĪÀÅzÀ£ÀÄß ¤gÀAvÀgÀ C¨sÁå¸À¢AzÀ¯Éà PÀ°AiÀĨÉÃPÀÄ. AiÀiÁgÀÆ vÀ¥ÀÄà ªÀiÁqÀzÉ, JAzÀÆ ºÉƸÀ ¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß ªÀiÁvÀ£ÁqÀ®Ä PÀ°w®è. ¤ªÀÄä ªÀÄÄRå ¸ÀªÀĸÉåAiÉÄAzÀgÉ MAzÀÄ ¸Áj ªÀiÁrzÀ vÀ¥Àà£ÀÄß ªÀÄvÉÛ ªÀÄvÉÛ ªÀiÁqÀĪÀÅzÀÄ. ¤ÃªÀÅ JZÀÑjPɬÄAzÀ ¤ªÀÄä eÉÆvÉ ªÀiÁvÀ£ÁqÀĪÀªÀgÀ ªÀiÁvÀ£ÀÄß UÀªÀĤ¹. DUÀ ¤ÃªÀÅ J°è vÀ¥ÀÄà ªÀiÁqÀÄ«j J°è ªÀiÁqÀĪÀÅ¢®è JAzÀÄ w½AiÀÄÄvÀÛzÉ. PÉ®ªÀgÀÄ vÁªÀÅ ªÀiÁrzÀ vÀ¥Éàà ¸Àj JAzÀÄ w½zÀÄ d£ÀUÀ¼À ¸ÀA¥ÀPÀðªÀ£Éßà ©lÄÖ ©qÀÄvÁÛgÉ. CAxÀªÀgÀÄ vÀªÀÄä vÀ¥Àà£ÀÄß ¸Àj¥Àr¹PÉƼÀÄîªÀÅzÀÆ E®è, ¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß ZÉ£ÁßV PÀ°AiÀÄĪÀÅzÀÆ E®è. PÀ£ÀßqÀ UÉÆwÛ®èzÉ EgÀĪÀ £À£Àß C£ÉÃPÀ d£À ¸ÉßûvÀgÀÄ EzÁÝgÉ. CªÀgÀÄ ¢£À¤vÀåzÀ §¼ÀPÉUÁV PÀ£ÀßqÀ PÀ°AiÀĨÉÃPÁVvÀÄÛ. £À£Àß ºÀwÛgÀ §AzÀÄ PÀ£ÀßqÀ PÀ°AiÀĨÉÃPÉA§ D¸É EzÉ, PÀ°¹ JAzÀÄ PÉýzÀgÀÄ. £Á£ÀÄ PÀ°¸ÀvÉÆqÀVzÉ, £ÀªÀĸÁÌgÀ ¸ÉßûvÀ, ºÀÄqÀÄUÀ, dªÁ£À, ªÀÄgÀ ªÀÄÄAvÁzÀ ¥ÀzÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ªÉÆzÀ® ¢£À ºÉýPÉÆmÉÖ. ªÀiÁgÀ£Éà ¢£À £Á£ÀÄ PÀ°¹zÀ CzsÀðzÀµÀÄÖ CªÀgÀÄ ªÀÄgÉwzÀÝgÀÄ. CªÀjUÉ CªÀÅUÀ¼À£ÀÄß eÁÕ¥ÀPÀzÀ°èlÄÖPÉƼÀÄîªÀµÀÄÖ ¸ÀAAiÀĪÀÄ EgÀ°®è. DzÀÝjAzÀ ºÉƸÀ ¥ÀzÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß PÀ°AiÀÄĪÁUÀ ¸ÀAAiÀĪÀÄ¢A¢j, D¸ÀQÛ vÉÆÃj¹, ¤ÃªÀÅ ¨sÁµÉ PÀ°AiÀÄĪÁUÀ ¸ÀÄvÀÛ ªÀÄÄvÀÛ® ¥Àj¸ÀgÀPÉÌ ºÉÆA¢PÉƽî. d£ÀgÉÆqÀ£É MAzÁV CzÀPÁÌV PÀ£ÀßqÀªÀ£Éßà ªÀiÁzsÀåªÀÄ ªÀiÁrPÉƽî.

230/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

¤ÃªÀÅ PÀ°AiÀÄĪÁUÀ ¥ÁoÀUÀ¼ÀÄ ¸ÀgÀ¼ÀªÁVzÀÄÝ, ¤ªÀÄUÉ ¨Á°±ÀªÁV PÁt§ºÀÄzÀÄ. «avÀæ J¤¸À§ºÀÄzÀÄ. ¨ÉøÀgÀ vÀgÀ§ºÀÄzÀÄ. aAvɬĮè C¨sÁå¸ÀªÀiÁr. PÀxÉ ºÉüÀĪÀÅzÀ£ÀÄß PÀ°¬Äj. ¸ÀA¨sÁµÀuÉUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ºÉýPÉÆAqÀÄ CzÀPÉÌ vÀPÀÌAvÉ C©ü£À¬Ä¹. ¸ÀAzÀ¨sÀðUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ¸ÀȶֹPÉÆAqÀÄ ¨ÉÃgÉAiÀĪÀgÀÄ ªÉÄZÀÄѪÀAvÉ ªÀiÁr. ¤ÃªÀÅ vÀ¥ÀÄà ªÀiÁqÀĪÀÅzÀAvÀÆ ¤±ÀÑAiÀÄ. CzÀPÉÌ ¹zÀÞgÁVj. ºÉƸÀ ¨sÁµÉ PÀ°AiÀÄĪÁUÀ ¤ÃªÀÅ ªÀÄÆRðgÁUÀÄwÛÃj, WÀ£ÀvÉ PÀ¼ÉzÀÄPÉƼÀÄîwÛÃj. £ÀUÉ¥Ál°UÉ FqÁUÀÄwÛÃj. CzÀPÉ̯Áè vÀAiÀiÁgÁVj. ºÉƸÀ ¨sÁµÉAiÉÆAzÀ£ÀÄß PÀ°AiÀÄĪÀÅzÀÄ £ÀªÀÄä WÀ£ÀvÉ PÀ¼ÉzÀÄPÉƼÀÄîªÀÅzÀQÌAvÀ WÀ£ÀªÁzÀzÀÄÝ. ºÉƸÀ ¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß PÀ°AiÀÄĪÁUÀ ªÀiÁvÁqÀĪÀµÀÄÖ NzÀĪÀÅzÀgÀ §gÉAiÀÄĪÀÅzÀgÀ CªÀ±ÀåPÀvɬĮè. DzÀgÉ CªÀ±ÀåPÀvÉUÀ½UÉ vÀPÀÌ ºÁUÉ ¤ªÀÄUÉ NzÀ¨ÉÃPɤ¸À§ºÀÄzÀÄ. ¸ÀtÚ ¸ÀtÚ ¥ÀĸÀÛPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ, ¤AiÀÄvÀPÁ°PÉUÀ¼ÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ªÀvÀðªÀiÁ£À ¥ÀwæPÉUÀ¼À£ÀÄß £ÉÆÃr. ªÉÆzÀªÉÆzÀ®Ä vÀÄA¨Á PÀµÀÖªÁUÀÄvÀÛzÉ. ªÉÆzÀ® ºÀAvÀzÀ°è ¥ÁæxÀ«ÄPÀ ±Á¯Á ¥ÀĸÀÛPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ, zÀAvÀPÀxÉUÀ¼ÀÄ, ¸ÁªÀðd¤PÀ DgÉÆÃUÀå, ¹¤ªÀiÁ ¸ÀÄ¢Ý ªÉÆzÀ¯ÁzÀªÀÅ G¥ÀAiÉÆÃUÀPÉÌ §gÀÄvÀÛªÉ. ªÀvÀðªÀiÁ£À ¥ÀwæPÉUÀ¼ÀÄ ªÉÆzÀªÉÆzÀ®Ä PÀµÀÖªÁzÀgÀÆ §ºÀ¼À ¥ÀæAiÉÆÃd£ÀPÁj. CªÀÅUÀ¼À ªÀÄÆ®PÀ ¤ªÀÄä ¢£À ¤vÀåzÀ «µÀAiÀÄUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ZÀað¸À®Ä ¨ÉÃPÁzÀ ºÉƸÀ ºÉƸÀ ¥ÀzÀUÀ¼ÀÄ ¤ªÀÄä ±À§Ý ¨sÀAqÁgÀPÉÌ ¸ÉÃgÀÄvÀÛªÉ. CªÀ±ÀåPÀvÉVAvÀ ºÉZÀÄÑ ¤WÀAl£ÀÄß §¼À¸À¨ÉÃr. MAzÀÄ ¥ÀzÀzÀ CxÀð ¸À¤ßªÉñÀzÀ »£É߯ÉAiÀÄ°è CxÀðªÁUÀzÉ EzÀÝgÉ ¤WÀAl£ÀÄß £ÉÆÃr.

Lesson 25/231

C¨sÁå¸À 1.

PɼÀV£À ¥Àæ±ÉßUÀ½UÉ GvÀÛj¹.

1.1

ªÀiÁvÀ£ÁqÀĪÀÅzÀ£ÀÄß PÀ°AiÀÄĪÀÅzÀÄ ºÉÃUÉ ?

1.2

PÉ®ªÀgÀÄ ¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß KPÉ ZÉ£ÁßV PÀ°AiÀÄĪÀÅ¢®è ?

1.3

ºÉƸÀ ¥ÀzÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ºÉÃUÉ PÀ°AiÀĨÉÃPÀÄ ?

1.4

NzÀĪÀÅzÀ£ÀÄß G¥ÀAiÀÄÄPÀÛ?

1.5

§gÀªÀtÂUɬÄAzÁUÀĪÀ ¥ÀæAiÉÆÃd£À K£ÀÄ ?

2

PÀpt ±À§ÝUÀ¼À CxÀð

C¨sÁå¸À

ªÀiÁqÀĪÀÅzÀPÉÌ

JAvÀºÀ

CªÀ±ÀåPÀvÉ

`necessity'

DvÀ䫱Áé¸À

`confidence '

JZÀÑjPÉ

`caution, conscious'

UÀªÀĤ¸ÀÄ

`to notice '

WÀ£ÀvÉ

`dignity '

ZÀað¸ÀÄ

`to discuss'

¤ÃªÀÅ PÀ°vÀ ¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß §gÀªÀtÂUÉAiÀÄ°è ºÉZÀÄÑ §¼À¸ÀĪÀ CªÀPÁ±À E®èzÉà ºÉÆÃUÀ§ºÀÄzÀÄ. PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ ¤ªÀÄä ¸ÉßûvÀ¤UÉ PÁUÀzÀ §gÉAiÀÄĪÁUÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀzÀ¯Éèà §gɬÄj. §gÀªÀtÂUÉ ¤ªÀÄUÉ DvÀä «±Áé¸ÀªÀ£ÀÄß vÀAzÀÄ PÉÆqÀÄvÀÛzÉ. ¤ªÀÄä£ÀÄß ¸ÀܽÃAiÀÄgÀ£ÁßV ªÀiÁqÀÄvÀÛzÉ.

eÁÕ¥ÀPÀ

`memory'

vÀ¥ÀÄà

`mistake'

zÀAvÀPÀxÉ

`mythological story'

PÀqÉAiÀÄzÁV MAzÀÄ ªÀiÁvÀÄ : vÀÄA¨Á PÀµÀÖ¥ÀlÄÖ ¨sÁµÉ PÀ°w¢ÝÃj. DzÀÝjAzÀ PÀ°vÀ ¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß ªÀÄgÉAiÀĨÉÃr. KPÉAzÀgÉ ¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß PÀ°AiÀÄĪÀÅzÀÄ JµÀÄÖ PÀµÀÖªÉÇà ªÉÄgÉAiÀÄĪÀÅzÀÄ CµÉÖà ¸ÀÄ®¨sÀ.

¢£À ¤vÀå

`daily'

¥ÀĸÀÛPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ

232/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

Lesson 25/233

£ÀUÉ¥Ál®Ä

`laughing stock'

¸ÀA¥ÀPÀð

`contact'

¤WÀAlÄ

`dictionary'

¸ÀªÀĸÉå

`problem'

¤AiÀÄvÀPÁ°PÀ

`periodicals'

¸ÀAAiÀĪÀÄ

`patience'

¤gÀAvÀgÀ

`constantly'

¸ÀgÀ¼À

`simple'

¤gÀÄvÁìºÀ

`discourage'

¸Àj¥Àr¹PÉƼÀÄî

`set right'

¤±ÀÑAiÀÄ

`determination'

¸ÀȶָÀÄ

`to create'

£É£À¥ÀÄ

`memory'

¸ÁªÀðd¤PÀ

`general / public'

¥Àj¸ÀgÀ

`environment'

±À§Ý ¨sÀAqÁgÀ

`vocabulary '

¥ÀæAiÉÆÃd£À

`usefulness'

ºÀAvÀ

`stage'

¥ÁæxÀ«ÄPÀ

`primary'

»£É߯É

`background'

§gÀªÀtÂUÉ

`writing'

ºÉÆAzÀÄ

`to adjust' / 'to possess'

¨Á°±À

`childish'

¨sÀAiÀÄ

`fear'

ªÀÄvÉÛ

`again'

ªÀÄÆRð

`fool'

ªÉÄZÀÄÑ

`to appreciate'

«avÀæ

`peculiar'

¸ÀAzÀ¨sÀð

`incident'

¸ÀܽÃAiÀÄ

`local'

¸À¤ßªÉñÀ

`situation'

Part II / 235

" circle" otherwise known as "anuswara" indicates a nasal consonant corresponding to the following consonant.

PART II SCRIPT Mostly hand movement in Kannada is anti clockwise. But there are stray instances where the clockwise movement is also seen. The letters in this book are arranged into a group on their shape similarity and contrastive perception. The arrow mark and the numbering show the beginning and the direction of the movement.

4

1

Circle 4

2

2

1

ra

1

3

Tha

2

1

1

1

2

ka

4

ya

consonants are realised in the following examples.

4

3

5

Jha

The consonant in kannada possess an inherant vowel -

a.

This is generally marked by (talakaTTu). But there are some letters which do not have talakaTTu. The pure consonant is marked by (halant)

ï

gï - r consonant. gÀ - r+a combination

PÀAoÀ

F is the only vowel introduced here. Ã This is the secondary sympbol of vowel F. The box indicates the primary consonant. The combination of F with

3

2

PÀgÀ F PÀgÀ F PÀAoÀ

3

ii

3

FgÀ

Note that The above words and sentences are formed by using the letters introduced in this lesson.

gÀ oÀ F PÀ AiÀÄ gÀhÄ

o

2

The words and sentences to practice.

gï

+ F = jÃ

oï

+ F = pÃ

Pï

+ F = QÃ

AiÀiï + F = ¬Äà gÀhiï + F = jhÄÃ

Part II / 237

236/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

Combine the following

GROUP 2

® C D G H 2

2

1

1

la

1

a

aa

2

1

2

3

1

u

Uu

The vowels introduced in this group are C, D, G, H. The Secondary symbol of C ( À) is already dealt in the previous lesson. The secondary symbols of the other vowels are given below.

D G H

Á ¯Á ¯ÁAiÀÄ Ä ®Ä PÁ®Ä Æ ®Æ D®ÆgÀÄ

Words and sentences for Practice

D® D®AiÀÄ ®AiÀÄ PÁ®gÀ HgÀÄ DPÀgÀ PÁ® gÀÆ®Ä

D D®AiÀÄ F HgÀÄ F D®AiÀÄ D HgÀ D®AiÀÄ

gï oï Pï AiÀiï gÀhiï ¯ï gï oï Pï AiÀiï gÀhiï ¯ï gï oï Pï AiÀiï gÀhiï ¯ï

+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

D D D D D D G G G G G G H H H H H H

= = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =

____________ ____________ ____________ ____________ ____________ ____________ ____________ ____________ ____________ ____________ ____________ ____________ ____________ ____________ ____________ ____________ ____________ ____________

238/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

Part II / 239

Combine the following

GROUP 3

zÀ zsÀ xÀ qÀ qsÀ 2

1

2

2

1

1

3

3

da

4

dha

tha

3

1

3

1

2

2

4

Da

Dha

No vowels in this group

Words and sentences for practice

zÀqÀ PÀzÀ gÀxÀ

zÁgÀ zÀÆgÀ zÀAqÀ

PÀAzÀ DzsÁgÀ PÀqÀÆgÀÄ

F gÀxÀ HgÀ gÀxÀ FgÀ gÁAiÀÄgÀ PÀAqÀ GzÀAiÀÄ D®AiÀÄzÀ PÀzÀ PÀAqÀ

zï zsï xï qï qsï zï zsï xï qï qsï zï zsï xï qï qsï zï zsï xï qï qsï

+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

F F F F F D D D D D G G G G G H H H H H

= = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =

____________ ____________ ____________ ____________ ____________ ____________ ____________ ____________ ____________ ____________ ____________ ____________ ____________ ____________ ____________ ____________ ____________ ____________ ____________ ____________

240/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

Part II / 241

Words and sentences for practice

GROUP 4

J K ªÀ ªÀÄ bÀ 2

1

2

1

e

1

ee

va

2

2

1

1

JqÀ ªÀÄgÀ bÀ® ªÀgÀ KPÀ

JzÀÄgÀÄ gÀĪÀiÁ®Ä JPÀgÉ PÁ®ÄªÉ

D ªÀÄgÀ D®zÀ ªÀÄgÀ CzÀÄ CªÀgÀ gÀĪÀiÁ®Ä ªÀiÁzsÀÄ ªÀiÁAiÀĪÁzÀgÀÄ

3

ma

cha

The vowels introduced are

J, K.

The Secondary

symbols are given below.

J K

É ªÉ Éà ªÉÃ

PÁ®ÄªÉ ªÉÃzÀ

The combination of these secondary symbols with the consonants are given below.

ªï + J = ªÉ ªÀiï +J = ªÉÄ bï + J = bÉ

ªï + K = ªÉà ªÀiï + K = ªÉÄà bï + K = bÉÃ

Observe the following combinations.

ªï ªÀiï bï ªï ªÀiï bï ªï ªÀiï bï

+ + + + + + + + +

F = «Ã F = «Äà F = cà D = ªÁ D = ªÀiÁ D = bÁ G = ªÀÅ G = ªÀÄÄ G = bÀÄ

242/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

Part II / 243

Words and sentences for practice

GROUP 5

¥À 3

1

¥sÀ µÀ L 3

1

4

2

3

1

5

2

4

pa

pha

4 1

2

3

sha

2

1

5

gha

aee

The vowel introduced here is L.

L is the combination of

a+i, which is normally called dipthong. The secondary symbol is given below :

L

ÉÊ

¥ÉÊ

¥ÉÊgÀÄ

The combination with other consonants :

¥ï ¥sï µï Wï

+ + + +

L L L L

= = = =

¥ÉÊ ¥sÉÊ µÉÊ WÉÊ

¥ÀzÀ CWÀ ¥ÁoÀ ¥sÉÃ®Ä ¥ÁAqÀªÀgÀÄ ¥ÀzÀPÀ ¥sÀ® GµÀ ¥ÉÊgÀÄ ¥sÀAqÀgÁ¥ÀÄgÀ ¥ÉÃ¥Àgï D HgÀÄ ¥ÁAqÀªÀ¥ÀÄgÀ gÁªÀÄ ¥ÀzÀ«ÃzsÀgÀ CzÀÄ D ªÀÄgÀzÀ ¥sÀ® Observe the following combinations :

¥ï ¥ï ¥ï ¥ï ¥ï ¥ï ¥ï

+ + + + + + +

F = ¦Ã D = ¥Á G = ¥ÀÅ H = ¥ÀÇ J = ¥É K = ¥Éà L = ¥ÉÊ

244/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

Part II / 245

Words and sentences

GROUP 6

1

M N d o

oo

1

O 1

2

1

au

2

ja

The vowels introduced here are M, N, O. O is the combination of a+u, which is a dipthong like L. The secondary symbols are given below.

M

ÉÆ

PÉÆ

N

ÉÆÃ PÉÆÃ PÉÆÃgÀÄ

O

Ë

PË

PÉƯÉ

PËgÀªÀ

MzÉ

NqÀÄ

PÀªÀÄ® MAzÀÄ ¥ÁoÀ NzÀÄ.

NzÀÄ OµÀzsÀ

MAzÀÄ gÀÆ¥Á¬Ä PÉÆqÀÄ

d®

CzÀÄ CªÀgÀ N¯É.

doÀgÀ

Combine the following

gï + gï + gï + ¯ï + ¯ï + ¯ï + AiÀiï + AiÀiï + eï + eï + eï + ªÀiï + ªï + ªï + ªï + ¥ï + ¥ï + ªÀiï +

M = ___________ N = ___________ O = ___________ M = ___________ N = ___________ O = ___________ M = ___________ N = ___________ M = ___________ N = ___________ O = ___________ O = ___________ M = ___________ N = ___________ O = ___________ N = ___________ O = ___________ M = ___________

246/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

Part II / 247

GROUP 7

§ ¨sÀ

GROUP 8

2

1

1

3

bha

ba

ZÀ 4

1

ta

Ta

Words and sentences for practice

Combine the following

F F D N D M K G H L O M

1

2

ca

§PÀ ZÀgÀPÀ ZÀªÀÄZÀ gÁdÄ ¥ÁoÀ §gÉzÀ ¨sÀAiÀÄ ¨Á®PÀ ZÉAqÀÄ ªÀiÁªÀ ¨ÉÆA¨É PÉÆAqÀÄ PÉÆAqÀgÀÄ. ¨sÁªÀ ZÁ®PÀ ZËPÀ PÀªÀÄ® ¨sÀAiÀÄ¥ÀqÀ¨ÉÃqÀ

+ + + + + + + + + + + +

1

2

Words and sentences

¨ï Zï ¨sï Zï Zï Zï ¨ï ¨sï Zï eï ¨ï ¨sï

l vÀ 2

3

= = = = = = = = = = = =

___________ ___________ ___________ ___________ ___________ ___________ ___________ ___________ ___________ ___________ ___________ ___________

Dl vÀAzÉ mÁgÀÄ vÀjÃPÉgÉ vÉÆÃl vÁvÀ mÉƪÉÄmÉÆ Nl vÀl l¥Á®Ä vÁªÀgÉ CzÀÄ gÁAiÀÄgÀ vÉÆÃl. CAZÉAiÀÄ ¥ÉÃzÉ GµÉAiÀÄ l¥Á®Ä vÀAzÀ. Combine the following

mï vï mï vï mï mï vï vï mï vï mï

+ + + + + + + + + + +

C D F F J K J M M O N

= = = = = = = = = = =

___________ ___________ ___________ ___________ ___________ ___________ ___________ ___________ ___________ ___________ ___________

248/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

Part II / 249

GROUP 9

GROUP 10

E k t 1

1

1

3

na

i

below :

E

j

PÀÄj

Observe the following combinations :

gï ªï AiÀiï zï uï mï vï

+ + + + + + +

E E E E E E E

= = = = = = =

j « ¬Ä ¢ t n w

k is not used as a graphic representation. "circle" when followed by palatal sounds functions as `k' e.g. ZÀAZÀ®, ªÀÄAZÀ, PÀAZÀÄ. Words and sentences for practice

EzÀÄ EgÀÄªÉ ªÀÄuÉ EªÀgÀÄ E° ¨sÀgÀt PÉÆÃuÉ EªÀgÀÄ EAzÀĪÀÄwAiÀÄ vÀAzÉ vÁ¬Ä. D Kt EªÀgÀzÀÄ.

£À 2

1

ga

Na

The vowel in this lesson is E. The secondary symbol is given

UÀ 2

2

1

na

Words and sentences for practice

¸À 3

2

1

sa

ªÀÄUÀ £ÀUÀ UÀgÀUÀ¸À UÀUÀ£À ¸ÀgÀ £Á¬Ä ¸ÀqÀUÀgÀ ¸ÀÄgÀ¸ÀÄAzÀj ¸ÀAUÀ £ÉÆÃl UÀAmÉ ªÀÄAUÀ ¸ÁªÀÅ D¸É CªÀ¤UÉ UÁ£ÀAiÉÆÃV JAzÀÄ ©gÀÄzÀÄ EzÉ. EªÀ¤UÉ D ¹¤ªÀiÁ £ÉÆÃqÀ¨ÉÃPÉAzÀÄ D¸É. ªÉÄʸÀÆgÀÄ ¸ÀÄAzÀgÀªÁzÀ £ÀUÀgÀ. Combine the following

Uï £ï ¸ï Uï £ï ¸ï £ï ¸ï Uï Uï

+ + + + + + + + + +

F F D M N O J K L E

= = = = = = = = = =

___________ ___________ ___________ ___________ ___________ ___________ ___________ ___________ ___________ ___________

250/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

Part II / 251

GROUP 11

¼À

±À

2

1

GROUP 12

2

1

Sa

La

ºÀ 2

1

ªÀÄ¼É D¼ÀÄ §¼É

±Á®Ä ºÁ®Ä ±ÉÊ® ºÀƪÀÅ ²Ã® ºÉüÀÄ ±ËZÀ ºÉÆÃj D ºÀ¸ÀÄ«£À ºÉ¸ÀgÀÄ UËj. ªÀÄ¼É §AzÀgÉ ¨É¼É. ²²gÀ£À UɼÀw ±ÉÊ® ¸ÀÄAzÀj. Observe the following combinations :

¼ï ±ï ºï ±ï ¼ï ºï ºï

+ + + + + + +

F D J O L N E

= = = = = = =

½Ã ±Á ºÉ ±Ë ¼ÉÊ ºÉÆà »

2

PÀ¼ÀAPÀ ºÀ¼À¢ PÀ¼À±À ¸À±ÉõÀ

4

2

kha

ha

Words and sentences for practice

R IÄ B 3

1

ri

"Visarga"

IÄ is the vowel introduced in this group of letters.

IÄ is a

Sanskrit borrowed sound found only in Sanskrit borrowed words. The secondary symbol is given below. Although it is treated as a vowel in traditional grammar it functions as a consonant.

IÄ

È

PÀÈ

PÀȶ

Observe the follwoing combinations :

vï zï ¸ï

+ + +

IÄ = vÀÈ IÄ = zÀÈ IÄ = ¸ÀÈ

Words and sentences for Practice.

RUÀ ±ÀAR IĶ RAqÀ PÀÈ¥À IÄvÀÄ

ReÁ£É vÀÈt

visarga has the `ah' sound value

PÀȶ ªÀiÁqÀĪÀªÀ£ÀÄ PÀȶPÀ. ¨sÁgÀvÀ zÉñÀzÀ gÁdzsÁ¤ zɺÀ°. vÉãÀ¹AUÀ UËj ±ÀAPÀgÀ ²RgÀ KjzÀ. ¥sÀÇ®£ï zÉë qsÀPÁ¬ÄvÀgÀ gÁtÂ.

zÀÄBR IÄt¨sÁgÀ CAvÀBPÀgÀt IÄvÀĪÀiÁ£À CAvÀB¥ÀÄgÀ

252/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

Part II / 253

Primary letters along with the secondary symbols of vowels are introduced so far. Now let us see the secondary symbols of the consonants. The secondary symbols of the consonants are also grouped into three categories. viz., 1. The secondary symbols similar to the primary letters but smaller in size. 2. The secondary symbols which show a little deviant forms from that of the primary ones. 3. The secondary symbols which have completely different shape from that of the primary ones. The secondary symbols of the consonants are written below the primary letters.

Group I

eï mï uï ¨ï ªï

+ + + + +

d l t § ªÀ

= = = = =

dÓ lÖ tÚ §â ªÀé

CdÓ ¨ÉlÖ CtÚ ºÀ§â CªÀé

CfÓ, PÀnÖUÉ, PÀtÄÚ, PÀ§Äâ, vÉƪÉé ªÀÄfÓUÉ, ºÉÆmÉÖ, ¨ÉuÉÚ, ¨ÉƨÉâ, ¸ÀĪÁé°.

CfÓ CdÓ¤UÉ PÀeÁÓAiÀÄ ªÀiÁrzÀ¼ÀÄ. QnÖ PÉÆý ªÉÆmÉÖ vÀAzÀÄ PÉÆlÖ. MAzÀÄ PÀtÂÚUÉ ¨ÉuÉÚ, MAzÀÄ PÀtÂÚUÉ ¸ÀÄtÚ. ¸Àħ⠺À§âzÀ UÀ¯ÁmÉ PÉý vÀ©â¨ÁâzÀ. CªÀé ¸ÀÄ«é ¸ÀĪÀé¯Á° JAzÀÄ ºÁrzÀ¼ÀÄ.

254/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

Part II / 255

Group II

Pï Uï Zï qï zï ¼ï ¥ï ¸ï

+ + + + + + + +

PÀ UÀ ZÀ qÀ zÀ ¼À ¥À ¸À

= = = = = = = =

Group III

PÀÌ UÀÎ ZÀÑ qÀØ zÀÝ ¼Àî ¥Àà ¸Àì

CPÀÌ ºÀUÀÎ ºÀÄZÀÑ zÀqÀØ ¥ÉzÀÝ PÀ¼Àî vÀÄ¥Àà §¸ÀÄì

ªÀÄPÀ̼ÀÄ, ªÀÄUÀÎ, ªÉÄZÀÄÑ, UÀqÀØ, UÀzÀÝ®, ¸ÀļÀÄî, C¥Àà, ªÀÄ£À¸ÀÄì, ¸ÀPÀÌgÉ, £ÀÄUÉÎÃPÁ¬Ä, CZÀÑj, PÀqÁØAiÀÄ, ºÀzÀÄÝ, ¨É¼ÀÄî½î, PÀ¥ÀÄà. CPÀÌ£À ªÀÄPÀ̽UÉ ZÀPÀÄÌ° ¨ÉÃPÀÄ. UÀÄUÀÄÎ vÀVÎ §VÎ £ÀqÉAiÀÄĪÀÅzÀÄ PÀ°vÀ. ºÀÄZÀÑ¥Àà ºÀÄZÀÄÑZÁÑV ªÀiÁvÁrzÀ. zÀÄrØzÀݪÀ£ÀÄ §rØ zÀÄqÀÄØ PÀÆr¹ zÉÆqÀتÀ£ÁzÀ. ¥ÉzÀÝ ¥É¢Ý ªÀÄÄzÉÝ wAzÀÄ ©zÀÝA©Ã¼À NrzÀgÀÄ. PÀ¼Àî ¸ÀļÀÄî ºÉýzÀ. C¥Àà ºÀ¥Àà¼À wAzÀÄ ¸À¥Éà JAzÀgÀÄ. £À£ÀUÉ vÀ¥À¸ÀÄì ªÀiÁqÀĪÀÅzÀPÉÌ ªÀÄ£À¸ÀÄì ¨ÁgÀzÀÄ.

vï £ï ªÀiï AiÀiï ¯ï

+ + + + +

vÀ £À ªÀÄ AiÀÄ ®

= = = = =

vÀÛ £Àß ªÀÄä AiÀÄå ®è

PÀvÀÛj PÀ£ÀßqÀ vÀªÀÄä CAiÀÄå ¨É®è

vÀÄvÀÆÛj, ªÀÄ£ÀßuÉ, ¸ÀĪÀÄä£É, PÀAiÀiÁågÉ, PÀ®Äè, PÀvÀÛ®Ä, ªÀÄ£ÀßuÉ, ZÀªÀiÁägÀ, §AiÀÄÄå, PÀ®èAUÀr. PÀvÉÛ §®èzÉ PÀ¸ÀÆÛjAiÀÄ ªÁ¸À£ÉAiÀÄ ? §£Áßj C£Àß w£ÀßzÉ MAzÀÄ ªÁgÀ D¬ÄvÀÄ. vÀªÀÄäAiÀÄå ¸ÀĪÀÄä ¸ÀĪÀÄä£É £ÀPÀÌ. CªÀÄäAiÀÄå ªÀAiÀiÁågÀ¢AzÀ GAiÀiÁå¯ÉAiÀÄ°è PÀĽvÀ¼ÀÄ. ªÀÄ°è ºÀt PÀ¼ÉzÀÄPÉÆAqÀÄ C°è E°è ºÀÄqÀÄQzÀ¼ÀÄ.

Û

ä

The secondary symbols are given below with directions. 1

1

å

ß

1

1

1

è

256/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

Part II / 257

The homegeneous clusters of the consonants were introduced so far. Now let us see the heterogeneous clusters. Whenever the cluster is pronounced, the first pronounced letter will be the primary one and then followed is a secondary one.

eï ¨ï µÀ Uï eï

+ + + + +

ªÀ d t § k

= = = = =

dé §Ó µÀÚ Uïâ dÕ

dégÀ PÀÄ§Ó PÀȵÀÚ ªÁUÀâ® CdÕ

eÁé¯É, C§Ó, «µÀÄÚ, CPÀâgï, «eÁÕ¤, ¸ÀégÀ, ¸ÀȶÖ. PÀȵÀÚ ¸Áé«ÄUÉ dégÀ §A¢zÉ. «µÀÄÚ PÀȵÀÚ£ÁV CªÀvÀj¹zÀ. D qÁPÀÖgÀÄ vÀÄA¨Á M¼ÉîAiÀĪÀgÀÄ. vÀdÕgÁzÀ «eÁÕ¤UÀ¼ÀÄ ¨sÁgÀvÀzÀ°è EzÁÝgÉ. vï qï ±ï Zï zï

+ + + + +

PÀ UÀ ZÀ bÀ zsÀ

= = = = =

vÀÌ qÀÎ ±ÀÑ ZÀÒ zÀÞ

¸ÀvÁÌgÀ RqÀÎ ¤±ÀÑAiÀÄ GZÀÒ GzÁÞgÀ

Please note that the aspirated (mahaprana) consonant can never appear as primary consonant in a cluster. It always appears as secondary memeber.

£ÀªÀĸÁÌgÀ, GzÁÞgÀ, ¤µÉ×, GvÁÜ£À, ªÁUÁÝ£À, GzÀãªÀ, ¥ÀQë, GvÀìªÀ, ¸ÀvÀá®, ¥À²ÑªÀÄ, GvÀàwÛ, ¥ÀĵÀà, vÀvÀìªÀÄ. gÁdPÁgÀtÂUÀ¼ÀÄ §qÀªÀgÀ GzÁÞgÀzÀ ªÀiÁvÀ£ÁrzÀgÀÄ. ¸ÀzÀÄÎgÀÄ ºÀÄZÀÄÑ GzÁÎgÀ vÉUÉzÀgÀÄ. CªÀjUÉ ¸ÀvÁÌgÀ ªÀiÁrzÀgÉ £ÀªÀÄUÉ ¸ÀªÀĸÁÌgÀ ºÉüÀÄvÁÛgÉ. CªÀ¼À GZÁÑgÀ PÉý ªÀÄ®AiÀiÁ½AiÉÄAzÀÄ ¤²Ñ¹zÉ. ¸ï Uï zï uï ªÀiï gï

+ + + + + +

vÀ £ÀÀ ªÀÄ AiÀÄ gÀ AiÀÄ

= = = = = =

vÀì UÀß zÀä tå ªÀÄæ AiÀÄð

GvÀìªÀ ®UÀß ¥ÀzÀä £Átå vÁªÀÄæ gÀå ¸ÀÆAiÀÄð / ¸ÀÆgÀå

¥ÀæPÀÈw, gÀPÀÛ, gÀvÀß, gÀÄQätÂ, ¥ÀÄtå, PÁAiÀÄð Note that

æ gÀ ð

gÀ has two secondary symbols.

258/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

æ occurs after the primary consonant in pronunciation eg. taamra vÁªÀÄæ.

ð occurs before the primary consonant in pronunciation. eg. Surya ¸ÀÆAiÀÄð. This can also be written as ¸ÀÆgÀå.

but one must be careful in writing words like CgÀàuÉ (C¥ÀðuÉ). If `gÀ' becomes smaller in size, then it looks odd.

£ÀªÀÄä ¸ÀÄvÀÛªÀÄÄvÀÛ gÀPÀÛ ¹PÀÛ ºÀ¸ÀÛUÀ¼Éà EªÉ.

Lesson II /259

Though the vowel sound occurs lost in a three consonant cluster unit like gÁµÀÖç, ¹Ûçà etc., the written representation has the vowel symbol added to the first consonant and the other two written below the primary letter in the order in which they are pronounced. Letters of the Kannada alphabet in the traditional order

ªÀtðªÀiÁ¯É C D E F G H IÄ J K L M N O CA CB

gÀvÀß½UÉ ®UÀßzÀ ¥ÀæAiÀÄvÀß ªÀiÁrzÀgÀÄ.

PÀ R UÀ WÀ Y

¥ÀzÀä½UÉ ¥ÀgÀªÀiÁvÀä£À°è £ÀA©PÉ E®è.

ZÀ bÀ d gÀhÄ k

¸ÀvÀå - C¸ÀvÀå, £ÁåAiÀÄ - C£ÁåAiÀÄUÀ¼ÀÄ zÉêÀjUÉ UÉÆvÀÄÛ. DªÀÄèd£ÀPÀ fêÀªÁAiÀÄÄ. EAzÀæ ZÀAzÀæ ¸ÉÃj vÁªÀÄæzÀ ZÉÆA§Ä vÀAzÀgÀÄ ¸ÀPÁðj D¦üù£À°è ªÀÄAiÀiÁðzɬÄAzÀ ªÀiÁvÁrzÀgÉ PÁAiÀÄðUÀ¼ÀÄ £ÉgÀªÉÃgÀĪÀÅ¢®è. Three clusters are seen in Sanskrit borrowed words. But they are less in numbers. A few words are given below for example.

wÃPÀë÷Ú, C¸Ààø±Àå, ªÀÄvÀìöå, gÁµÀÖç GzsÀéðUÁ«Ä, ¸ÀA¸ÀÌøw, ¹ÛçÃ

l oÀ qÀ qsÀ t vÀ xÀ zÀ zsÀ £À ¥À ¥sÀ § ¨sÀ ªÀÄ AiÀÄ gÀ ® ªÀ ±À µÀ ¸À ºÀ ¼À `Y' is not introduced as it is not functional in its full form.